Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 8, 2021

Registration No. 333-253323

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

PROMETHEUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   81-4282653

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

9410 Carroll Park Drive

San Diego, California 92121

858-824-0895

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Mark C. McKenna

President and Chief Executive Officer

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc.

9410 Carroll Park Drive

San Diego, California 92121

858-824-0895

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Cheston J. Larson

Matthew T. Bush

Michael E. Sullivan

Latham & Watkins LLP

12670 High Bluff Drive

San Diego, California 92130

(858) 523-5400

 

Timothy K. Andrews

General Counsel

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc.

9410 Carroll Park Drive

San Diego, California 92121

858-824-0895

 

Deanna Kirkpatrick

Yasin Keshvargar

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 450-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities To Be Registered

 

Amount to be
Registered(1)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

 

8,455,950

  $18.00   $152,207,100   $16,606

 

 

(1)

Includes 1,102,950 shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)

The registrant previously paid a total of $13,637.50 in connection with the previous filing of the registration statement.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated March 8, 2021.

7,353,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. We are offering 7,353,000 shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $16.00 and $18.00 per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “RXDX.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us.

   $        $    

 

  (1)

See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

 

 

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to 1,102,950 additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 220,590 shares of our common stock, or up to 3% of the shares offered by us in this offering, for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program” for additional information.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                , 2021 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

 

SVB Leerink           Credit Suisse   Stifel   Guggenheim Securities

 

 

Prospectus dated                , 2021.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     12  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     72  

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

     73  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     74  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     75  

CAPITALIZATION

     76  

DILUTION

     78  

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     81  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     83  

BUSINESS

     98  

MANAGEMENT

     139  

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     148  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

     169  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     173  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     176  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     182  

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     185  

UNDERWRITING

     189  

LEGAL MATTERS

     197  

EXPERTS

     197  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     197  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information other than that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside of the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the section titled “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “Prometheus Biosciences” and “Prometheus” refer to Prometheus Biosciences, Inc.

Overview

We are a biotechnology company pioneering a precision medicine approach to the discovery, development, and commercialization of novel therapeutic and companion diagnostic products for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). We leverage our proprietary precision medicine platform, Prometheus360, which includes one of the world’s largest gastrointestinal (GI) bioinformatics databases, to identify novel therapeutic targets and develop therapeutic candidates to engage those targets. In parallel, we are developing companion diagnostic tests designed to identify patients more likely to respond to our therapeutic candidates. We have generated a robust initial pipeline of therapeutic development programs for the treatment of IBD. Our lead product candidate, PRA023, is an IgG1 humanized monoclonal antibody (mAb) that has been shown to block the tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-like ligand 1A (TL1A), a target associated with both intestinal inflammation and fibrosis that was clinically validated in a third-party Phase 2a clinical trial in ulcerative colitis (UC). PRA023 has the potential to substantially improve outcomes for moderate-to-severe IBD patients who are predisposed to increased TL1A expression. We are developing PRA023 for the treatment of UC and Crohn’s disease (CD), and initiated a Phase 1a clinical trial in normal healthy volunteers in December 2020. Our goal is to revolutionize the treatment of IBD with a precision medicine approach for patients with significant unmet medical needs.

Inflammatory Bowel Disease

IBD is a complex disease with many contributing factors, including genetic, environmental and immunologic. UC and CD are two of the most common forms of IBD. Both UC and CD are chronic, relapsing, remitting, inflammatory conditions of the GI tract that begin most commonly during adolescence and young adulthood. UC involves the innermost lining of the large intestine, and symptoms include abdominal pain and diarrhea, frequently with blood and mucus. CD can affect the entire thickness of the bowel wall and all parts of the GI tract from mouth to anus. CD symptoms include abdominal pain, diarrhea, and other more systemic symptoms such as weight loss, nutritional deficiencies, and fever.

The current standard of care for the treatment of patients with moderate-to-severe IBD is typically anti-inflammatory agents; however, none of these therapies address fibrosis, or scarring, in IBD. The majority of IBD patients do not respond to first-line anti-TNF agents. Since the approval of the first anti-TNF agent for the treatment of CD in 1998, the availability of JAK inhibitors and newer biological agents, including anti-integrin and anti-IL12/23, has improved the care of moderate-to-severe IBD (JAK inhibitors in UC only). However, these subsequently approved therapies have generally failed to demonstrate a clinical remission effect size of more than 15% relative to placebo. Moreover, among those patients who do respond to therapy, up to 45% will lose response over time. Likewise, therapies under development have not, to date, demonstrated improved remission rates over previously approved therapies. Current therapies used for the treatment of UC and CD apply a one-size-fits-all approach without regard to biologic variations amongst patients, and substantial unmet need remains.

IBD is estimated to affect over 2,000,000 people in the United States and over 5,000,000 people globally. The IBD market was approximately $12.5 billion in the United States and $18.4 billion globally in 2019 and is



 

- 1 -


Table of Contents

expected to grow to approximately $14.2 billion in the United States and $21.4 billion globally by 2024. Based in part on patient cohort data for our companion diagnostic product candidate, we estimate this product candidate will identify an increased level of TLIA expression in over 30% of IBD patients. The IBD market is highly concentrated, with four therapeutic products accounting for 75% of global revenues.

Our Precision Medicine Approach

Precision medicine involves the discovery and development of therapies that integrate clinical and molecular information based on the biological basis of disease to improve clinical decision-making and patient outcomes. We are pioneering the application of precision medicine in IBD because we believe that by leveraging Prometheus360 we can identify novel therapeutic targets impacting the underlying pathways involved in IBD and the patient subgroups that will be responsive to a particular therapy.

We believe we have the potential to transform the entire IBD pharmaceutical value chain from discovery to commercialization with our precision medicine approach. Our Prometheus360 platform includes our extensive clinical database and associated biobank, which is one of the world’s largest collections of biospecimens from patients suffering from IBD and other GI disorders. This database and biobank, which we exclusively license from Cedars-Sinai Medical Center (Cedars-Sinai), includes more than 200,000 samples linked to extensive clinical data from over 20,000 patients collected over more than 20 years. This, in combination with our state-of-the-art machine-learning methodologies, makes Prometheus360 a discovery engine for novel precision therapeutics and companion diagnostics. IBD clinical development programs can take up to seven to ten years to complete and physicians are often challenged with the task of enrolling patients from a limited pool of qualified candidates into a large number of trials with undifferentiated mechanisms of action. By using companion diagnostics to target a specific subset of the IBD population, we expect to reduce overall development time and cost through smaller trials and faster enrollment rates. We believe our precision medicine approach will result in a greater likelihood of identifying and developing the right drug for the right patient, help to maximize patient and trial outcomes, improve label claims, accelerate adoption of targeted therapeutics for addressable patients and provide attractive treatment options from a cost-benefit perspective for payors.

Our Portfolio

We have a robust pipeline of therapeutic development programs to address several clinical IBD patient subpopulations, and plan to develop a companion diagnostic for each program. The following table summarizes our key current internal and partnered programs.

 

 

LOGO



 

- 2 -


Table of Contents

PRA023 Overview – anti-TL1A mAb

Our lead product candidate, PRA023, is an IgG1 humanized mAb that has been shown to block TL1A. Third-party antibody programs against this target have been shown to reduce both intestinal inflammation and fibrosis in preclinical studies. The TL1A target has been clinically validated in that a third-party Phase 2a 14-week open-label study in patients with moderate-to-severe UC observed a high proportion of patients (38%) achieving endoscopic improvement and 24% of patients achieved clinical remission. PRA023 binds both soluble and membrane-associated human TL1A with high affinity and specificity and has the potential to substantially improve outcomes for moderate-to-severe IBD patients predisposed to increased TL1A expression. We are developing PRA023 for the treatment of UC and CD, and initiated a Phase 1a clinical trial in normal healthy volunteers in December 2020. Assuming favorable safety results in this trial, we expect to commence in parallel in the third quarter of 2021 a Phase 2 randomized placebo-controlled clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe UC and an open-label Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe CD, with data expected in the second half of 2022 for both indications. We are also developing a genetic-based companion diagnostic to identify patients who are predisposed to increased expression of TL1A and therefore potentially more likely to respond to PRA023. We intend to evaluate and use this companion diagnostic starting with the Phase 2 UC trial and the Phase 1b CD trial.

PR600 Overview – Anti-TNF Super Family Member mAb

Our PR600 program targets a member of the TNF super family. This target, expressed by immune cells, engages a receptor and drives downstream biological pathways distinct from those activated by TNF or TL1A. It has been shown that blocking this target inhibits disease in multiple third-party IBD animal models. We believe that a therapeutic developed against this target is likely to impede both the reactivation and propagation of the pathogenic immune response in IBD. We have identified multiple genetic variants linked to patient subpopulations with a complicated course of disease. We have conducted functional genetic studies in patient samples and have identified genetic variations associated with an increase in target expressing immune cells in CD peripheral blood and an increased capacity to produce inflammatory cytokines. We intend to leverage Prometheus360 in combination with functional assays to identify patients with these genetic variants. We entered into a co-development and manufacturing agreement (the Falk Agreement) with Dr. Falk Pharma GmbH (Falk) for our PR600 program, in order to leverage Falk’s experience in GI drug development and commercialization in Europe. Under this agreement, we granted to Falk exclusive commercialization rights in Europe, Australia and New Zealand, while we retained commercialization rights in the United States and the rest of the world for therapeutics developed from our PR600 program. We expect to submit an IND for a therapeutic candidate from the PR600 program in the second half of 2022.

PR300 Overview – GPCR Modulator Small Molecule

Our PR300 program targets an orphan G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR) expressed predominantly in the GI tract that we believe has important functions underlying intestinal epithelial integrity and innate immune cell function. We have identified a coding single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) in the gene of this target that represents a very strong genetic association with UC. Through further datamining, we have also identified multiple additional genetic variants that are associated with both UC and CD. These variants are linked to hard-to-treat clinical patient subpopulations, including those with medically refractory UC and perianal CD.

PR1800 Overview – anti-Chemokine mAb

Our PR1800 program targets a chemo-attractant factor which contributes to the local accumulation of a defined inflammatory effector cell population in the GI tract. Factors secreted by these effector cells are believed to deteriorate the structure and protective functions of the intestinal mucosal barrier. We have identified multiple SNPs in the gene locus of this target that are associated with both UC and CD. These variants include coding SNPs and are linked to hard-to-treat clinical patient subpopulations.



 

- 3 -


Table of Contents

PR2100 Overview – anti-Inflammatory Cytokine mAb

Our PR2100 program targets a cytokine implicated in a range of inflammatory and fibrotic diseases. In IBD specifically, this cytokine has been implicated to contribute to non-response to anti-TNF therapies. We have identified multiple SNPs in the gene locus of this target that are associated with both UC and CD. In CD in particular, these variants are linked to ileal disease and extra-intestinal manifestation of disease in the skin.

Other Development Programs and Takeda-Partnered Program

We have several other programs with different mechanisms of action targeting UC and/or CD that are in the discovery stage of development. We also continue to evaluate numerous other drug targets identified through Prometheus360 for therapeutic utility for potential drug discovery development. In addition, we have a strategic collaboration with Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited (Takeda), pursuant to which we will collaborate with Takeda to develop a companion diagnostic for one or more therapeutic candidates developed by Takeda for the treatment of UC and CD.

Our Team and Investors

Our team is comprised of leaders and scientists with significant experience in IBD and other GI diseases, data analytics, biology and drug development. Mark McKenna, our President and Chief Executive Officer, was previously President at Salix Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Bausch Health Companies Inc., where he was responsible for the company’s GI franchise and launched several new products. Other members of our management team have served in senior positions at AbbVie Inc., Bayer AG, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Genentech, Inc., GlaxoSmithKline plc, Pfizer Inc., Sanofi S.A. and Takeda. We are also guided by our board of directors, led by Chairman Tadataka (Tachi) Yamada, M.D., and a scientific advisory board composed of key opinion leaders in IBD, including Stephan Targan, M.D., William Sandborn, M.D. and Dermot P. McGovern, M.D., Ph.D.

In addition, we are backed by leading life sciences investors, including Eventide Asset Management, RTW Investments, LP, Perceptive Advisors, Cormorant Capital, Cowen Healthcare Investments, Point72 Asset Management, Irving Investors, Ascend Global Investment Fund, Cedars-Sinai Medical Center and Nestlé S.A.

Our Strengths

We believe that our company has the following key differentiating competitive strengths:

 

   

We use a novel precision medicine approach to target the IBD market, which is primed for disruption.

 

   

Our proprietary Prometheus360 platform is a discovery engine for novel precision therapeutics and companion diagnostics.

 

   

Our lead product candidate, PRA023, targets a clinically-validated TL1A pathway and has the potential to be a differentiated treatment with improved patient outcomes.

 

   

Our platform has attracted partnerships with leading global pharmaceutical companies in the field of IBD.

 

   

We have assembled an experienced team comprised of industry leaders with drug discovery, development and commercialization expertise.



 

- 4 -


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our goal is to revolutionize the treatment of IBD with a precision medicine approach for patients with significant unmet medical needs. The key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are:

 

   

Maximize the value of our Prometheus360 precision medicine platform for the treatment of IBD.

 

   

Advance PRA023 through the clinic and potentially accelerate its development by utilizing our companion diagnostic to identify patients expected to benefit from treatment.

 

   

Explore additional indications for PRA023.

 

   

Advance our other programs, including PR600, into and through the clinic.

 

   

Continue leveraging Prometheus360 to expand our pipeline to address additional patient subpopulations.

 

   

Selectively enter into strategic collaborations to maximize the value of our therapeutic pipeline.

Summary of Risks Related to Our Business

Our ability to execute our business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this Prospectus Summary. These risks include, among others:

 

   

We have a limited operating history, have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and expect to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. We may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and maintain profitability.

 

   

In the near term, our ability to generate revenue will depend primarily on collaboration revenue.

 

   

We will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our development programs, commercialization efforts or other operations.

 

   

Our approach to the discovery and development of precision medicines based on our Prometheus360 platform is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any therapeutics or diagnostic products of commercial value, or if competing technological approaches will limit the commercial value of our product candidates and companion diagnostics or render Prometheus360 obsolete.

 

   

We are early in our development efforts and all of our development programs are in the clinical or discovery stage. If we are unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval and ultimately commercialize product candidates and related companion diagnostics, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

 

   

Preclinical and clinical development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and the results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results. We have not tested any of our product candidates in clinical trials and our product candidates may not have favorable results in clinical trials, if any, or receive regulatory approval on a timely basis, if at all.

 

   

Any difficulties or delays in the commencement or completion, or termination or suspension, of our ongoing or planned clinical trials could result in increased costs to us, delay or limit our ability to generate revenue and adversely affect our commercial prospects.



 

- 5 -


Table of Contents
   

We have entered, and may in the future seek to enter into, collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements and may not be successful in doing so, and even if we are, we may relinquish valuable rights and may not realize the benefits of such relationships.

 

   

We rely on third parties to conduct many of our preclinical studies and clinical trials and to manufacture our product candidates, and these third parties may not perform satisfactorily.

 

   

We face significant competition, and if our competitors develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do or their technologies are more effective, our ability to develop and successfully commercialize products may be adversely affected.

 

   

If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop may be adversely affected.

 

   

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights throughout the world.

 

   

We depend on intellectual property licensed from third parties, and our licensors may not always act in our best interest. If we fail to comply with our obligations under our intellectual property licenses, if the licenses are terminated or if disputes regarding these licenses arise, we could lose significant rights that are important to our business.

Corporate Information

We were originally founded as a Delaware corporation on October 26, 2016, under the name Precision IBD, Inc. On October 3, 2019, we changed our name to Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 9410 Carroll Park Drive, San Diego, California 92121, and our telephone number is 858-824-0895. Our website address is www.prometheusbiosciences.com. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only.

We use our trademarks in this prospectus as well as trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights, to these trademarks and tradenames.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the JOBS Act). An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

   

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act;



 

- 6 -


Table of Contents
   

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, unless the SEC determines the new rules are necessary for protecting the public;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), which such fifth anniversary will occur in 2025. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act), our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in this prospectus and in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information in this prospectus and that we provide to our stockholders in the future may be different than what you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have irrevocably elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same timing of adoption of new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We are also a smaller reporting company as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.



 

- 7 -


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

7,353,000 shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to a total of 1,102,950 additional shares of our common stock.

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

34,607,280 shares (35,710,230 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to fund the research and development of our development programs and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 220,590 shares of our common stock, or up to 3% of the shares offered by us in this offering, for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program” for additional information. The number of shares of our common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. Fidelity Capital Markets LLC, a division of National Financial Services LLC, or Fidelity Investments®, will administer our directed share program.

 

  See the sections titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” “Shares Eligible for Future Sale,” and “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

 

Risk factors

See the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

RXDX

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering set forth above is based on 27,254,280 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, including 54,703 shares subject to forfeiture or our right of repurchase, after giving effect to (i) the issuance of 93,995,300 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in January 2021 and (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 25,485,955 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

   

2,930,246 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.92 per share;

 

   

2,116,870 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted after December 31, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.43 per share;



 

- 8 -


Table of Contents
   

11,250 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $10.00 per share;

 

   

3,600,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Incentive Plan (the 2021 Plan), which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the 2021 Plan); and

 

   

360,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the 2021 ESPP), which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the 2021 ESPP).

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the issuance of 93,995,300 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in January 2021;

 

   

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 25,485,955 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase 112,500 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase 11,250 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

a one-for-ten reverse stock split of our common stock, which we effected on March 5, 2021;

 

   

no exercise of the outstanding options or warrants described above; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase 1,102,950 additional shares of our common stock.



 

- 9 -


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read these data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the sections titled “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    2019     2020  

Statements of Operations Data:

    

Collaboration revenue

   $ 1,118     $ 1,229  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     10,958       19,147  

General and administrative

     6,128       11,089  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     17,086       30,236  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15,968     (29,007
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     9       13  

Interest expense

     (770     (2,130

Other

     —         (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (761     (2,132
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (16,729     (31,139

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (12,994     (5,999
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (29,723   $ (37,138
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted:

    

Continuing operations

   $ (14.90   $ (20.78

Discontinued operations

     (11.57     (4.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (26.47   $ (24.78
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

     1,122,696       1,498,973  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share from continuing operations, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

     $ (1.15
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

       26,984,928  
    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share from continuing operations, were computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to (i) the issuance of 93,995,300 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in January 2021 and (ii) the conversion of our convertible preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common shares as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period presented. The following table summarizes our



 

- 10 -


Table of Contents
  unaudited pro forma net loss per share from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

Numerator

  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders from continuing operations

   $ (31,139
  

 

 

 

Denominator

  

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     1,498,973  

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     25,485,955  
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     26,984,928  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (1.15
  

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2020  
(in thousands)    Actual      Pro Forma(1)(3)      Pro Forma As
Adjusted(2)(3)
 
                 (unaudited)             (unaudited)  

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 54,201      $ 128,001      $ 240,802  

Working capital(4)

     42,201        121,676        234,477  

Total assets

     59,633        133,433        246,234  

Long-term debt, net

     7,399        7,399        7,399  

Amounts due to Nestlé – related party, current

     5,675        —          —    

Preferred stock purchase right liability

     3,900        —          —    

Convertible preferred stock

     126,023        —          —    

Accumulated deficit

     (99,146      (99,146      (99,146

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (97,541      111,857        224,658  

 

(1)

Gives effect to (i) the issuance of 93,995,300 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in January 2021 and our receipt of $73.8 million in gross proceeds and the satisfaction of amounts due to Nestlé recorded as of December 31, 2020 and (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 25,485,955 shares of our common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value as of December 31, 2020 of the convertible preferred stock and the preferred stock purchase right liability to permanent equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The impact of the preferred stock warrant liability on pro forma was excluded because it was immaterial.

(2)

Gives effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote (1) above, and (ii) the issuance and sale of 7,353,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $6.8 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amounts of each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $15.8 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing.

(4)

We define working capital as total current assets less total current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.



 

- 11 -


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Limited Operating History, Financial Position and Capital Requirements

We have a limited operating history, have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and expect to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. We may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and maintain profitability.

The development of product candidates, including therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostic tests, is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. We are in the early stages of our development efforts and have only one product candidate, PRA023, in early clinical development. We commenced operations in 2016, and to date, we have focused primarily on organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, developing Prometheus360, discovering and identifying product candidates, establishing our intellectual property portfolio and conducting research and preclinical studies. Our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates based on Prometheus360 is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any product candidates that succeed in clinical development or products of commercial value. As an organization, we have not yet completed any clinical trials, successfully developed and validated a companion diagnostic test, obtained regulatory approvals, manufactured a commercial-scale product, or arranged for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conducted sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Consequently, any predictions made about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a history of successfully developing and commercializing therapeutic products and companion diagnostics.

To date, we have only generated revenue from our diagnostic services business, Prometheus Laboratories, Inc. (PLI), which we acquired from Nestlé on June 30, 2019 and spun-off in December 2020, and our collaboration agreements with Takeda and Falk. We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception. We do not have any product candidates approved for sale, and we may never generate any significant revenue from product sales. Our net losses, including those generated from PLI, were $29.7 million and $37.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $99.1 million. Substantially all of our losses have resulted from expenses incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. All of our development programs will require substantial additional development time and resources before we would be able to apply for or receive regulatory approvals and begin generating revenue from product sales. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we anticipate these losses will increase substantially as we continue our development of, seek regulatory approval for, and potentially commercialize any of our therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics.

To become and remain profitable, we must succeed in developing and eventually commercializing products that generate significant revenue. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including completing preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates, identifying lead product candidates, discovering additional product candidates, obtaining regulatory approval for these product candidates and manufacturing, marketing and selling any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. We are only in the preliminary stages of most of these activities. We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, may never generate revenues that are significant enough to achieve profitability. In addition, we have not

 

- 12 -


Table of Contents

yet demonstrated an ability to successfully overcome many of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving fields, particularly in the biotechnology industry. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with biopharmaceutical and companion diagnostic product development, we are unable to accurately predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when, or if, we will be able to achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable may have an adverse effect on the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts, diversify our product candidates or even continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

We will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our development programs, commercialization efforts or other operations.

The development of therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics is capital-intensive. We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we conduct our ongoing and planned preclinical studies of our development programs, initiate clinical trials for our therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics, and seek regulatory approval for our current therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics and any future therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics we may develop. If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics, we also expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution. Because the outcome of any preclinical study or clinical trial is highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of our therapeutic product candidates or companion diagnostics. Furthermore, following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operations for at least the next 24 months. In particular, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents will allow us to complete our planned Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe UC and Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe CD for PRA023, and complete IND-enabling preclinical studies and complete a Phase 1 clinical trial for our PR600 program. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our operating plans and other demands on our cash resources may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity or debt financings or other capital sources, including potentially additional collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Attempting to secure additional financing may divert our management from our day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop our product candidates.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the type, number, scope, progress, expansions, results, costs and timing of discovery, preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates which we are pursuing or may choose to pursue in the future;

 

   

the costs and timing of manufacturing for our product candidates and commercial manufacturing if any product candidate is approved;

 

   

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

- 13 -


Table of Contents
   

the costs and timing of developing our companion diagnostics, and the outcome of regulatory review;

 

   

the success of our current and any future collaborations, including the timing and amount of the milestone or other payments made to us under our companion diagnostics development and collaboration agreement with Takeda (the Takeda Agreement), our co-development and manufacturing agreement with Dr. Falk Pharma GmbH (the Falk Agreement) or any future collaboration agreements;

 

   

the costs of obtaining, maintaining and enforcing patents and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

the additional costs we may incur as a result of operating as a public company, including our efforts to enhance operational systems and hire additional personnel, including enhanced internal controls over financial reporting;

 

   

the timing and amount of payments that we must make to the licensors and other third parties from whom we have in-licensed intellectual property rights related to Prometheus360 and products and product candidates;

 

   

the costs associated with hiring additional personnel and consultants as our preclinical and clinical activities increase;

 

   

the costs and timing of maintaining our sales and marketing capabilities and any expansion thereof, including if any product candidate is approved;

 

   

our ability to achieve sufficient market acceptance, coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors and adequate market share and revenue for any approved products and companion diagnostics;

 

   

the terms and timing of establishing and maintaining collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements; and

 

   

costs associated with any products or technologies that we may in-license or acquire.

Identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials is a time consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain regulatory approval and commercialize our therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics. In addition, our product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our therapeutic commercial revenues, if any, will be derived from sales of products that we do not expect to be commercially available for many years, if at all.

Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of common stock in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies, product candidates or testing products.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings, or other capital sources, including potential additional collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Our loan and security agreement (the Loan Agreement) with Oxford Finance LLC (Oxford) involves, and any future debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, selling or licensing our assets, making capital expenditures, declaring dividends or encumbering our assets to secure future

 

- 14 -


Table of Contents

indebtedness. Such restrictions could adversely impact our ability to conduct our operations and execute our business plan.

If we raise additional funds through future collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our future revenue streams, research programs, product candidates, Prometheus360 or testing products, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us and/or that may reduce the value of our common stock. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or other arrangements when needed or on terms acceptable to us, we would be required to delay, limit, reduce, or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates or testing products that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Risks Related to the Discovery, Development and Regulatory Approval of Our Product Candidates, including our Therapeutic Product Candidates and Companion Diagnostics

Our approach to the discovery and development of precision medicines based on Prometheus360 is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any therapeutics or companion diagnostic products of commercial value, or if competing technological approaches will limit the commercial value of our therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics or render Prometheus360 obsolete.

We have concentrated our therapeutic product research and development efforts on the application of precision medicine to the treatment and diagnosis of IBD, and our future success depends on the successful development of products based on Prometheus360 and the continued development of this platform. However, neither we nor any other company has received regulatory approval to market therapeutics targeting specific subpopulations of IBD patients. The success of our business depends primarily upon our ability to identify, develop and commercialize precision medicine products based on Prometheus360, which leverages a novel and unproven approach of applying data analytics and machine learning to the thousands of samples available to us through the biobank we license from Cedars-Sinai Medical Center (Cedars-Sinai). While we have had favorable preclinical study results utilizing Prometheus360, we have not yet succeeded and may not succeed in demonstrating efficacy and safety for any product candidates in clinical trials or in obtaining marketing approval thereafter. Our lead therapeutic product candidate, PRA023, entered Phase 1a clinical development in December 2020 and we have not yet completed any clinical trials for any product candidate. Our research methodology and novel approach to precision medicine for IBD may be unsuccessful in identifying additional therapeutic product candidates, and any therapeutic product candidates discovered using Prometheus360 may be shown to have harmful side effects or may have other characteristics that may necessitate additional clinical testing, or make the therapeutic product candidates unmarketable or unlikely to receive marketing approval. Further, because all of our therapeutic product candidates and development programs utilize Prometheus360, adverse developments with respect to one of our programs may have a significant adverse impact on the actual or perceived likelihood of success and value of our other programs.

In addition, the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies. Our future success will depend in part on our ability to maintain a competitive position with Prometheus360, which relies on our ability to access the biobank owned and controlled by Cedars-Sinai as well as to maintain our exclusive license with Cedars-Sinai. If access to the biobank is lost or limited, it may materially and adversely affect our ability to create and develop therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics, and compete effectively. Our competitors may render our approach obsolete, or limit the commercial value of our therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics, by advances in existing technological approaches or the development of new or different approaches, potentially eliminating the advantages in our drug discovery process that we believe we derive from our research approach and proprietary technologies. By contrast, adverse developments with respect to other companies that attempt to use a similar approach to our approach may adversely impact the actual or perceived value of Prometheus360 and potential of our product candidates.

 

- 15 -


Table of Contents

If any of these events occur, we may be forced to abandon our development efforts for a program or programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and could potentially cause us to cease operations.

We are early in our development efforts and have only one product candidate in early clinical development. All of our other development programs are in the preclinical or discovery stage. If we are unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and ultimately commercialize therapeutic product candidates and related companion diagnostics, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We are in the early stages of our development efforts and have only one product candidate in early clinical development. All of our other development programs are in the preclinical or drug discovery stage. We have not yet completed any clinical trials for any product candidate. We have invested substantially all of our efforts in developing Prometheus360, identifying potential therapeutic product candidates and conducting preclinical studies. Although PRA023 entered a Phase 1a clinical trial in December 2020, we will need to progress all of our other development programs through IND-enabling studies and receive authorization from the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to proceed under an IND prior to initiating their clinical development. Our ability to generate therapeutic product revenues, which we do not expect will occur for many years, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of our product candidates. In addition, our therapeutic development programs contemplate the development of companion diagnostics, which are assays or tests designed to identify an appropriate patient populations. Companion diagnostics are subject to regulation as medical devices and must themselves be approved for marketing by the FDA or certain other foreign regulatory agencies before we may commercialize our product candidates. The success of our product candidates will depend on several factors, including the following:

 

   

successful completion of preclinical studies with favorable results, including those compliant with good laboratory practice (GLP) toxicology studies, biodistribution studies and minimum effective dose studies in animals;

 

   

acceptance of INDs by the FDA, or similar regulatory filing by comparable foreign regulatory authorities for the conduct of clinical trials of our therapeutic product candidates and our proposed design of future clinical trials;

 

   

successful enrollment in clinical trials and completion of clinical trials with favorable results;

 

   

demonstrating safety and efficacy, or in the case of our therapeutic product candidates regulated as biologics, safety, purity and potency, to the satisfaction of applicable regulatory authorities;

 

   

successful development and validation of companion diagnostics for use with our product candidates, if required;

 

   

the performance of our collaborators;

 

   

receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities for our product candidates, including new drug applications (NDAs) or biologics license applications (BLAs) from the FDA, and the premarket approvals (PMAs) from the FDA for companion diagnostics required for our therapeutic product candidates, and maintaining such approvals;

 

   

making arrangements with our third-party manufacturers for, or establishing, commercial manufacturing capabilities;

 

   

establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and launching commercial sales of our products, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

 

   

obtaining adequate coverage, reimbursement, and pricing policies for our products from governmental authorities and health insurers;

 

- 16 -


Table of Contents
   

the willingness of physicians and patients to utilize or adopt any of our product candidates or future product candidates over alternative or more conventional therapies;

 

   

establishing, maintaining, defending and enforcing patent, trade secret and other intellectual property protection or regulatory exclusivity for our therapeutic product candidates;

 

   

maintaining an acceptable safety profile of our products following approval; and

 

   

maintaining and growing an organization of people who can develop and commercialize our products and technology.

If we are unable to develop, obtain regulatory approval for, or, if approved, successfully commercialize our therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to continue our business.

Preclinical and clinical development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and the results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results. We have not tested any of our product candidates in clinical trials and our product candidates may not have favorable results in clinical trials.

Preclinical and clinical development is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. We cannot guarantee that any preclinical studies or clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all, and failure can occur at any time during the preclinical study or clinical trial process. Despite promising preclinical or clinical results, any product candidate can unexpectedly fail at any stage of preclinical or clinical development. The historical failure rate for product candidates in our industry is high.

The results from preclinical studies or clinical trials of a product candidate may not predict the results of later clinical trials of the product candidate, and interim, topline, or preliminary results of a clinical trial are not necessarily indicative of final results. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy characteristics despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. In particular, while we have conducted certain preclinical studies of PRA023 and other potential product candidates targeting IBD, we do not know whether PRA023 or the other potential product candidates will perform in future clinical trials as they have performed in these prior studies. The positive results we have observed for PRA023 in preclinical animal models may not be predictive of our ongoing and future clinical trials in humans. It is not uncommon to observe results in clinical trials that are unexpected based on preclinical studies and early clinical trials, and many product candidates fail in clinical trials despite very promising early results. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data may be susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in clinical development even after achieving promising results in earlier studies.

For the foregoing reasons, we cannot be certain that any of our ongoing and planned preclinical studies or clinical trials will be successful.

Any difficulties or delays in the commencement or completion, or termination or suspension, of our ongoing or planned clinical trials could result in increased costs to us, delay or limit our ability to generate revenue and adversely affect our commercial prospects.

Before we can initiate clinical trials for our product candidates, we must submit the results of preclinical studies to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities along with other information, including information about product candidate chemistry, manufacturing and controls and our proposed clinical trial protocol, as part of an IND or, in the case of a companion diagnostic, an investigational device exemption (IDE) application or similar regulatory filing required for authorization to proceed with clinical development. The FDA

 

- 17 -


Table of Contents

or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to conduct additional preclinical studies for any product candidate before it allows us to initiate clinical trials under any IND, IDE, or similar regulatory filing, which may lead to delays and increase the costs of our preclinical development programs. Any such delays in the commencement or completion of our ongoing or planned clinical trials for PRA023 or any other product candidate could significantly affect our product development costs.

We do not know whether our planned trials will begin on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. The commencement and completion of clinical trials can be delayed for a number of reasons, including delays related to:

 

   

obtaining regulatory authorizations to commence a trial or reaching a consensus with regulatory authorities on trial design;

 

   

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities disagreeing as to the design or implementation of our clinical studies;

 

   

any failure or delay in reaching an agreement with contract research organizations (CROs) and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

   

obtaining approval from one or more institutional review boards (IRBs);

 

   

IRBs refusing to approve, suspending or terminating the trial at an investigational site, precluding enrollment of additional subjects, or withdrawing their approval of the trial;

 

   

changes to clinical trial protocol;

 

   

clinical sites deviating from trial protocol or dropping out of a trial;

 

   

manufacturing sufficient quantities of our product candidates for use in clinical trials;

 

   

subjects failing to enroll or remain in our trials at the rate we expect, or failing to return for post-treatment follow-up, including subjects failing to remain in our trials due to movement;

 

   

delays in developing and validating the companion diagnostic to be used in a clinical trial, if applicable;

 

   

we may be required to submit an IDE application to the FDA with respect to our companion diagnostic product candidates, which must become effective prior to commencing certain human clinical trials of medical devices, and the FDA may reject our IDE application and notify us that we may not begin clinical trials;

 

   

restrictions, health reasons or otherwise resulting from the novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19;

 

   

subjects choosing an alternative treatment for the indication for which we are developing our therapeutic product candidates, or participating in competing clinical trials;

 

   

lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial;

 

   

subjects experiencing severe or unexpected drug-related adverse effects;

 

   

occurrence of serious adverse events in trials of the same class of agents conducted by other companies;

 

   

selection of clinical endpoints that require prolonged periods of clinical observation or analysis of the resulting data;

 

   

a facility manufacturing our product candidates or any of their components being ordered by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to temporarily or permanently shut down due to violations of current good manufacturing practice (cGMP) regulations or other applicable requirements, or infections or cross-contaminations of product candidates in the manufacturing process;

 

- 18 -


Table of Contents
   

any changes to our manufacturing process that may be necessary or desired;

 

   

third-party clinical investigators losing the licenses or permits necessary to perform our clinical trials, not performing our clinical trials on our anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices (GCP) or other regulatory requirements;

 

   

third-party contractors not performing data collection or analysis in a timely or accurate manner; or

 

   

third-party contractors becoming debarred or suspended or otherwise penalized by the FDA or other government or regulatory authorities for violations of regulatory requirements, in which case we may need to find a substitute contractor, and we may not be able to use some or all of the data produced by such contractors in support of our marketing applications.

In addition, disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic may increase the likelihood that we encounter such difficulties or delays in initiating, enrolling, conducting or completing our ongoing or planned clinical trials. We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by a Data Safety Monitoring Board for such trial or by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Such authorities may impose such a suspension or termination due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug or diagnostic, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. In addition, changes in regulatory requirements and policies may occur, and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols to comply with these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to IRBs for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial.

Further, conducting clinical trials in foreign countries, as we may do for our product candidates, presents additional risks that may delay completion of our clinical trials. These risks include the failure of enrolled patients in foreign countries to adhere to clinical protocol as a result of differences in healthcare services or cultural customs, managing additional administrative burdens associated with foreign regulatory schemes, as well as political and economic risks relevant to such foreign countries.

Moreover, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected interpretation of the study. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of one or more of our product candidates.

If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of our product candidates will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues from any of these product candidates will be delayed. Moreover, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues.

In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, the termination or suspension of, or a delay in the commencement or completion of, clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of a product candidate. We may make formulation or manufacturing changes to our product candidates, in which case

 

- 19 -


Table of Contents

we may need to conduct additional preclinical studies to bridge our modified product candidates to earlier versions. Any delays to our clinical trials that occur as a result could shorten any period during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates and our competitors may be able to bring products to market before we do, and the commercial viability of our product candidates could be significantly reduced. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our clinical trials. If we encounter difficulties enrolling subjects in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

Patient enrollment is a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials, and the timing of our clinical trials depends, in part, on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in our trials, as well as completion of required follow-up periods. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our product candidates if we are unable to identify and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials as required by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States. Subject enrollment is affected by many factors including the size and nature of the patient population, the severity of the disease under investigation, the availability and efficacy of approved drugs and diagnostics for the disease under investigation, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the eligibility and exclusion criteria for the trial, the design of the clinical trial, the risk that enrolled patients will not complete a clinical trial, our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience, patient referral practices of physicians, the ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment, competing clinical trials and clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new products that may be approved for the indications we are investigating as well as any product candidates under development.

We will be required to identify and enroll a sufficient number of subjects for each of our clinical trials. Utilizing our precision medicine approach, we plan to focus our development activities on genetically or biomarker defined patients that we believe will be most likely to respond to our therapeutic product candidates. As a result, the potential patient populations for our clinical trials are narrowed, and we may experience difficulties in identifying and enrolling a sufficient number of patients in our clinical trials. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials if we are unable to locate a sufficient number of eligible subjects to participate in the clinical trials required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. In addition, the process of finding and diagnosing subjects may prove costly.

Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of subjects for any of our future clinical trials would result in significant delays or may require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. In addition, we expect to rely on CROs and clinical trial sites to ensure proper and timely conduct of our future clinical trials and, while we intend to enter into agreements governing their services, we will have limited influence over their actual performance.

We cannot assure you that our assumptions used in determining expected clinical trial timelines are correct or that we will not experience delays in enrollment, which would result in the delay of completion of such trials beyond our expected timelines.

Use of our therapeutic product candidates could be associated with side effects, adverse events or other properties or safety risks, which could delay or preclude approval, cause us to suspend or discontinue clinical trials, abandon a therapeutic product candidate, limit the commercial profile of an approved label or result in other significant negative consequences that could severely harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

We have not evaluated any product candidates in human clinical trials. As is the case with biopharmaceuticals generally, it is likely that there may be side effects and adverse events associated with our therapeutic product candidates’ use. Results of our clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity

 

- 20 -


Table of Contents

and prevalence of side effects or unexpected characteristics. Undesirable side effects caused by our therapeutic product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Moreover, if our therapeutic product candidates are associated with undesirable side effects in clinical trials or have characteristics that are unexpected, we may elect to abandon their development or limit their development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective, which may limit the commercial expectations for the therapeutic product candidate, if approved. We may also be required to modify our study plans based on findings after we commence our clinical trials. Many compounds that initially showed promise in early-stage testing have later been found to cause side effects that prevented further development of the compound. In addition, regulatory authorities may draw different conclusions or require additional testing to confirm these determinations.

It is possible that as we test our therapeutic product candidates in larger, longer and more extensive clinical trials, or as the use of these therapeutic product candidates becomes more widespread if they receive regulatory approval, illnesses, injuries, discomforts and other adverse events that were observed in earlier trials, as well as conditions that did not occur or went undetected in previous trials, may be reported by subjects. If such side effects become known later in development or upon approval, if any, such findings may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Patients treated with our products, if approved, may experience previously unreported adverse reactions, and it is possible that the FDA or other regulatory authorities may ask for additional safety data as a condition of, or in connection with, our efforts to obtain approval of our therapeutic product candidates. If safety problems occur or are identified after our products, if any, reach the market, we may make the decision or be required by regulatory authorities to amend the labeling of our products, recall our products or even withdraw approval for our products.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular therapeutic product candidate, if approved, and could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

As an organization, we have never completed any clinical trials or submitted an application for regulatory approval, and may be unable to do so for any of our product candidates.

We are early in our development efforts for our product candidates and we will need to successfully complete IND-enabling studies, Phase 1 clinical trials and later-stage and pivotal clinical trials, in order to obtain FDA or comparable foreign regulatory approval to market PRA023 or any other therapeutic product candidates. Carrying out clinical trials and the submission of a successful BLA or NDA is a complicated process. As an organization, we commenced our first Phase 1 clinical trial in December 2020. However, we have not previously conducted any clinical trials, have limited experience as a company in preparing, submitting and prosecuting regulatory filings and have not submitted a BLA or NDA or other comparable foreign regulatory submission for any therapeutic product candidate. In addition, we have had limited interactions with the FDA and cannot be certain how many clinical trials of PRA023 or any other product candidates will be required or how such trials should be designed. Consequently, we may be unable to successfully and efficiently execute and complete necessary clinical trials in a way that leads to regulatory submission and approval of any of our therapeutic product candidates. We may require more time and incur greater costs than our competitors and may not succeed in obtaining regulatory approvals of therapeutic product candidates that we develop. Failure to commence or complete, or delays in, our ongoing or planned clinical trials, could prevent us from or delay us in submitting BLAs or NDAs for and commercializing our therapeutic product candidates.

 

- 21 -


Table of Contents

Our product candidates are subject to extensive regulation and compliance, which is costly and time consuming, and such regulation may cause unanticipated delays or prevent the receipt of the required approvals to commercialize our product candidates.

The clinical development, manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, advertising, promotion, import, export, marketing, distribution and adverse event reporting, including the submission of safety and other information, of our product candidates are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA in the United States and by comparable foreign regulatory authorities in foreign markets. In the United States, we are not permitted to market our product candidates until we receive regulatory approval from the FDA. The process of obtaining regulatory approval is expensive, often takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and can vary substantially based upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved, as well as the target indications and patient population. Approval policies or regulations may change, and the FDA has substantial discretion in the drug approval process, including the ability to delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons. Despite the time and expense invested in clinical development of product candidates, regulatory approval is never guaranteed. Neither we nor any current or future collaborator is permitted to market any of our product candidates in the United States until we receive approval from the FDA.

Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize a product candidate in the United States or abroad, we or our collaborators must demonstrate with substantial evidence from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, that such product candidates are safe and effective, or with respect to a biological product candidate, safe, pure and potent, for their intended uses. Results from preclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we believe the preclinical or clinical data for our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, as the case may be, may also require us to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials for our product candidates either prior to or post-approval, or may object to elements of our clinical development program.

The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities can delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons, including:

 

   

such authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our or our current or future collaborators’ clinical trials;

 

   

negative or ambiguous results from our clinical trials or results may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory agencies for approval;

 

   

serious and unexpected drug-related side effects may be experienced by participants in our clinical trials or by individuals using drugs or biologics similar to our therapeutic product candidates;

 

   

such authorities may not accept clinical data from trials which are conducted at clinical facilities or in countries where the standard of care is potentially different from that of the United States;

 

   

we or any of our current or future collaborators may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate is safe and effective, and that the therapeutic product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

 

   

we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of such authorities that our companion diagnostics are suitable to identify appropriate patient populations;

 

   

such authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

such authorities may not agree that the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates are acceptable or sufficient to support the submission of a BLA, NDA, PMA or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere, and such authorities may impose requirements for additional preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

- 22 -


Table of Contents
   

such authorities may disagree regarding the formulation, labeling and/or the specifications of our product candidates;

 

   

approval may be granted only for indications that are significantly more limited than what we apply for and/or with other significant restrictions on distribution and use;

 

   

such authorities may find deficiencies in the manufacturing processes, test procedures and specifications or facilities of our third-party manufacturers with which we or any of our current or future collaborators contract for clinical and commercial supplies;

 

   

regulations and approval policies of such authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our or any of our potential future collaborators’ clinical data insufficient for approval; or

 

   

such authorities may not accept a submission due to, among other reasons, the content or formatting of the submission.

This lengthy approval process, as well as the unpredictability of the results of clinical trials, may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market any of our product candidates, which would significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects. In addition, even if we obtain approval of our product candidates, regulatory authorities may approve any of our product candidates for fewer or more limited indications than we request, may impose significant limitations in the form of narrow indications, warnings, or a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS).

In addition, with respect to foreign markets, approval procedures vary among countries and, in addition to the foregoing risks, may involve additional product testing, administrative review periods and agreements with pricing authorities. In addition, events raising questions about the safety of certain marketed biopharmaceuticals may result in increased cautiousness by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities in reviewing new drugs or biologics based on safety, efficacy or other regulatory considerations and may result in significant delays in obtaining regulatory approvals. Any delay in obtaining, or inability to obtain, applicable regulatory approvals would prevent us or any of our potential future collaborators from commercializing our product candidates.

If we are unable to successfully develop companion diagnostics for our therapeutic product candidates, or experience significant delays in doing so, our therapeutic development strategy may be harmed and we may not realize the full commercial potential of our therapeutic product candidates.

Because we are focused on precision medicine, in which genetic alterations or predictive biomarkers will be used to identify the right patients for our product candidates, we believe that our success will depend, in part, on our ability to develop companion diagnostics, which are assays or tests to identify an appropriate patient population for these therapeutic product candidates. To achieve this, our development programs are dependent on the development and commercialization of a companion diagnostic. Companion diagnostics are developed in conjunction with clinical programs for the associated product and are subject to regulation as medical devices by the FDA and comparable regulatory authorities. In general, if the FDA determines that a companion diagnostic is essential to the safe and effective use of a novel therapeutic product or indication, the FDA will generally not approve the therapeutic product if the companion diagnostic is not also approved or cleared for that indication. Accordingly, the FDA expects to review and approve simultaneously the NDA or BLA and PMA submissions for a therapeutic and its companion diagnostic, respectively, so any delay in diagnostic approval could delay or prevent approval of the therapeutic product. The approval of a companion diagnostic as part of the product label will also limit the use of the therapeutic product candidate to only those patients who express the specific genetic alteration or biomarker it was developed to detect. Also, to the extent other approved diagnostics are able to broaden their labeling claims to include our approved therapeutic products, if any, we may be forced to abandon our companion diagnostic development plans or we may not be able to compete effectively upon approval, which could adversely impact our ability to generate revenue from the sale of our approved products and our business operations.

 

- 23 -


Table of Contents

In addition, it may be necessary to resolve issues such as selectivity/specificity, analytical validation, reproducibility, or clinical validation of companion diagnostics during the development and regulatory approval processes. Moreover, even if data from preclinical studies and early clinical trials appear to support development of a companion diagnostic for a therapeutic product candidate, data generated in later clinical trials may fail to support the analytical and clinical validation of the companion diagnostic. We may encounter difficulties in developing, obtaining regulatory approval for, manufacturing and commercializing companion diagnostics similar to those we face with respect to our therapeutic product candidates themselves, including issues with achieving regulatory clearance or approval, production of sufficient quantities at commercial scale and with appropriate quality standards, and in gaining market acceptance.

If we or any third parties we may engage are unable to successfully develop companion diagnostics for our therapeutic product candidates, or experience delays in doing so:

 

   

we may be unable to identify appropriate patients for enrollment in our clinical trials, which may adversely affect the development of our therapeutic product candidates;

 

   

our therapeutic product candidates may not receive marketing approval, if the FDA or other regulators determine that the safe and effective use of our therapeutic product candidates, if any, depends on the companion diagnostic; and

 

   

we may not realize the full commercial potential of any therapeutics that receive marketing approval if, among other reasons, we are unable to appropriately select patients who are likely to benefit from therapy with our medicines, if any.

As a result of any of these events, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

We have limited experience in developing and commercializing companion diagnostics and have never applied for or obtained regulatory clearance or approval for any diagnostic tests.

To be successful in developing and commercializing therapeutic product candidates in combination with companion diagnostics, we will need to address a number of scientific, technical, regulatory and logistical challenges. We currently anticipate that we or a collaborator will need to obtain approval of PMA applications from the FDA in order to legally market such companion diagnostics in the United States. As a company, we have little experience in the development of companion diagnostics and may not be successful in developing appropriate diagnostics to pair with any of our therapeutic product candidates that receive marketing approval, and have never applied for or obtained regulatory clearance or approval of any diagnostic tests. Given our limited experience in developing companion diagnostics, we may rely in part or in whole on third parties for their design, development and manufacture of such tests.

Before a new medical device, or a new intended use of, claim for, or significant modification to an existing device, can be marketed in the United States, a company must first submit an application for and receive 510(k) clearance pursuant to a premarket notification submitted under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA), de-novo classification, or PMA approval from FDA, unless an exemption applies. The PMA approval pathway, which we expect to pursue for our companion diagnostic product candidates, requires an applicant to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the product based, in part, on valid scientific evidence, including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, and clinical data. The 510(k) pathway requires a FDA finding that the test is substantially equivalent to a legally marketed predicate device. If no legally marketed predicate can be identified to enable use of the 510(k) pathway, the device is automatically classified under the FDCA into Class III, which generally requires PMA approval. However, for low- to moderate-risk novel devices, FDA allows for the possibility of marketing authorization through the “de novo classification” process rather than requiring the device to be subject to PMA approval. Products that are approved through a PMA application generally need prior FDA approval before modifications can be made that affect safety or effectiveness, and

 

- 24 -


Table of Contents

certain modifications to a 510(k)-cleared device may also require FDA premarket review before the modified product can be marketed. If we are unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory clearance for and commercialize companion diagnostics to pair with our therapeutic product candidates, it could adversely impact our ability to develop and generate revenue from our product candidates.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we focus on specific product candidates and specific indications. As a result, we may forgo or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates that could have had greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable product candidates. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate.

We may conduct certain of our clinical trials for our product candidates outside of the United States. However, the FDA and other foreign equivalents may not accept data from such trials, in which case our development plans will be delayed, which could materially harm our business.

We may conduct one or more of our clinical trials for our product candidates outside the United States. Although the FDA may accept data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States, acceptance of this data is subject to certain conditions imposed by the FDA. For example, to accept data from a clinical trial that was conducted only at sites outside of the United States and not subject to an IND, the FDA requires such clinical trial to have been conducted in accordance with GCPs, and the FDA must be able to validate the data from the clinical trial through an on-site inspection if the FDA deems such inspection necessary. For such studies not subject to an IND, the FDA generally does not review clinical protocols for the studies, and therefore there is an additional potential risk that the FDA could determine that the study design, protocol, or results from a non-U.S. clinical trial was inadequate for the purposes we intend, which could require us to conduct additional clinical trials. There can be no assurance the FDA will accept data from clinical trials conducted outside of the United States. If the FDA does not accept data from our clinical trials of our product candidates, it would likely result in the need for additional clinical trials, which would be costly and time consuming and delay or permanently halt our development of our therapeutic product candidates.

Conducting clinical trials outside the United States also exposes us to additional risks, including risks associated with:

 

   

additional foreign regulatory requirements;

 

   

foreign exchange fluctuations;

 

   

compliance with foreign manufacturing, customs, shipment and storage requirements;

 

   

cultural differences in medical practice and clinical research; and

 

   

diminished protection of intellectual property in some countries.

Interim, topline and preliminary data from our preclinical studies and clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publicly disclose interim, preliminary or topline data from our preclinical studies and clinical trials, which is based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data, and the results and related

 

- 25 -


Table of Contents

findings and conclusions are subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular trial. We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations and conclusions as part of our analyses of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, the interim, preliminary or topline results that we report may differ from future results of the same trials, or different conclusions or considerations may qualify such results, once additional data have been received and fully evaluated. Topline and preliminary data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, topline and preliminary data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available.

From time to time, we may also disclose interim data from our clinical studies. Interim data from clinical trials that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available or as patients from our clinical trials continue other treatments for their disease. Adverse differences between preliminary, topline or interim data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects. In addition, disclosure of interim data by us or by our competitors could result in volatility in the price of our common stock after this offering.

Further, others, including regulatory agencies, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular product candidate or product and the value of our company in general. In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is based on what is typically extensive information, and you or others may not agree with what we determine is the material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure, and any information we determine not to disclose may ultimately be deemed significant with respect to future decisions, conclusions, views, activities or otherwise regarding a particular product, product candidate or our business. If the topline data that we report differ from actual results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize, our product candidates may be harmed, which could harm our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.

Disruptions at the FDA and other government agencies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire, retain or deploy key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent new or modified products from being developed, approved or commercialized in a timely manner or at all, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, statutory, regulatory and policy changes, the FDA’s ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and other events that may otherwise affect the FDA’s ability to perform routine functions. Average review times at the FDA have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable. Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs, biologics, and medical devices, or modifications to approved drugs, biologics, and medical devices to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, including for 35 days beginning on December 22, 2018, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop critical activities.

Separately, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, on March 10, 2020 the FDA announced its intention to postpone most inspections of foreign manufacturing facilities and products, and on March 18, 2020 the FDA temporarily postponed routine surveillance inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities. Subsequently, on July 10, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to resume certain on-site inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities subject to a risk-based prioritization system. The FDA intends to use this risk-based assessment system

 

- 26 -


Table of Contents

to identify the categories of regulatory activity that can occur within a given geographic area, ranging from mission critical inspections to resumption of all regulatory activities. Regulatory authorities outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

We are substantially dependent upon the Cedars-Sinai license agreement for access to the Cedars-Sinai database and biobank, which supports Prometheus360.

We rely on access to the Cedars-Sinai database and biobank and its over 200,000 samples linked to extensive clinical data from patients in order to stratify patients and carry out our precision medicine approach. We exclusively license the rights to the database and biobank from Cedars-Sinai under our license agreement. Cedars-Sinai may terminate the license agreement under certain circumstances, including as a result of our uncured breach of the agreement. Cedars-Sinai stores its biobank samples in a single location in Southern California, and we therefore are exposed to the risk that such samples could be destroyed pursuant to a natural or man-made disaster or that they may otherwise become unavailable. Without access to this data and samples, our business would be materially and adversely affected because we may not be able to identify additional therapeutic targets and/or develop therapeutic and diagnostic product candidates for development. Additionally, any dispute with Cedars-Sinai may result in costly litigation that diverts our management’s attention and resources away from our day-to-day activities and which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects.

We have entered, and may in the future seek to enter into, collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements and may not be successful in doing so, and even if we are, we may relinquish valuable rights and may not realize the benefits of such relationships.

We have entered into the Takeda Agreement with Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., pursuant to which we established a strategic collaboration to develop a companion diagnostic product for one selected drug target, with the option for Takeda to select an additional drug target, in support of development and potential commercialization by Takeda of any therapeutic clinical candidates that it develops in connection with the agreement for the treatment of IBD. In addition, we have entered into a co-development and manufacturing agreement with Falk pursuant to which we will co-develop and commercialize, exclusively in our respective territories, therapeutic product candidates targeting members of the TNF super family for the treatment of UC and CD under our PR600 program. With respect to Takeda and Falk, and what we expect will be the case with any future license or collaboration agreements, we have and would expect to have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development or commercialization of our product candidates. Our ability to generate revenues from these arrangements will depend on our collaborators’ willingness to successfully develop and commercialize the applicable development programs. Takeda and Falk may terminate the respective collaboration agreements for convenience and under certain other circumstances, including as a result of our uncured material breach of the agreement. Any such termination may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects.

We may seek to enter into additional collaborations, joint ventures, licenses and other similar arrangements for the development or commercialization of other product candidates due to capital costs required to develop or commercialize the product candidate. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish such collaborations for our product candidates because our research and development pipeline may be insufficient, our product candidates may be deemed to be at too early of a stage of development for collaborative effort or third parties may not view our product candidates as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy or

 

- 27 -


Table of Contents

significant commercial opportunity. In addition, we face significant competition in seeking appropriate strategic partners, and the negotiation process can be time-consuming and complex. We may have to relinquish valuable rights to our future revenue streams, research programs, product candidates or Prometheus360, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us, as part of any such arrangement, and such arrangements may restrict us from entering into additional agreements with other potential collaborators. We cannot be certain that, following a collaboration, license or strategic transaction, we will achieve an economic benefit that justifies such transaction.

The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators and partners. Collaborations are subject to numerous risks, which may include the following risks to us:

 

   

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations and they may not devote the level of effort or resources we expect;

 

   

collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of our product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on preclinical or clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus or available funding, or external factors such as an acquisition that diverts resources or creates competing priorities;

 

   

collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

 

   

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our product candidates, particularly if the collaborators believe that competitive products are more likely to be successfully developed or can be commercialized under terms that are more economically attractive than ours;

 

   

collaborators with marketing and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of such product or products;

 

   

we could grant exclusive rights to our collaborators that would prevent us from collaborating with others;

 

   

collaborators may not properly maintain, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to litigation or potential liability;

 

   

collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability;

 

   

disputes may arise between the collaborators and us that result in the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our product candidates or that result in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources;

 

   

collaborators may not provide us with timely and accurate information regarding development, regulatory or commercialization status or results, which could adversely impact our ability to manage our own development efforts, accurately forecast financial results or provide timely information to our stockholders regarding our out-licensed product candidates; and

 

   

collaborations may be terminated and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates.

 

- 28 -


Table of Contents

We rely on third parties to conduct our preclinical and clinical studies and will rely on third parties to conduct our future clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with applicable regulatory requirements or meet expected deadlines, our development programs and our ability to seek or obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates may be delayed.

We are dependent on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and expect to rely on such third parties for our current and future clinical trials, including our ongoing Phase 1a clinical trial of PRA023. Specifically, we have used and relied on, and intend to use and rely on, medical institutions, clinical investigators, CROs and consultants to conduct our preclinical studies and planned clinical trials in accordance with our clinical protocols and regulatory requirements. These CROs, investigators and other third parties play a significant role in the conduct and timing of these trials and subsequent collection and analysis of data. While we have and will have agreements governing the activities of our third-party contractors, we have limited influence over their actual performance. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol and legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on our CROs and other third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We and our CROs are required to comply with GCP requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for all of our product candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of our CROs or trial sites fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable, and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with products produced under cGMP regulations. Our failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

There is no guarantee that any of our CROs, investigators or other third parties will devote adequate time and resources to such trials or perform as contractually required. If any of these third parties fail to meet expected deadlines, adhere to our clinical protocols or meet regulatory requirements, or otherwise performs in a substandard manner, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated. In addition, many of the third parties with whom we contract may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other development activities that could harm our competitive position. In addition, principal investigators for our clinical trials are expected to serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and may receive cash or equity compensation in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or the FDA concludes that the financial relationship may have affected the interpretation of the study, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized, which could result in the delay or rejection by the FDA of any BLA, NDA or PMA we submit. Any such delay or rejection could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates.

If any of our relationships with these third parties terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative third parties on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Switching or adding additional CROs, investigators and other third parties involves additional cost and requires our management’s time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work. As a result, delays occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, investigators and other third parties, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

 

- 29 -


Table of Contents

We rely on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical and clinical development. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or products or such quantities at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities and have no plans to develop our own clinical or commercial-scale manufacturing capabilities. We rely and expect to continue to rely on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates and related raw materials for preclinical and clinical development, as well as for commercial manufacture of any of our product candidates receive marketing approval. The facilities used by third-party manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates must be approved by the FDA and any comparable foreign regulatory authority pursuant to inspections that will be conducted after we submit a BLA, NDA or PMA to the FDA or any comparable filing to a foreign regulatory authority. We do not control the manufacturing process of, and are completely dependent on, third-party manufacturers for compliance with cGMP requirements for manufacture of products. If these third-party manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority, they will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. In addition, we have no control over the ability of third-party manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, seizures or recalls of product candidates or products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our products.

Our or a third party’s failure to execute on our manufacturing requirements on commercially reasonable terms and in compliance with cGMP could adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including:

 

   

an inability to initiate clinical trials of our product candidates under development;

 

   

delay in submitting regulatory applications, or receiving marketing approvals, for our product candidates;

 

   

subjecting third-party manufacturing facilities or our manufacturing facilities to additional inspections by regulatory authorities;

 

   

requirements to cease development or to recall batches of our product candidates; and

 

   

in the event of approval to market and commercialize our product candidates, an inability to meet commercial demands for our product candidates or any other future product candidates.

In addition, we may be unable to establish any agreements with third-party manufacturers or to do so on acceptable terms. Even if we are able to establish agreements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:

 

   

failure of third-party manufacturers to comply with regulatory requirements and maintain quality assurance;

 

   

breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;

 

   

failure to manufacture our product according to our specifications;

 

   

failure to manufacture our product according to our schedule or at all;

 

   

misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how; and

 

   

termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us.

 

- 30 -


Table of Contents

Our product candidates and any products that we may develop may compete with other product candidates and products for access to manufacturing facilities. There are a limited number of manufacturers that operate under cGMP regulations and that might be capable of manufacturing for us.

Any performance failure on the part of our existing or future manufacturers could delay clinical development or marketing approval, and any related remedial measures may be costly or time consuming to implement. We do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply or a second source for all required raw materials used in the manufacture of our product candidates. If our existing or future third-party manufacturers cannot perform as agreed, we may be required to replace such manufacturers and we may be unable to replace them on a timely basis or at all.

Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates or products may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any products that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we currently rely on third parties to manufacture our product candidates and to perform quality testing, we must, at times, share our proprietary technology and confidential information, including trade secrets, with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements, and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, collaborative research agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are intentionally or inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets and despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our proprietary technology and confidential information or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to Commercialization of Our Product Candidates and Testing Products

Even if we receive regulatory approval for any therapeutic product candidate or companion diagnostic, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense. Additionally, our therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics, if approved, could be subject to labeling and other restrictions on marketing or withdrawal from the market, and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems with our therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics, when and if any of them are approved.

Any regulatory approvals that we may receive for our product candidates, including any therapeutic product candidates or companion diagnostics, will require the submission of reports to regulatory authorities and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate, may contain significant limitations related to use restrictions for specified age groups, warnings, precautions or contraindications, and may include burdensome post-approval study or risk management requirements. For example, the FDA may require a REMS in order to approve our therapeutic product candidates, which could entail requirements for a medication guide, physician training and communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. In addition, if one of our product candidates is approved, it will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for manufacturing, labeling,

 

- 31 -


Table of Contents

packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping, conduct of post-marketing studies and submission of safety, efficacy, and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States and requirements of comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

Manufacturers and manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authority requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMP regulations. As such, we and our contract manufacturers will be subject to continual review and inspections to assess compliance with cGMP and adherence to commitments made in any approved marketing application. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control.

If the FDA or another regulatory authority discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, or disagrees with the promotion, marketing or labeling of a product, such regulatory authorities may impose restrictions on that product or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory authority or enforcement authority may, among other things:

 

   

refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications;

 

   

require us to change the way a product is distributed, conduct additional clinical trials, change the labeling of a product or require us to conduct additional post-marketing studies or surveillance;

 

   

restrict our ability to conduct clinical trials, including full or partial clinical holds on ongoing or planned trials;

 

   

require additional warnings on the product label, such as a “black box” warning or a contraindication;

 

   

impose restrictions on the products, manufacturers or manufacturing process;

 

   

require warning or untitled letters;

 

   

seek injunctions or civil or criminal penalties;

 

   

suspend or withdraw regulatory approvals;

 

   

seize or detain products or implement import bans;

 

   

impose voluntary or mandatory product recalls and publicity requirements;

 

   

totally or partially suspend production; and

 

   

impose restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements.

Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may adversely affect our ability to commercialize and generate revenue from our products. If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory approval is withdrawn, our business will be seriously harmed.

Moreover, the policies of the FDA and of other regulatory authorities may change, and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

 

- 32 -


Table of Contents

The commercial success of our product candidates will depend upon the degree of market acceptance of such product candidates by physicians, patients, healthcare payors and others in the medical community.

Our product candidates may not be commercially successful. Even if any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may not gain market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors or the medical community. The commercial success of any of our current or future product candidates will depend significantly on the broad adoption and use of the resulting product by physicians and patients for approved indications. The degree of market acceptance of our products will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

demonstration of clinical efficacy and safety compared to other more-established products;

 

   

the approval, availability, market acceptance and reimbursement for the companion diagnostic;

 

   

the indications for which our product candidates are approved;

 

   

the limitation of our targeted patient population and other limitations or warnings contained in any FDA-approved labeling;

 

   

acceptance of a new drug or biologic for the relevant indication by healthcare providers and their patients;

 

   

the pricing and cost-effectiveness of our products, as well as the cost of treatment with our products in relation to alternative treatments and therapies;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement from government healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payors;

 

   

the willingness of patients to pay all, or a portion of, out-of-pocket costs associated with our products in the absence of sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

   

any restrictions on the use of our products, and the prevalence and severity of any adverse effects;

 

   

potential product liability claims;

 

   

the timing of market introduction of our products as well as competitive drugs;

 

   

the effectiveness of our or any of our current or potential future collaborators’ sales and marketing strategies; and

 

   

unfavorable publicity relating to the product.

If any product candidate is approved but does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, hospitals, healthcare payors or patients, we may not generate sufficient revenue from that product and may not become or remain profitable. Our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors regarding the benefits of our products may require significant resources and may never be successful.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. If we are found or alleged to have improperly promoted off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about prescription products, as our product candidates would be, if approved. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA or such other regulatory agencies as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. If we receive marketing approval for a product candidate, physicians may nevertheless prescribe it to their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the approved label. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA has also required companies to enter into consent

 

- 33 -


Table of Contents

decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. If we cannot successfully manage the promotion of our product candidates, if approved, we could become subject to significant liability, which would materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Our therapeutic product candidates for which we intend to seek approval as biologics may face competition sooner than anticipated.

The ACA includes a subtitle called the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 (BPCIA), which created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are biosimilar to or interchangeable with an FDA-licensed reference biological product. Under the BPCIA, an application for a highly similar or “biosimilar” product may not be submitted to the FDA until four years following the date that the reference product was first approved by the FDA. In addition, the approval of a biosimilar product may not be made effective by the FDA until 12 years from the date on which the reference product was first approved. During this 12-year period of exclusivity, another company may still market a competing version of the reference product if the FDA approves a full BLA for the competing product containing the sponsor’s own preclinical data and data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of their product.

We believe that any of our therapeutic product candidates approved as biologics under a BLA should qualify for the 12-year period of exclusivity. However, there is a risk that this exclusivity could be shortened due to congressional action or otherwise, or that the FDA will not consider our therapeutic product candidates to be reference products for competing products, potentially creating the opportunity for competition sooner than anticipated. Other aspects of the BPCIA, some of which may impact the BPCIA exclusivity provisions, have also been the subject of recent litigation. Moreover, the extent to which a biosimilar, once approved, will be substituted for any reference products in a way that is similar to traditional generic substitution for non-biological products is not yet clear, and will depend on a number of marketplace and regulatory factors that are still developing.

The successful commercialization of our product candidates, if approved, will depend in part on the extent to which governmental authorities and health insurers establish coverage, adequate reimbursement levels and favorable pricing policies. Failure to obtain or maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement for our product candidates could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue.

The availability of coverage and the adequacy of reimbursement by governmental healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payors are essential for most patients to be able to afford prescription medications such as our product candidates, if approved. Our ability to achieve coverage and acceptable levels of reimbursement for our products by third-party payors will have an effect on our ability to successfully commercialize those products. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product by a third-party payor, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement in the United States, the European Union or elsewhere will be available for any product that we may develop, and any reimbursement that may become available may be decreased or eliminated in the future.

Third-party payors increasingly are challenging prices charged for biopharmaceutical products and services, and many third-party payors may refuse to provide coverage and reimbursement for particular drugs when an equivalent generic drug or a less expensive therapy is available. It is possible that a third-party payor may consider our product candidates as substitutable and only offer to reimburse patients for the less expensive product. These payors may deny or revoke the reimbursement status of a given product or establish prices for new or existing marketed products at levels that are too low to enable us to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development. If reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our products, if approved, and may not be able to obtain a satisfactory financial return on products that we may develop.

 

- 34 -


Table of Contents

There is significant uncertainty related to third-party payor coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, third-party payors, including private and governmental payors, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs, play an important role in determining the extent to which new drugs will be covered. Some third-party payors may require pre-approval of coverage for new or innovative devices or drug therapies before they will reimburse healthcare providers who use such therapies. It is difficult to predict at this time what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our products.

Obtaining and maintaining reimbursement status is time consuming, costly and uncertain. The Medicare and Medicaid programs increasingly are used as models for how private payors and other governmental payors develop their coverage and reimbursement policies for drugs. However, no uniform policy for coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors in the United States. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. Furthermore, rules and regulations regarding reimbursement change frequently, in some cases at short notice, and we believe that changes in these rules and regulations are likely.

In addition, companion diagnostic tests require coverage and reimbursement separate and apart from the coverage and reimbursement for their companion pharmaceutical or biological products. Similar challenges to obtaining coverage and reimbursement, applicable to pharmaceutical or biological products, will apply to companion diagnostics. Additionally, if any companion diagnostic provider is unable to obtain reimbursement or is inadequately reimbursed, that may limit the availability of such companion diagnostic, which would negatively impact prescriptions for our product candidates, if approved.

Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in Europe and other countries has and will continue to put pressure on the pricing and usage of our products. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medical products but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our product candidates, if approved. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our product candidates may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenue and profits.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our products. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our product candidates due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products.

We face significant competition, and if our competitors develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do or their technologies are more effective, our business and our ability to develop and successfully commercialize products may be adversely affected.

The biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary and novel products and product candidates. Our competitors have developed, are developing or may develop products, product candidates and processes competitive with our product candidates. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and

 

- 35 -


Table of Contents

commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. We believe that a significant number of products are currently under development, and may become commercially available in the future, for the treatment of IBD. Our competitors include larger and better funded pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. Moreover, we may also compete with universities, governmental agencies and other research institutions who may be active in the indications we are targeting and could be in direct competition with us. We also compete with these organizations in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Smaller or early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

We expect to face competition from existing products and products in development for each of our therapeutic product candidates. If approved for the treatment of patients with moderate-to-severe IBD, PRA023, would compete with Entyvio, which is an a4b7 integrin antibody marketed by Takeda, Humira, which is a TNF antibody marketed by Abbvie Inc., Stelara, which is an IL-12/IL-23 antibody marketed by Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Xeljanz, which is a JAK1 inhibitor marketed by Pfizer Inc., and Simponi, which is a TNF antibody marketed by Johnson & Johnson.

We are aware of several companies with product candidates for the treatment of patients with UC and/or CD, including Pfizer’s PF-06480605, which is a fully human anti-TL1A antibody being developed in Phase 2 trials for UC, Rinvoq, which is a JAK1 inhibitor being developed in Phase 3 clinical trials by AbbVie, ozanimod, which is a S1P inhibitor being developed in Phase 3 clinical trials by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, etrolizumab, which is a b7 integrin being developed in Phase 3 clinical trials by Roche, mirikizumab, which is an anti-IL-23 antibody being developed in Phase 3 clinical trials by Eli Lilly and filgotinib, a JAK1 inhibitor being developed in Phase 3 clinical trials by Gilead Sciences, Inc. We are also aware of additional product candidates in clinical trials by AbbVie Inc., Abivax SA, Amgen Inc., Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc., C.H. Boehringer Ingelheim Sohn AG & Ko. KG, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Celgene Corporation, Gilead Sciences, Inc., GlaxoSmithKline plc, Gossamer Bio, Inc., Incyte Corp., Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V., Landos Biopharma, Inc., Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., Theravance Biopharma, Inc., Applied Molecular Transport Inc., Pandion Therapeutics, Inc., RedHill Biopharma Ltd. and Seres Therapeutics, Inc.

Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sales and supply resources or experience than we do. If we successfully obtain approval for any product candidate, we will face competition based on many different factors, including the safety and effectiveness of our products, the ease with which our products can be administered, the effectiveness of any related companion diagnostic tests, the timing and scope of regulatory approvals for these products, the availability and cost of manufacturing, marketing and sales capabilities, price, reimbursement coverage and patent position. Competing products could present superior treatment alternatives, including by being more effective, safer, more convenient, less expensive or marketed and sold more effectively than any products we may develop. Competitive products or technological approaches may make any products we develop, or Prometheus360, obsolete or noncompetitive before we recover the expense of developing and commercializing our product candidates. If we are unable to compete effectively, our opportunity to generate revenue from the sale of our products we may develop, if approved, could be adversely affected.

If the market opportunities for our products are smaller than we believe they are, our revenue may be adversely affected, and our business may suffer.

The precise incidence and prevalence for all the conditions we aim to address with our product candidates are unknown. Our projections of both the number of people who have these diseases, as well as the subset of people with these diseases who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our therapeutic product candidates, are based on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including the scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations or market research, and may prove to be

 

- 36 -


Table of Contents

incorrect. Further, new trials may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases. The total addressable market across all of our product candidates will ultimately depend upon, among other things, the diagnosis criteria included in the final label for each of our product candidates approved for sale for these indications, the availability of alternative treatments and the safety, convenience, cost and efficacy of our therapeutic product candidates relative to such alternative treatments, acceptance by the medical community and patient access, drug pricing and reimbursement. The number of patients in the United States and other major markets and elsewhere may turn out to be lower than expected, patients may not be otherwise amenable to treatment with our products or new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, all of which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business. Further, even if we obtain significant market share for our product candidates, because some of our potential target populations are very small, we may never achieve profitability despite obtaining such significant market share.

Our future growth may depend, in part, on our ability to operate in foreign markets, where we would be subject to additional regulatory burdens and other risks and uncertainties.

Our future growth may depend, in part, on our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates in foreign markets. We are not permitted to market or promote any of our product candidates before we receive regulatory approval from applicable regulatory authorities in foreign markets, and we may never receive such regulatory approvals for any of our product candidates. To obtain separate regulatory approval in many other countries we must comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements regarding safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, commercial sales, pricing and distribution of our product candidates. If we obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates and ultimately commercialize our products in foreign markets, we would be subject to additional risks and uncertainties, including:

 

   

different regulatory requirements for approval of drugs in foreign countries;

 

   

reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

 

   

the existence of additional third-party patent and other intellectual property rights of potential relevance to our business;

 

   

unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements;

 

   

economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;

 

   

compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;

 

   

foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenues, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;

 

   

foreign reimbursement, pricing and insurance regimes;

 

   

workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is common;

 

   

production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

 

   

business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism, medical epidemics or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires.

 

- 37 -


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Business Operations and Industry

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or any guidance we may provide.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. These fluctuations may occur due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research, development, regulatory approval and commercialization activities relating to our therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics, which may change from time to time;

 

   

coverage and reimbursement policies with respect to our therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics, if approved, and potential future drugs that compete with our products;

 

   

the cost of manufacturing our product candidates and testing products, which may vary depending on the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with third-party manufacturers;

 

   

the timing and amount of the milestone or other payments we may receive under collaboration agreements;

 

   

expenditures that we may incur to acquire, develop or commercialize additional product candidates and technologies;

 

   

the level of demand for any approved products, which may vary significantly;

 

   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; and

 

   

the timing and success or failure of preclinical studies or clinical trials for our product candidates or competing product candidates, or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners.

The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated revenue or earnings guidance we may provide.

Our business is subject to risks arising from the recent global outbreak of COVID-19 and other epidemic diseases.

The current COVID-19 worldwide pandemic has presented substantial public health and economic challenges and is affecting our employees, patients, physicians and other healthcare providers, communities and business operations, as well as the U.S. and global economies and financial markets. International and U.S. governmental authorities in impacted regions are taking actions in an effort to slow the spread of COVID-19, including issuing varying forms of “stay-at-home” orders, and restricting business functions outside of one’s home. In response, we have implemented a work-from-home policy for certain of our employees. To date, we have not experienced material disruptions in our business operations. However, while it is not possible at this time to estimate the impact that COVID-19 could have on our business in the future, particularly as we advance our product candidates to clinical development, the continued spread of COVID-19 and the measures taken by the governmental authorities could: disrupt the supply chain and the manufacture or shipment of drug substances

 

- 38 -


Table of Contents

and finished drug products for our product candidates for use in our research, preclinical studies and clinical trials; delay, limit or prevent our employees and CROs from continuing research and development activities; impede our clinical trial initiation and recruitment and the ability of patients to continue in clinical trials, including the risk that participants enrolled in our clinical trials will contract COVID-19 while the clinical trial is ongoing, which could impact the results of the clinical trial, including by increasing the number of observed adverse events; and impede testing, monitoring, study procedures (such as endoscopies that are deemed non-essential), data collection and analysis and other related activities that may impact the integrity of subject data and clinical study endpoints; any of which could delay our preclinical studies and clinical trials and increase our development costs, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The COVID-19 outbreak could also potentially affect the business of the FDA, European Medicines Agency (EMA) or other regulatory authorities, which could result in delays in meetings related to ongoing or planned clinical trials. The COVID-19 pandemic and mitigation measures have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on global economic conditions which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition, including impairing our ability to raise capital when needed. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our results will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information that may emerge concerning the virus and the actions to contain its impact.

We are dependent on the services of our management and other clinical and scientific personnel, and if we are not able to retain these individuals or recruit additional management or clinical and scientific personnel, our business will suffer.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel. We are highly dependent upon our senior management, as well as our senior scientists and other members of our management team. The loss of services of any of these individuals could delay or prevent the successful development of our product pipeline, initiation or completion of our preclinical studies and clinical trials or the commercialization of our product candidates. Although we have executed employment agreements or offer letters with each member of our senior management team, these agreements are terminable at will with or without notice and, therefore, we may not be able to retain their services as expected. We do not currently maintain “key person” life insurance on the lives of our executives or any of our employees. This lack of insurance means that we may not have adequate compensation for the loss of the services of these individuals.

We will need to expand and effectively manage our managerial, operational, financial and other resources in order to successfully pursue our clinical development and commercialization efforts. We may not be successful in maintaining our unique company culture and continuing to attract or retain qualified management and scientific and clinical personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among biopharmaceutical, biotechnology and other businesses, particularly in the San Diego area. Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of management personnel in recent years. If we are not able to attract, integrate, retain and motivate necessary personnel to accomplish our business objectives, we may experience constraints that will significantly impede the achievement of our development objectives, our ability to raise additional capital and our ability to implement our business strategy.

We may encounter difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations successfully.

We had 30 full-time employees and 3 part-time employees as of March 1, 2021. As we continue development and pursue the potential commercialization of our product candidates, as well as function as a public company, we will need to expand our financial, development, regulatory, manufacturing, marketing and sales capabilities or contract with third parties to provide these capabilities for us. As our operations expand, we expect that we will need to manage additional relationships with various strategic partners, suppliers and other third parties. Our future financial performance and our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates and to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively.

 

- 39 -


Table of Contents

The terms of our Loan Agreement place restrictions on our operating and financial flexibility. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, the terms of any new debt could further restrict our ability to operate our business.

As of December 31, 2020, we have an outstanding term loan in the principal amount of $7.5 million under our Loan Agreement with Oxford. The term loan is secured by a lien covering substantially all of our personal property, rights and assets, excluding intellectual property, which is subject to a negative pledge. The Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default applicable to us. The affirmative covenants include, among others, covenants requiring us to maintain governmental approvals, deliver certain financial reports, maintain insurance coverage and protect material intellectual property. The negative covenants include, among others, restrictions on transferring collateral, incurring additional indebtedness, engaging in mergers or acquisitions, paying cash dividends or making other distributions, making investments, creating liens, selling assets and making any payment on subordinated debt, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The restrictive covenants of the Loan Agreement could cause us to be unable to pursue business opportunities that we or our stockholders may consider beneficial. In addition, Oxford could declare a default upon the occurrence of any event that it interprets as a material adverse change as defined under the Loan Agreement. If we default under the Loan Agreement, Oxford may accelerate all of our repayment obligations and take control of our pledged assets, potentially requiring us to renegotiate our agreement on terms less favorable to us or to immediately cease operations. Further, if we are liquidated, Oxford’s right to repayment would be senior to the rights of the holders of our common stock to receive any proceeds from the liquidation. Any declaration by Oxford of an event of default could significantly harm our business and prospects and could cause the price of our common stock to decline. If we raise any additional debt financing, the terms of such additional debt could further restrict our operating and financial flexibility.

We are subject to various federal, state and foreign healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations, which could increase compliance costs, and our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could harm our results of operations and financial condition.

Our business operations and current and future arrangements with investigators, healthcare professionals, consultants, third-party payors and customers expose us to broadly applicable foreign, federal and state fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. These laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we conduct our operations and how we research, market, sell and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Such laws include:

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or certain rebates), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in return for, either the referral of an individual or the purchase, lease, or order, or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease, or order of any good, facility, item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti- Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

   

the federal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, and civil monetary penalties laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or from knowingly making or causing to be made a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a

 

- 40 -


Table of Contents
 

scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement, in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

   

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the CMS, information related to payments and other “transfers of value” made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by such healthcare professionals and their immediate family members. Beginning in 2022, applicable manufacturers also will be required to report such information regarding payments and transfers of value provided during the previous year to other health care providers, including physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, anesthesiology assistants and certified nurse-midwives; and

 

   

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; some state laws require biotechnology companies to comply with the biotechnology industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and may require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; some state laws that require biotechnology companies to report information on the pricing of certain drug products; and some state and local laws require the registration or pharmaceutical sales representatives.

Efforts to ensure that our current and future business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve ongoing substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices, including certain consulting agreements with physicians, some of whom are in a position to prescribe our product candidates, if approved, and are compensated in the form of stock or stock options for services provided to us, may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Defending against any such actions can be costly, time-consuming and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. Further, if any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to significant criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare program.

Recently enacted legislation, future legislation and healthcare reform measures may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval for and commercialize our product candidates and may affect the prices we may set.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system, including cost-containment measures that may reduce or limit coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. In particular, there have been and

 

- 41 -


Table of Contents

continue to be a number of initiatives at the U.S. federal and state levels that seek to reduce healthcare costs and improve the quality of healthcare.

For example, in March 2010, the ACA was enacted in the United States. Among the provisions of the Affordable Care Act of importance to our potential product candidates, the ACA: established an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents; extended manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations; expands eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs; expands the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health program; increases the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program; creates a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program; establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and establishes a Center for Medicare Innovation at CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending.

There remain judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, as well as efforts by the current U.S. administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the ACA. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Tax Act), includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year, commonly referred to as the individual mandate. On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the Tax Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. On December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit affirmed the District Court’s decision that the individual mandate was unconstitutional but remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. The U.S. Supreme Court is currently reviewing the case, although it remains unclear when or how the Supreme Court will rule. It is also unclear how other efforts to challenge, repeal or replace the ACA will impact the ACA or our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law, which, among other things, resulted in reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2030, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021, unless additional Congressional action is taken. In addition, on January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

Further, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny in the United States of pharmaceutical pricing practices in light of the rising cost of prescription drugs. Such scrutiny has resulted in several recent congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for products. Although a number of these and other measures may require additional authorization to become effective, Congress and the current U.S. administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. The likelihood of implementation of any of these reform initiatives is uncertain, particularly in light of the new presidential administration. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare and other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Legally mandated

 

- 42 -


Table of Contents

price controls on payment amounts by third-party payors or other restrictions could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. This could reduce the ultimate demand for our therapeutic product candidates, if approved, or put pressure on our product pricing, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We expect that the ACA, these new laws and other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies and additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our product candidates, if approved.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our products.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical trials of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize our product candidates. For example, we may be sued if our product candidates allegedly cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product candidate, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Claims may be brought against us by clinical trial participants, patients or others using, administering or selling products that may be approved in the future. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts.

If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit or cease the commercialization of our products. Even a successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

decreased demand for our products;

 

   

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

   

costs to defend the related litigation;

 

   

a diversion of our management’s time and our resources;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

   

product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

   

significant negative financial impact;

 

   

the inability to commercialize our product candidates; and

 

   

a decline in our stock price.

We currently do not hold product liability insurance coverage, but will need to obtain this insurance coverage prior to commencing clinical trials of our product candidates. We may need to increase our insurance coverage as we expand our clinical trials or if we commence commercialization of our product candidates. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. Our inability to obtain and retain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the

 

- 43 -


Table of Contents

commercialization of our product candidates. Although we will maintain such insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Our insurance policies will also have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts.

Our insurance policies are expensive and only protect us from some business risks, which will leave us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include property, general liability, employment benefits liability, business automobile, workers’ compensation, products liability, malicious invasion of our electronic systems, and clinical trials, and directors’ and officers’, employment practices and fiduciary liability insurance. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain insurance with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

We and any of our current and potential future collaborators will be required to report to regulatory authorities if any of our approved products cause or contribute to adverse medical events, and any failure to do so would result in sanctions that would materially harm our business.

If we or any of our current and potential future collaborators are successful in commercializing our products, the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities would require that we and such collaborators report certain information about adverse medical events if those products may have caused or contributed to those adverse events. The timing of our obligation to report would be triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We and any of our current or potential future collaborators or CROs may fail to report adverse events within the prescribed timeframe. If we or any of our current or potential future collaborators or CROs fail to comply with such reporting obligations, the FDA or a foreign regulatory authority could take action, including criminal prosecution, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, seizure of our products or delay in approval or clearance of future products.

Our business could be affected by litigation, government investigations and enforcement actions.

We currently operate in a number of jurisdictions in a highly regulated industry and we could be subject to litigation, government investigation and enforcement actions on a variety of matters in the United States. or foreign jurisdictions, including, without limitation, intellectual property, regulatory, product liability, environmental, whistleblower, false claims, privacy, anti-kickback, anti-bribery, securities, commercial, employment and other claims and legal proceedings which may arise from conducting our business. Any determination that our operations or activities are not in compliance with existing laws or regulations could result in the imposition of fines, civil and criminal penalties, equitable remedies, including disgorgement, injunctive relief and/or other sanctions against us, and remediation of any such findings could have an adverse effect on our business operations.

Legal proceedings, government investigations and enforcement actions can be expensive and time consuming. An adverse outcome resulting from any such proceeding, investigations or enforcement actions could result in significant damages awards, fines, penalties, exclusion from the federal healthcare programs, healthcare debarment, injunctive relief, product recalls, reputational damage and modifications of our business practices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

- 44 -


Table of Contents

Our employees and independent contractors, including principal investigators, CROs, consultants and vendors, may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees and independent contractors, including principal investigators, CROs, consultants and vendors may engage in misconduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violate: (i) the laws and regulations of the FDA and other similar regulatory requirements, including those laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such authorities, (ii) manufacturing standards, including cGMP requirements, (iii) federal and state data privacy, security, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations in the United States and abroad or (iv) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, the creation of fraudulent data in our preclinical studies or clinical trials or illegal misappropriation of drug product, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. In addition, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and financial results, including, without limitation, the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgements, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, imprisonment, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

We may engage in strategic transactions that could impact our liquidity, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.

From time to time, we may consider strategic transactions, including acquisitions of companies, asset purchases and out-licensing or in-licensing of intellectual property, products or technologies. Additional potential transactions that we may consider in the future include a variety of business arrangements, including spin-offs, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures, business combinations and investments. Any future transactions could increase our near and long-term expenditures, result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, including our common stock, or the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses or acquired in-process research and development expenses, any of which could affect our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Future acquisitions may also require us to obtain additional financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all. These transactions may never be successful and may require significant time and attention of our management. In addition, the integration of any business that we may acquire in the future may disrupt our existing business and may be a complex, risky and costly endeavor for which we may never realize the full benefits of the acquisition. Accordingly, although there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any additional transactions of the nature described above, any additional transactions that we do complete could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes is likely to be limited in connection with this offering or other ownership changes.

We have incurred substantial losses during our history, do not expect to become profitable in the near future and may never achieve profitability. To the extent that we continue to generate taxable losses, unused losses will

 

- 45 -


Table of Contents

carry forward to offset future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire (if at all). At December 31, 2020, we had federal and state net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of approximately $50.1 million and $9.8 million, respectively.

Under the Tax Act, federal NOL carryforwards arising in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, may be carried forward indefinitely. Under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act), federal NOL carryforwards arising in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2021 may be carried back to each of the five tax years preceding the tax year of such loss. The deductibility of federal NOL carryforwards, particularly for tax years beginning after December 31, 2020, may be limited. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the Tax Act or the CARES Act. In addition, our NOL carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the IRS and state tax authorities. Under Section 382 of the Code, our federal NOL carryforwards may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership of our company. An “ownership change” pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of a company’s stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have not yet formally determined the amount of the cumulative change in our ownership resulting from this offering or other transactions, or any resulting limitations on our ability to utilize our NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes. However, we believe that our ability to utilize our NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities is likely to be limited as a result of ownership changes, including potential changes in connection with this offering. If we earn taxable income, such limitations could result in increased future income tax liability to us and our future cash flows could be adversely affected. We have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our NOL carryforwards and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop may be adversely affected.

Our success depends in large part on our ability and the ability of our licensors and collaborators to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. We seek to protect our proprietary position, in part, by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad relating to our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. If we or our licensors are unable to obtain or maintain patent protection with respect to our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially harmed.

Our current patent portfolio contains a limited number of patents and patent applications, some of which are in-licensed from third parties, related to various aspects of our therapeutic and diagnostic programs. While we co-own with Dr. Falk Pharma GmbH one U.S. provisional patent application related to the composition of our PR600 product candidate, we do not currently own or license any issued composition of matter patents covering our PR600 product candidate, and we cannot be certain that any non-provisional patent applications we or our licensors may file will result in issued patent claims covering the composition of matter of our PR600 product candidate. Provisional patent applications are not eligible to become issued patents until, among other things, a non-provisional patent application is filed claiming priority to one or more of our related provisional applications within 12 months of filing the first-filed provisional patent application. Composition-of-matter patents on the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, in prescription drug products are generally considered to be the

 

- 46 -


Table of Contents

strongest form of intellectual property protection for drug products because those types of patents provide protection without regard to any particular method of use or manufacture or formulation of the API used. Method-of-use patents protect the use of a product for the specified method and formulation patents cover formulations of the API. These types of patents do not prevent a competitor or other third party from developing or marketing an identical product for an indication that is outside the scope of the patented method or from developing a different formulation that is outside the scope of the patented formulation. Moreover, with respect to method-of-use patents, even if competitors or other third parties do not actively promote their product for our targeted indications or uses for which we may obtain patents, physicians may recommend that patients use these products off-label, or patients may do so themselves. Although off-label use may infringe or contribute to the infringement of method-of-use patents, the practice is common, and this type of infringement is difficult to prevent or prosecute. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that our patent portfolio will provide us with any competitive advantage.

Changes in either the patent laws or their interpretation in the United States and other countries may diminish our ability to protect our inventions, obtain, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights and, more generally, could affect the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our protection. We cannot predict whether the patent applications we or our licensors are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient protection against competitors or other third parties.

The patent prosecution process is expensive, time-consuming, and complex, and we may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, defend, enforce, or license all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output in time to obtain patent protection. Moreover, in some circumstances, we do not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain and defend the patents, directed to technology that we license from third parties. We may also require the cooperation of our licensor in order to enforce the licensed patent rights, and such cooperation may not be provided. Therefore, these patents and patent applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. We cannot be certain that patent prosecution and maintenance activities by our licensors have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, which may affect the validity and enforceability of such patents or any patents that may issue from such patent applications. If our licensors fail to do so, this could cause us to lose rights in any applicable intellectual property that we in-license, and as a result, our ability to develop and commercialize products or product candidates may be adversely affected and we may be unable to prevent competitors from making, using and selling competing products.

In addition, although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to confidential or patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose such output before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to obtain or maintain valid and enforceable patent protection. Furthermore, publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or until issuance, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to make the inventions claimed in any of our owned or licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we or our licensors were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies is highly uncertain in general, involves complex legal and factual questions, and has been the subject of much litigation in recent years. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Our owned or in-licensed patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products.

 

- 47 -


Table of Contents

Moreover, the claim coverage in a patent application can be significantly reduced before a corresponding patent issues. Even if our owned or in-licensed patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us, or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Any patents issuing from our owned or in-licensed patent applications may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented or invalidated by third parties. Consequently, we do not know whether our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technology will be protectable or remain protected by valid and enforceable patents. Even if a patent issues, our competitors or other third parties may be able to circumvent the patent by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and eventual product candidates, patents protecting our product candidates might expire before or shortly after such product candidates are commercialized. As a result, our intellectual property may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity, or enforceability and our patent rights may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. We or any of our licensors may be subject to a third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) or become involved in opposition, derivation, revocation, reexamination, post-grant and inter partes review, or other similar proceedings challenging our patent rights. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate or render unenforceable, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. Such proceedings also may result in substantial cost and require significant time from our scientists and management, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us.

Moreover, some of our owned and in-licensed patent rights are, and may in the future be, co-owned with third parties. If we are unable to obtain an exclusive license to any such third-party co-owners’ interest in such patent rights, such co-owners may be able to license their rights to other third parties, including our competitors, and our competitors could market competing products and technology. In addition, we may need the cooperation of any such co-owners of such patent rights in order to enforce such patent rights against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations, and prospects.

Furthermore, our owned and in-licensed patent rights may be subject to a reservation of rights by one or more third parties. For example, the research resulting in certain of our patent rights and technology was funded in part by the U.S. government. As a result, the government may have certain rights, or march-in rights, to such patent rights and technology. When new technologies are developed with government funding, the government generally obtains certain rights in any resulting patents, including a non-exclusive license authorizing the government to use the invention for non-commercial purposes. These rights may permit the government to disclose our confidential information to third parties and to exercise march-in rights to use or allow third parties to use our licensed technology. The government can exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we fail to achieve practical application of the government-funded technology, because action is necessary to alleviate health or safety needs, to meet requirements of federal regulations, or to give preference to U.S. industry. In addition, our rights in such inventions may be subject to certain requirements to manufacture products embodying such inventions in the U.S. Any exercise by the government of such rights could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting, maintaining and defending patents on our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive,

 

- 48 -


Table of Contents

and the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products, and our patent rights or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, such as certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patent rights or marketing of competing products in violation of our intellectual property and proprietary rights generally. In addition, some jurisdictions, such as Europe, Japan and China, may have a higher standard for patentability than in the United States, including, for example, the requirement of claims having literal support in the original patent filing and the limitation on using supporting data that is not in the original patent filing. Under those heightened patentability requirements, we may not be able to obtain sufficient patent protection in certain jurisdictions even though the same or similar patent protection can be secured in the U.S. and other jurisdictions.

Proceedings to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patent rights at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, could put our owned or in-licensed patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we or any of our licensors are forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment, and other requirements imposed by government patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees, and various other government fees on patents and patent applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various government patent agencies outside of the United States over the lifetime of our owned or licensed patents and patent applications. In certain circumstances, we rely on our licensing partners to pay these fees due to U.S. and non-U.S. patent agencies. The USPTO and various non-U.S. government agencies require compliance with several procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We are also dependent on our licensors to take the necessary action to comply with these requirements with respect to our licensed intellectual property. In some cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. There are situations, however, in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in a partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, potential competitors might be able to enter the market with similar or identical products or technology, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

- 49 -


Table of Contents

The COVID-19 pandemic may impair our and our licensors’ ability to comply with these procedural, document submission, fee payment, and other requirements imposed by government patent agencies, which may materially and adversely affect our ability to obtain or maintain patent protection for our products and product candidates. This highly contagious disease has spread to most of the countries in the world and throughout the United States, creating a serious impact on patent offices worldwide and patent office personnel, as well as our employees and agents working directly with the patent offices to obtain and maintain patent protection in impacted countries. There may be situations in which a delay in, or failure to, file a patent application pertaining to certain subject matter will result in a lack of patent protection of that subject matter. Similarly, there may be situations in which a delay in, or failure to, respond to a patent office communication, pay a requisite fee, or otherwise maintain a patent application will result in loss of patent rights to that subject matter. In such an event, potential competitors might be able to enter the market with similar or identical products or technology, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. Assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. After March 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (the America Invents Act) enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after March 2013, but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are typically not published until 18 months after filing or until issuance, or in some cases not at all, we cannot be certain that we were the first to either (i) file any patent application related to our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our owned or in-licensed patent applications.

The America Invents Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. Therefore, the America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our owned or in-licensed patent applications and the enforcement or defense of patents issuing from those patent applications, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, the patent positions of companies in the development and commercialization of biologics and pharmaceuticals, as well as diagnostic methods, are particularly uncertain. Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. For example, U.S. Supreme Court rulings, such as Mayo Collaborative Servs. v.

 

- 50 -


Table of Contents

Prometheus Labs., Inc., 566 U.S. 66 (2012) and Alice Corp. Pty. Ltd. v. CLS Bank Int’l, 573 U.S. 208 (2014), have created judicial exceptions to patentability of diagnostic methods in the U.S. that are directed to laws of nature or natural phenomena. As such, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain patents covering our diagnostic products, including our companion diagnostic products. These cases and others like them have created uncertainty with respect to the validity and enforceability of patents, once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways. In addition, the complexity and uncertainty of European patent laws have also increased in recent years. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our owned and in-licensed patent portfolio and our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property in the future.

Issued patents covering our therapeutic or diagnostic programs or other proprietary technologies we may develop could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court or before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad.

If we or one of our licensors initiated legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering our therapeutic or diagnostic programs or other proprietary technologies we may develop, the defendant could counterclaim that such patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may raise claims challenging the validity or enforceability of a patent before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, derivation proceedings, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in the revocation of, cancellation of or amendment to our patent rights in such a way that they no longer cover our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we or our licensing partners and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a third party were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on products and product candidates for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional or international patent application filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent has expired, we may be vulnerable to competition from competitive products, including generics or biosimilars. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such product candidates might expire before or shortly after such product candidates are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

If we do not obtain patent term extension for our product candidate, our business may be materially harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of any FDA marketing approval of any of our product candidates, one or more of our issued U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Action of 1984 (Hatch-Waxman Amendments). The Hatch-

 

- 51 -


Table of Contents

Waxman Amendments permit a patent extension term (PTE) of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Similar patent term restoration provisions to compensate for commercialization delay caused by regulatory review are also available in certain foreign jurisdictions, such as in Europe under Supplemental Protection Certificate (SPC). However, we may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failing to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents, or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or term of any such extension is less than we request, our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially harmed.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our owned or in-licensed patent rights and other intellectual property.

We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our patent rights, trade secrets, or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, we may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or our patent rights, trade secrets or other intellectual property. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property that is important to our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management and other employees. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patent protection for our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop, we also rely on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our unpatented know-how, technology, and other proprietary information and to maintain our competitive position. With respect to Prometheus360 and our development programs, we consider trade secrets and know-how to be one of our important sources of intellectual property. Trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. In particular, the trade secrets and know-how in connection with Prometheus360, development programs and other proprietary technology we may develop may over time be disseminated within the industry through independent development, the publication of journal articles describing the methodology and the movement of personnel with scientific positions in academia and industry.

We seek to protect these trade secrets and other proprietary technology, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology and processes. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome

 

- 52 -


Table of Contents

is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, our competitive position would be materially and adversely harmed.

We may be subject to claims that third parties have an ownership interest in our trade secrets. For example, we may have disputes arise from conflicting obligations of our employees, consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidate. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging ownership of our trade secrets. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable trade secret rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, trade secrets that are important to our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management and other employees. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not identify relevant third-party patents or may incorrectly interpret the relevance, scope or expiration of a third-party patent, which might adversely affect our ability to develop and market our products and product candidates.

We cannot guarantee that any of our patent searches or analyses, including the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents, are complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every third-party patent and pending patent application in the United States and abroad that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our current and future products and product candidates in any jurisdiction. The scope of a patent claim is determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent and the patent’s prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending patent application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our products. We may incorrectly determine that our products or product candidates are not covered by a third-party patent or may incorrectly predict whether a third party’s pending patent application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect, and our failure to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our products. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or advisors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their current or former employers or claims asserting ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Some of our employees, consultants and advisors are currently or were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and advisors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s current or former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops

 

- 53 -


Table of Contents

intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violations against us or our collaborators may prevent or delay the development and commercialization of our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop.

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability, and the ability of our collaborators, to avoid infringing, misappropriating and otherwise violating the patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of complex litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, as well as administrative proceedings for challenging patents, including interference, derivation and reexamination proceedings before the USPTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. As discussed above, recently, due to changes in U.S. law, new procedures including inter partes review and post-grant review have also been implemented. As stated above, these changes add uncertainty to the possibility of challenges to our patent rights in the future.

Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are commercializing or plan to commercialize our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and in which we are developing other proprietary technologies. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, and as we gain greater visibility and market exposure as a public company, the risk that our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and commercializing activities may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others increases. We cannot assure you that our therapeutic and diagnostic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop will not infringe existing or future patents owned by third parties. We may not be aware of patents that have already been issued and that a third party, including a competitor in the fields in which we are developing our therapeutic and diagnostic programs, might assert as infringed by us. It is also possible that patents owned by third parties of which we are aware, but which we do not believe we infringe or that we believe we have valid defenses to any claims of patent infringement, could be found to be infringed by us. It is not unusual that corresponding patents issued in different countries have different scopes of coverage, such that in one country a third-party patent does not pose a material risk, but in another country, the corresponding third-party patent may pose a material risk to our products or product candidates. As such, we monitor third-party patents in the relevant pharmaceutical markets. In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications that may later result in issued patents that we may infringe.

In the event that any third party claims that we infringe their patents or that we are otherwise employing their proprietary technology without authorization and initiates litigation against us, even if we believe such claims are without merit, a court of competent jurisdiction could hold that such patents are valid, enforceable and infringed by us. Defense of infringement claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of management and other employee resources from our business, and may impact our reputation. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may be enjoined from further developing or commercializing the infringing products or technologies. In addition, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, obtain one or more licenses from third parties, pay royalties and/or redesign our infringing products or technologies, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. Such licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, the license would likely obligate us to pay license fees or royalties or both, and the rights granted to us might be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license to a third-party patent on commercially reasonable terms, we may be unable to commercialize the infringing products or technologies or such commercialization efforts may be significantly delayed, which could in turn

 

- 54 -


Table of Contents

significantly harm our business. In addition, we may in the future pursue patent challenges with respect to third-party patents, including as a defense against the foregoing infringement claims. The outcome of such challenges is unpredictable.

Even if resolved in our favor, the foregoing proceedings could be very expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. Such proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of litigation or administrative proceedings more effectively than we can because of greater financial resources. Such legal proceedings may also absorb significant time of our technical and management personnel and distract them from their normal responsibilities. Uncertainties resulting from such proceedings could impair our ability to compete in the marketplace. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patent rights and other intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Third parties, such as a competitor, may infringe our patent rights. In an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent owned by or licensed to us is invalid or unenforceable or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that the patent does not cover such technology. In addition, our patent rights may become involved in inventorship, priority or validity disputes. To counter or defend against such claims can be expensive and time consuming. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put our patent rights at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation and proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during such litigation and proceedings.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections of our applications by the USPTO or in other foreign jurisdictions. Although we are given an opportunity to respond to such rejections, we may be unable to overcome them. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending

 

- 55 -


Table of Contents

trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, which may not survive such proceedings. Moreover, any name we have proposed to use with our product candidate in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. Similar requirements exist in Europe. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA or an equivalent administrative body in a foreign jurisdiction objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. Furthermore, in many countries, owning and maintaining a trademark registration may not provide an adequate defense against a subsequent infringement claim asserted by the owner of a senior trademark.

We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition among potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors or other third parties may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade names, domain name or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

 

   

others may be able to make products that are similar to our products and product candidates or utilize similar technology but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own or license;

 

   

we, or our licensing partners or collaborators, might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by our owned or licensed current or future patent applications;

 

   

we, or our licensing partners or collaborators, might not have been the first to file patent applications covering our or their inventions;

 

   

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights;

 

   

it is possible that our owned or licensed current or future patent applications will not lead to issued patents;

 

   

any patent issuing from our owned or licensed current or future patent applications may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors or other third parties, or may not provide us with any competitive advantages;

 

   

our competitors or other third parties might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent or other intellectual property rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

   

it is possible that there are prior public disclosures that could invalidate our or our licensors’ patents;

 

   

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

 

- 56 -


Table of Contents
   

the patents or pending or future patent applications of others, if issued, may harm our business; and

 

   

we may choose not to file for patent protection in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent application covering such intellectual property.

Should any of the foregoing occur, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We depend on intellectual property licensed from third parties, and our licensors may not always act in our best interest. If we fail to comply with our obligations under our intellectual property licenses, if the licenses are terminated or if disputes regarding these licenses arise, we could lose significant rights that are important to our business.

We are dependent, in part, on patents, know-how and other intellectual property and proprietary technology licensed from others. We are a party to a number of license agreements under which we are granted rights to intellectual property that are important to our business and we may enter into additional license agreements in the future. For example, in September 2017, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Cedars-Sinai that grants us an exclusive license from Cedars-Sinai under certain patent rights, information and materials related to novel therapeutic targets and diagnostic products for our therapeutic programs that are important to our business. This agreement and our other existing license agreements impose, and we expect that any future license agreements where we in-license intellectual property, will impose on us, various development, regulatory and/or commercial diligence obligations, payment of milestones and/or royalties and other obligations. If we fail to comply with our obligations under these agreements, or we are subject to bankruptcy-related proceedings, the licensor may have the right to terminate the license, in which event we would not be able to develop or market products covered by the license.

If we or our licensors fail to adequately protect our licensed intellectual property, our ability to commercialize product candidates could suffer. We do not have complete control over the maintenance, prosecution and litigation of our in-licensed patents, patent applications and other intellectual property and may have limited control over future intellectual property that may be in-licensed. For example, we cannot be certain that activities such as the maintenance and prosecution by our licensors have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights. It is possible that our licensors’ conduct of intellectual property enforcement or defense proceedings may be less vigorous than had we conducted them ourselves, or may not be conducted in accordance with our best interests.

In addition, the agreements under which we license intellectual property or technology from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant patents, know-how and other intellectual property and proprietary technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement. Disputes that may arise between us and our licensors regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement could include disputes regarding:

 

   

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

   

whether and the extent to which our technology and processes infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the license agreement;

 

   

our right to sublicense patent and other rights to third parties under collaborative development relationships;

 

   

our diligence obligations with respect to the use of the licensed technology in relation to our development and commercialization of our products and product candidates and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

- 57 -


Table of Contents
   

our right to transfer or assign the license agreement; and

 

   

the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us.

If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected technology, products or product candidates. As a result, any termination of or disputes over our intellectual property license agreements could result in the loss of our ability to develop and commercialize Prometheus360, or our therapeutic and diagnostic products or product candidates, or we could lose other significant rights, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

For example, our agreements with certain of our third-party research partners provide that improvements developed in the course of our relationship may be owned solely by either us or our third-party research partner, or jointly between us and the third party. If we determine that rights to such improvements owned solely by a research partner or other third party with whom we collaborate are necessary to commercialize our product candidates or maintain our competitive advantage, we may need to obtain a license from such third party in order to use the improvements and continue developing, manufacturing or marketing our products or product candidates. We may not be able to obtain such a license on an exclusive basis, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could prevent us from commercializing our products or product candidates or allow our competitors or others the chance to access technology that is important to our business. We also may need the cooperation of any co-owners of our intellectual property in order to prosecute, maintain, defend and enforce such intellectual property against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us.

We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights to product components and processes for our development pipeline through acquisitions and in-licenses.

The growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use third-party intellectual property and proprietary rights. Other pharmaceutical companies and academic institutions may own patents or may have filed, or be planning to file, patent applications potentially relevant to our business. In order to avoid infringing such patent rights, we may find it necessary or prudent to obtain licenses to such patent rights from such third-parties. For example, our product candidates may require specific formulations to work effectively and efficiently, we may develop product candidates containing our compounds and pre-existing pharmaceutical compounds, or we may be required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to provide a companion diagnostic test or tests with our product candidates, any of which could require us to obtain rights to use intellectual property held by third parties. In addition, with respect to any patent or other intellectual property rights we may co-own with third parties, we may require licenses to such co-owners’ interest to such patent or other intellectual property rights. We may be unable to acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes or other third-party intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary or important to our business operations. In addition, we may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. Were that to happen, we may need to cease use of the compositions or methods covered by those third-party intellectual property rights, and may need to seek to develop alternative approaches that do not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate those intellectual property rights, which may entail additional costs and development delays, even if we were able to develop such alternatives, which may not be feasible. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, which means that our competitors may also receive access to the same technologies licensed to us. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement technology.

Additionally, we sometimes collaborate with academic institutions to accelerate our preclinical research or development under written agreements with these institutions. In certain cases, these institutions provide us with an option to negotiate a license to any of the institution’s rights in technology resulting from the collaboration.

 

- 58 -


Table of Contents

Even if we hold such an option, we may be unable to negotiate a license from the institution within the specified timeframe or under terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to do so, the institution may offer the intellectual property rights to others, potentially blocking our ability to pursue our program.

The licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and companies that may be more established or have greater resources than we do may also be pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider necessary or attractive in order to commercialize our product candidates. More established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully complete these types of negotiations and ultimately acquire the rights to the intellectual property related to the products or product candidates that we may seek to develop or market. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property or to maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of certain programs and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could suffer.

We, our collaborators and our service providers may be subject to a variety of data privacy and security laws, regulations, contractual obligations and industry standards, which could increase compliance costs and our failure to comply with them could subject us to potentially significant liability, fines or penalties and otherwise harm our business.

We maintain a large quantity of sensitive information, including confidential business information, protected health information and other personal information, and are subject to laws and regulations governing the privacy and security of such information. The global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and we and our collaborators and service providers may be affected by or subject to new, amended or existing laws and regulations in the future, including as our operations continue to expand or if we operate in foreign jurisdictions. These laws and regulations may be subject to differing interpretations, which adds to the complexity of processing personal data. Guidance on implementation and compliance practices are often updated or otherwise revised.

In the United States, there are numerous federal and state data privacy and security laws and regulations governing the collection, use, disclosure and protection of personal information, including federal and state health information privacy laws, federal and state security breach notification laws and federal and state consumer protection laws. Each of these laws is subject to varying interpretations and constantly evolving. By way of example, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, imposes privacy and security requirements and breach reporting obligations with respect to individually identifiable health information upon “covered entities” (health plans, health care clearinghouses and certain health care providers), and their respective business associates, individuals or entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HIPAA mandates the reporting of certain breaches of health information to the HHS, affected individuals and if the breach is large enough, the media. Entities that are found to be in violation of HIPAA as the result of a breach of unsecured protected health information, a complaint about privacy practices or an audit by HHS, may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance. Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), violating consumers’ privacy rights or failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Individually identifiable health information is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards.

 

- 59 -


Table of Contents

In addition, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. By way of example, the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), which went into effect on January 1, 2020, gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. Although there are limited exemptions for certain health-related information, including certain clinical trial data, the precise application and scope of these exemptions as well as how they would apply to our business is not yet clear. As currently written, the CCPA may impact our business activities and exemplifies the vulnerability of our business to the evolving regulatory environment related to personal data and protected health information. Accordingly, based on the applicability of the CCA to our business, we may need to update our data privacy and security policies and procedures to comply with the CCPA. Some observers have noted that the CCPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States, which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business.

In Europe, the GDPR went into effect in May 2018. The GDPR governs the collection, use, disclosure, transfer or other processing of personal data of individuals within the European Economic Area (EEA). Among other things, the GDPR requires the establishment of a lawful basis for the processing of data, imposes requirements relating to the consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, including detailed notices for clinical trial subjects and investigators, as well as requirements regarding the security of personal data and notification of data processing obligations to the competent national data processing authorities. In addition, the GDPR increases the scrutiny of transfers of personal data from clinical trial sites located in the EEA to the United States and other jurisdictions that the European Commission does not recognize as having “adequate” data protection laws. Recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and uncertainty regarding transfers of personal data from the EEA to the United States. For example, on July 16, 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) invalidated the EU-US Privacy Shield Framework (Privacy Shield) under which personal data could be transferred from the EEA to United States entities that had self-certified under the Privacy Shield scheme. While the CJEU upheld the adequacy of the standard contractual clauses (a standard form of contract approved by the European Commission as an adequate personal data transfer mechanism, and potential alternative to the Privacy Shield), it made clear that reliance on them alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances. Use of the standard contractual clauses must now be assessed on a case-by-case basis taking into account the legal regime applicable in the destination country, in particular applicable surveillance laws and rights of individuals and additional measures and/or contractual provisions may need to be put in place, however, the nature of these additional measures is currently uncertain. The GDPR imposes substantial fines for breaches and violations (up to the greater of €20 million or 4% of consolidated annual worldwide gross revenue). The GDPR also confers a private right of action on data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations of the GDPR. Further, following the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the EU and the EEA on January 31, 2020 and the end of the transition period, we will have to comply with the GDPR and separately the GDPR as implemented in the United Kingdom, each regime having the ability to fine up to the greater of €20 million/£17 million or 4% of global turnover. The relationship between the United Kingdom and the EU and the EEA in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, including how data transfers between EU and EEA member states and the United Kingdom will be treated.

In many jurisdictions, enforcement actions and consequences for noncompliance are rising. In the United States, these include enforcement actions in response to rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of federal agencies and state attorneys general and legislatures and consumer protection agencies. In addition, privacy advocates and industry groups have regularly proposed, and may propose in the future, self-regulatory standards that may legally or contractually apply to us. If we fail to follow these security standards, even if no personal information is compromised, we may incur significant fines or experience a significant increase in costs.

 

- 60 -


Table of Contents

Many state legislatures have adopted legislation that regulates how businesses operate online, including measures relating to privacy, data security and data breaches. Laws in all U.S. states require businesses to provide notice to customers whose personally identifiable information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. The laws are not consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach is costly.

Compliance with U.S. and international data protection laws and regulations could require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, restrict our ability to collect, use and disclose data, update our data privacy and security policies and procedures, or in some cases, impact our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions. Failure by us or our collaborators and service providers to comply with U.S. and international data protection laws and regulations could result in government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation and/or adverse publicity and could negatively affect our operating results and business. Moreover, clinical trial subjects about whom we or our potential collaborators obtain information, as well as the providers who share this information with us, may contractually limit our ability to use and disclose the information. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights, failed to comply with data protection laws, or breached our contractual obligations, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time consuming to defend, could result in adverse publicity and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

There has been no public market for our common stock and an active, liquid and orderly market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your common stock at or above the public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we expect to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market (Nasdaq), an active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. We and the representatives of the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price of our common stock through negotiation. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. In addition, an active trading market may not develop following the consummation of this offering or, if it is developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses or technologies using our shares as consideration, which, in turn, could materially adversely affect our business.

The trading price of the shares of our common stock could be highly volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for stock of biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by those factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and many others, including:

 

   

results of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, and the results of trials of our competitors or those of other companies in our market sector;

 

   

our ability to enroll subjects in our future clinical trials;

 

   

regulatory approval of our product candidates, or limitations to specific label indications or patient populations for its use, or changes or delays in the regulatory review process;

 

   

regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

   

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

   

the success or failure of our efforts to develop, acquire or license additional product candidates;

 

- 61 -


Table of Contents
   

innovations, clinical trial results, product approvals and other developments regarding our competitors;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

   

manufacturing, supply or distribution delays or shortages;

 

   

any changes to our relationship with any manufacturers, suppliers, collaborators or other strategic partners;

 

   

achievement of expected product sales and profitability;

 

   

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

   

market conditions in the biopharmaceutical sector and issuance of securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

   

trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

an inability to obtain additional funding;

 

   

sales of our stock by insiders and stockholders;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel; and

 

   

intellectual property, product liability or other litigation against us.

In addition, in the past, stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against biopharmaceutical companies following periods of volatility in the market prices of these companies’ stock. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways that you and other stockholders may not approve.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds.” Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment, and the failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Purchasers of common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of approximately $10.51 per share, assuming an initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In the past, we issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent these outstanding options are ultimately exercised, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will sustain further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

 

- 62 -


Table of Contents

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Following the completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and greater than 5% stockholders, in the aggregate, will own approximately 69.8% of our outstanding common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants). As a result, such persons, acting together, will have the ability to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to our board of directors or stockholders for approval, including the appointment of our management, the election and removal of directors and approval of any significant transaction, as well as our management and business affairs. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control, impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquiror from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our business, even if such a transaction would benefit other stockholders.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation, if any, in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, under the terms of our Loan Agreement, we are prohibited from paying any cash dividends without the consent of the lenders and any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which stockholders have purchased their shares.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise adequate capital through the sale of additional equity securities.

Based on shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of 34,607,280 shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, only the 7,353,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, including the shares of our common stock sold under our directed share program, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering, unless they are purchased by one of our affiliates.

Our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding securities have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters pursuant to which they may not, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, offer, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of our securities, without the prior written consent of SVB Leerink LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. The underwriters may permit our officers, directors and other securityholders who are subject to the lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements at any time in their sole discretion. See “Underwriting.” Sales of these shares, or perceptions that they will be sold, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. After the lock-up agreements expire, up to an additional 27,254,280 shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, of which 131,041 shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

In addition, as of December 31, 2020, 2,930,246 shares of common stock that are subject to outstanding options under our employee benefit plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent

 

- 63 -


Table of Contents

permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

After this offering, the holders of 26,520,955 shares of our outstanding common stock, or approximately 76.6% of our total outstanding common stock based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to vesting and the 180-day lock-up agreements described above. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

 

   

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Sarbanes-Oxley;

 

   

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, unless the SEC determines the new rules are necessary for protecting the public;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be reduced or more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same timing of adoption of new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

- 64 -


Table of Contents

We are also a smaller reporting company as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to remediate one or more of our material weaknesses, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results could be adversely affected.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the audits of our 2019 and 2020 annual consolidated financial statements, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal controls due to a lack of controls in the financial closing and reporting process, including a lack of segregation of duties and the documentation and design of formalized processes and procedures in the revenue cycle. Beginning in the third quarter of 2020, we began to take steps to address the material weakness through our remediation plan, which included the hiring of a Chief Financial Officer and the engagement of external advisors to provide financial accounting assistance in the short term. We have plans to hire additional personnel to improve the segregation of duties in our financial closing and reporting process. In addition, we plan to engage external advisors to evaluate and document the design and operating effectiveness of our internal controls and assist with the remediation and implementation of our internal controls as required. For a discussion of our remediation plan, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” The actions we have taken are subject to continued review, supported by confirmation and testing by management as well as audit committee oversight. While we have implemented a plan to remediate this weakness we cannot assure you that we will be able to remediate this weakness, which could impair our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Moreover, our failure to remediate the material weakness identified above or the identification of additional material weaknesses, could adversely affect our stock price and we may be unable to maintain compliance with exchange listing requirements.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable and may lead to entrenchment of management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will contain provisions that could significantly reduce the value of our shares to a potential acquiror or delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. The provisions in our charter documents will include the following:

 

   

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

   

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

   

the exclusive right of our board of directors, unless the board of directors grants such right to the stockholders, to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or

 

- 65 -


Table of Contents
 

the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

   

the required approval of at least 66-2/3% of the shares entitled to vote to remove a director for cause, and the prohibition on removal of directors without cause;

 

   

the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror;

 

   

the ability of our board of directors to alter our amended and restated bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

 

   

the required approval of at least 66-2/3% of the shares entitled to vote to adopt, amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws or repeal the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors;

 

   

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

an exclusive forum provision providing that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for certain actions and proceedings;

 

   

the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

 

   

advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

We are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions contained in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under Section 203, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other exceptions, the board of directors has approved the transaction.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, that, this provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. By agreeing to this provision, however, stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Furthermore, the enforceability of similar choice of forum

 

- 66 -


Table of Contents

provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. If a court were to find the choice of forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

General Risk Factors

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, Sarbanes-Oxley, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and Nasdaq to implement provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the SEC has adopted additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as mandatory “say on pay” voting requirements that will apply to us when we cease to be an emerging growth company. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

We are subject to U.S. and certain foreign export and import controls, sanctions, embargoes, anti-corruption laws and anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Compliance with these legal standards could impair our ability to compete in domestic and international markets. We could face criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations, which could harm our business.

We are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations, and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls and anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act and other state and national anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, CROs, contractors and other collaborators and partners from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting or receiving, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. We may engage third parties for clinical trials outside of the United States, to sell our products abroad once we

 

- 67 -


Table of Contents

enter a commercialization phase, and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations and other regulatory approvals. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities and other organizations. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, CROs, contractors and other collaborators and partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Any violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm and other consequences.

We and any of our third-party manufacturers or suppliers may use potent chemical agents and hazardous materials, and any claims relating to improper handling, storage or disposal of these materials could be time consuming or costly.

We and any of our third-party manufacturers or suppliers and current or potential future collaborators will use biological materials, potent chemical agents and may use hazardous materials, including chemicals and biological agents and compounds that could be dangerous to human health and safety of the environment. Our operations and the operations of our third-party manufacturers and suppliers also produce hazardous waste products. Federal, state and local laws and regulations govern the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and wastes. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations may be expensive, and current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our product development efforts. In addition, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from these materials or wastes. We do not carry specific biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage, and our property, casualty and general liability insurance policies specifically exclude coverage for damages and fines arising from biological or hazardous waste exposure or contamination. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for damages or be penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources, and our clinical trials or regulatory approvals could be suspended. Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance for certain costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biologic, hazardous or radioactive materials.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which have tended to become more stringent over time. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions or liabilities, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our internal computer systems, or those of any of our CROs, manufacturers, other contractors or consultants or current or potential future collaborators, may fail or experience security breaches or other unauthorized or improper access, which could result in a material disruption of our product development programs.

In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store, transmit and otherwise process large amounts of data including, without limitation, proprietary business information and personal information. Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal technology systems (including infrastructure) and those of our current and any future CROs and other contractors, consultants and collaborators are vulnerable to privacy and information security incidents, such as data breaches, damage from computer viruses, cybersecurity threats (such as denial-of-service attacks, cyber-attacks or cyber-intrusions over the Internet, hacking, phishing and other social engineering attacks), unauthorized access or use, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. As we become more dependent on information technologies to conduct our operations, such incidents, including deliberate attacks and attempts to gain unauthorized access to computer systems and networks, may increase in frequency and sophistication. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations or result in the unauthorized disclosure of or access to personally

 

- 68 -


Table of Contents

identifiable information or protected health information (violating certain privacy laws such as HIPAA or the European General Data Protection Regulation (the GDPR)), it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss of our trade secrets or other similar disruptions. Some of the federal, state and foreign government requirements include obligations of companies to notify individuals of security breaches involving particular personally identifiable information, which could result from breaches experienced by us or by our vendors, contractors, or organizations with which we have formed strategic relationships.

Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service or sabotage systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we and our partners may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Further, we do not have any control over the operations of the facilities or technology of our cloud and service providers, including any third-party vendors that collect, process and store personal information on our behalf. Our systems, servers and platforms and those of our service providers may be vulnerable to computer viruses or physical or electronic break-ins that our or their security measures may not detect. Individuals able to circumvent such security measures may misappropriate our confidential or proprietary information, disrupt our operations, damage our computers or otherwise impair our reputation and business. We may need to expend significant resources and make significant capital investment to protect against security breaches or to mitigate the impact of any such breaches. There can be no assurance that we or our third-party providers will be successful in preventing security breaches or successfully mitigating their effects.

Any security breach or other incident, whether real or perceived, that results in a loss of or accidental, unlawful or unauthorized access to, use of, release of, or other processing of personal, proprietary or other sensitive information could impact our reputation, cause us to incur significant liability and costs, including legal expenses, fines and penalties for any noncompliance with any privacy and security laws, harm customer confidence, hurt our expansion into new markets, cause us to incur remediation costs, or cause us to lose existing customers. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. We also rely on third parties to manufacture our product candidates, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. Any insurance we maintain against the risk of this type of loss may not be sufficient to cover actual losses, or may not apply to the circumstances relating to any particular loss. For further discussion on the potential liability related to the violation of these laws, see “Risk Factors—We, our collaborators and our service providers may be subject to a variety of privacy and data security laws and contractual obligations, which could increase compliance costs and our failure to comply with them could subject us to potentially significant fines or penalties and otherwise harm our business.”

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or manmade disasters or business interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. We rely on third-party manufacturers to produce our product candidates. Our ability to obtain clinical supplies of our product candidates could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers were affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption. In addition, our corporate headquarters is located in San Diego, California near major earthquake faults and fire zones, and the ultimate impact on us of being located near major earthquake faults and fire zones and being consolidated in a certain geographical area is unknown. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

 

- 69 -


Table of Contents

Unstable market and economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and stock price.

The global credit and financial markets have recently experienced extreme volatility and disruptions (including as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic), which has included severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates and uncertainty about economic stability. There can be no assurance that further deterioration in credit and financial markets and confidence in economic conditions will not occur. Our general business strategy may be adversely affected by any such economic downturn, volatile business environment or continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions. If the current equity and credit markets deteriorate, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult, more costly and more dilutive. Failure to secure any necessary financing in a timely manner and on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy, financial performance and stock price and could require us to delay or abandon clinical development plans. In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our current service providers, manufacturers and other partners may not survive an economic downturn, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and on budget.

Changes in U.S. tax law may materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Changes in laws and policy relating to taxes may have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. For example, the Tax Act significantly changed the U.S. federal income taxation of U.S. corporations. The Tax Act remains unclear in various respects and has been, and may continue to be, the subject of amendments and technical corrections, as well as interpretations and implementing regulations by the Treasury and Internal Revenue Service (IRS), which have lessened or increased certain adverse impacts of the Tax Act and may continue to do so in the future. In addition, it is unclear how these U.S. federal income tax changes will affect state and local taxation, which often uses federal taxable income as a starting point for computing state and local tax liabilities. On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was signed into law to address the COVID-19 crisis. The CARES Act is an approximately $2 trillion emergency economic stimulus package that includes numerous U.S. federal income tax provisions, including the modification of: (i) NOL rules (as discussed above), (ii) the alternative minimum tax refund and (iii) business interest deduction limitations under Section 163(j) of the Code). We continue to work with our tax advisors and auditors to determine the full impact the Tax Act and the CARES Act will have on us. We urge our investors to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to any changes in tax law and the potential tax consequences of investing in our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports or publish unfavorable research or reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, interest in our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and the trading price of our common stock may decline.

Pursuant to Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, our management will be required to report upon the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the annual report for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2021. When we lose our status as an “emerging growth company” and reach an accelerated

 

- 70 -


Table of Contents

filer threshold, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. To comply with the requirements of being a reporting company under the Exchange Act, we will need to upgrade our information technology systems; implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures; and hire additional accounting and finance staff. If we or, if required, our auditors are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and the trading price of our common stock may decline.

We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting once that firm begin its Section 404 reviews, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us, because biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

 

- 71 -


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, research and development plans, the anticipated timing, costs, design and conduct of our ongoing and planned preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates, our plans to use our Prometheus360 product platform to expand our pipeline of product candidates and develop marketable products, the anticipated timing and costs of our development of companion diagnostics, the potential benefits from our collaboration arrangements with third parties and our plans to enter into additional arrangements, the timing and likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals for our product candidates and companion diagnostics, our ability to commercialize our product candidates, if approved, the impact of COVID-19 on our business, the pricing and reimbursement of our product candidates, if approved, and testing products, the potential to develop future product candidates, the timing and likelihood of success, plans and objectives of management for future operations, and future results of anticipated product development efforts, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this prospectus. See the section titled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to rely unduly upon them.

 

- 72 -


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from independent market research, industry and general publications and surveys, governmental agencies and publicly available information in addition to research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Internal estimates are derived from publicly available information released by industry analysts and third-party sources, our internal research and our industry experience, and are based on assumptions made by us based on such data and our knowledge of our industry and market, which we believe to be reasonable. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires. In addition, while we believe the industry, market and competitive position data included in this prospectus is reliable and based on reasonable assumptions, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties or by us.

 

- 73 -


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $112.8 million (or $130.2 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $6.8 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $15.8 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We intend to use net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

   

approximately $60.0 million to fund the clinical development of PRA023 in UC and CD;

 

   

approximately $15.0 million to fund the research and development of our PR600 program; and

 

   

the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to in-license, acquire, or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current commitments or obligations to do so.

We believe, based on our current operating plan, that the net proceeds from this offering together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 24 months from the date of this prospectus. In particular, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will allow us to complete our planned Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe UC and Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe CD for PRA023, and complete IND-enabling preclinical studies and complete a Phase 1 clinical trial for our PR600 program. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. However, our expected use of proceeds from this offering described above represents our current intentions based on our present plans and business condition. We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses of the net proceeds from this offering or the actual amounts that we will spend on the uses set forth above. The net proceeds from this offering, together with our cash and cash equivalents, will not be sufficient for us to fund all of our product candidates through regulatory approval, and we will need to raise additional capital to complete the development and commercialization of each of our product candidates.

The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the time and cost necessary to conduct our ongoing and planned preclinical studies and clinical trials, the results of such studies and trials, and other factors described in “Risk Factors,” as well as the amount of cash used in our operations and any unforeseen cash needs. Therefore, our actual expenditures may differ materially from the estimates described above. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds.

Pending the uses described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, investment grade interest-bearing instruments.

 

- 74 -


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments. In addition, under the terms of our loan and security agreement, we are prohibited from paying any cash dividends without the consent of Oxford Finance LLC.

 

- 75 -


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2020:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the issuance of 93,995,300 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in January 2021 and our receipt of $73.8 million in gross proceeds and the satisfaction of amounts due to Nestlé and (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 25,485,955 shares of our common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock and preferred stock purchase right liability to permanent equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of 7,353,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2020  
(in thousands, except share and par value data)    Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As
Adjusted(1)
 
           (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 54,201     $ 128,001     $ 240,802  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capitalization:

      

Amounts due to Nestlé – related party

Long-term debt, net

   $

 

5,675

7,399

 

 

  $

 

—  

7,399

 

 

  $

 

—  

7,399

 

 

Convertible preferred stock purchase right liability

     3,900       —         —    

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 254,893,985 shares authorized, 160,864,434 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     126,023       —         —    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 40,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and no shares outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —         —         —    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 325,000,000 shares authorized, 1,768,325 shares issued and 1,713,622 outstanding, excluding 54,703 shares subject to forfeiture or a right of repurchase, actual; 400,000,000 shares authorized, 27,254,280 shares issued and outstanding, excluding 54,703 shares subject to forfeiture or a right of repurchase, pro forma; 400,000,000 shares authorized, 34,607,280 shares issued and 34,552,577 shares outstanding, excluding 54,703 shares subject to forfeiture or a right of repurchase, pro forma as adjusted

     —         3       3  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,605       211,000       323,801  

Accumulated deficit

     (99,146     (99,146     (99,146
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (97,541     111,857       224,658  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 45,456     $ 119,256     $ 232,057  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

- 76 -


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $6.8 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $15.8 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering set forth above is based on 27,254,280 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, including 54,703 shares subject to forfeiture or our right of repurchase, after giving effect to (i) the issuance of 93,995,300 shares of our Series D-2 convertible stock in January 2021 and (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 25,485,955 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

   

2,930,246 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.92 per share;

 

   

2,116,870 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted after December 31, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.43 per share;

 

   

11,250 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2020 at a weighted-average exercise price of $10.00 per share;

 

   

3,600,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the 2021 Plan); and

 

   

360,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the 2021 ESPP).

 

- 77 -


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

As of December 31, 2020, our historical net tangible book value (deficit) was $(97.5) million, or $(55.16) per share of our common stock, based on 1,768,325 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of such date, including 54,703 shares subject to forfeiture or our right of repurchase as of such date. Our historical net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2020.

On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to (i) the issuance of 93,995,300 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in January 2021 and our receipt of $73.8 million in gross proceeds and the satisfaction of amounts due to Nestlé, (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 25,485,955 shares of our common stock and (iii) the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock and preferred stock purchase right liability to permanent equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 would have been approximately $111.9 million, or approximately $4.10 per share of our common stock.

After giving further effect to the sale of 7,353,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 would have been approximately $224.7 million, or approximately $6.49 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $2.39 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $10.51 per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares):

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 17.00  

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2020

   $ (55.16  

Pro forma increase in historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2020 attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

     59.26    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2020

   $ 4.10    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

     2.39    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

       6.49  
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

     $ 10.51  
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.20, and dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $0.20, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.26 per share and decrease the dilution to

 

- 78 -


Table of Contents

investors participating in this offering by approximately $0.26 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.28 per share and increase the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $0.28 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be approximately $6.78 per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be approximately $2.68 per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $10.22 per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of December 31, 2020, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares issued prior to this offering and the price to be paid by new investors in this offering. The calculations below are based on an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

    

 

Shares Purchased

   

 

Total Consideration

    Weighted-
Average
Price

Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders before this offering

     27,254,280        78.8   $ 210,804,813        62.8   $ 7.73  

New investors participating in this offering

     7,353,000        21.2       125,001,000        37.2       17.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     34,607,280        100     335,805,813        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full:

 

   

the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders before this offering will decrease to approximately 76.3% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

   

the number of shares held by new investors participating in this offering will increase to 8,455,950, or approximately 23.7% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing tables and calculations on a pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis are based on 27,254,280 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, including 54,703 shares subject to forfeiture or our right of repurchase, after giving effect to (i) the issuance of 93,995,300 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in January 2021 and our receipt of $73.8 million in gross proceeds and the satisfaction of amounts due to Nestlé and (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 25,485,955 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and exclude:

 

   

2,930,246 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.92 per share;

 

   

2,116,870 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted after December 31, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.43 per share;

 

- 79 -


Table of Contents
   

11,250 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $10.00 per share;

 

   

3,600,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the 2021 Plan); and

 

   

360,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the 2021 ESPP).

To the extent any outstanding options, warrants or other rights are exercised, or we issue additional equity or convertible securities in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

- 80 -


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth our selected historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read these data together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    2019     2020  

Statements of Operations Data:

    

Collaboration revenue

   $ 1,118     $ 1,229  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     10,958       19,147  

General and administrative

     6,128       11,089  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     17,086       30,236  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15,968     (29,007
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     9       13  

Interest expense

     (770     (2,130

Other

     —         (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (761     (2,132
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (16,729     (31,139

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (12,994     (5,999
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (29,723   $ (37,138
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted:

    

Continuing operations

   $ (14.90   $ (20.78

Discontinued operations

     (11.57     (4.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (26.47   $ (24.78
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

     1,122,696       1,498,973  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share from continuing operations, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

     $ (1.15
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

       26,984,928  
    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share from continuing operations were computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to (i) the issuance of 93,995,300 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in January 2021 and (ii) the conversion of our convertible preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common shares as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period presented. The following table summarizes our unaudited pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2020 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

 

- 81 -


Table of Contents

Numerator

  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders from continuing operations

   $ (31,139
  

 

 

 

Denominator

  

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     1,498,973  

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     25,485,955  
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     26,984,928  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders from continuing operations, basic and diluted

   $ (1.15
  

 

 

 

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)          2019           2020  

Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,450     $ 54,201  

Working capital(1)

     5,658       42,201  

Total assets

     50,483       59,633  

Long-term debt, net

     —         7,399  

Amounts due to Nestlé – related party, current

     4,703       5,675  

Amounts due to Nestlé – related party, non-current

     8,335      
—  
 

Acquisition-related consideration held in escrow

     3,500       —    

Preferred stock purchase right liability

     —         3,900  

Convertible preferred stock

     43,740       126,023  

Accumulated deficit

     (37,451     (99,146

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (36,968     (97,541

 

(1)

We define working capital as total current assets less total current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

 

- 82 -


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis are set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, and includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in “Risk Factors,” our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a biotechnology company pioneering a precision medicine approach to the discovery, development, and commercialization of novel therapeutic and companion diagnostic products for the treatment and diagnosis of IBD. We leverage our proprietary precision medicine platform, Prometheus360, which includes one of the world’s largest GI bioinformatics databases, to identify novel therapeutic targets and develop therapeutic candidates to engage those targets. In parallel, we are developing companion diagnostic tests designed to identify patients more likely to respond to our therapeutic candidates.

Our lead product candidate, PRA023, is an IgG1 humanized mAb that has been shown to block TL1A, a target associated with both intestinal inflammation and fibrosis that was clinically validated in a third-party Phase 2a clinical trial in UC. PRA023 has the potential to substantially improve outcomes for moderate-to-severe IBD patients predisposed to increased TL1A expression. We are developing PRA023 for the treatment of UC and CD, and initiated a Phase 1a clinical trial in normal healthy volunteers in December 2020. Our goal is to revolutionize the treatment of IBD with a precision medicine approach for patients with significant unmet medical needs. We have generated a robust initial pipeline of therapeutic development programs for the treatment of IBD, and plan to develop a companion diagnostic for each program. The research and development of therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics comprises our therapeutics business segment. The following table summarizes our key current internal and partnered programs.

 

 

LOGO

In addition, we have several other programs with different mechanisms of action targeting UC and/or CD that are in the discovery stage of development. We also continue to evaluate numerous other drug targets identified through Prometheus360 for therapeutic utility for potential drug discovery development.

On June 30, 2019, we acquired from Nestlé Prometheus Laboratories, Inc. (PLI), which markets and conducts several laboratory developed tests useful to gastroenterologists in monitoring their IBD patients’ disease state. Prior to our acquisition of PLI in June 2019, we had devoted substantially all of our resources to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, developing our Prometheus360 platform, discovering and identifying potential product candidates, establishing our intellectual property portfolio and conducting research and preclinical studies, and providing other general and administrative support for these operations.

 

- 83 -


Table of Contents

Based on our strategic objectives moving forward, on December 31, 2020, we completed the spinoff of PLI by making an in-kind distribution of 100% of our interest in PLI to our stockholders of record on December 30, 2020. Except as specifically indicated, the discussion of our operations excludes the operations of PLI, which are reported as a discontinued operation in the accompanying consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and in the following discussion.

We do not expect to generate any revenue from therapeutic product sales until we successfully complete development and obtain regulatory approval for one or more of our therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics, which we expect will take a number of years and may never occur.

We have incurred operating losses in each year since inception. Our net losses, including those generated from PLI, were $29.7 million and $37.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $99.1 million. We expect our expenses and operating losses will increase substantially as we conduct our ongoing and planned preclinical studies and clinical trials, continue our research and development activities, develop and validate companion diagnostics, utilize third parties to manufacture our product candidates and related raw materials, hire additional personnel, protect our intellectual property and incur additional costs associated with being a public company, including audit, legal, regulatory, and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer insurance premiums, and investor relations costs. Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year, depending on the timing of our preclinical studies and clinical trials and our expenditures on other research and development activities, as well as the generation of any services and collaboration revenue.

As of December 31, 2020, we had raised a total of $101.7 million to fund our operations from gross proceeds from the sale and issuance of convertible preferred stock and $7.5 million from proceeds under our loan and security agreement (the Loan Agreement) with Oxford Finance LLC (Oxford). As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $54.2 million, which does not include gross proceeds of $73.8 million received in January 2021 from the sale of 86,775,740 shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock. In addition, in January 2021 we issued 7,219,560 shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock to Nestlé in satisfaction of deferred purchase price obligations of $6.2 million.

If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. As we continue to advance our pipeline of diagnostic products, we expect to incur additional costs associated with conducting clinical studies to demonstrate the utility of our products and support reimbursement efforts. Accordingly, until such time as we can generate significant revenue from sales of our product candidates, if ever, we expect to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potential additional collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

COVID-19

The current COVID-19 worldwide pandemic has presented substantial public health and economic challenges and is affecting our employees, patients, physicians and other healthcare providers, communities and business operations, as well as the U.S. and global economies and financial markets. International and U.S. governmental authorities in impacted regions are taking actions in an effort to slow the spread of COVID-19, including issuing varying forms of “stay-at-home” orders, and restricting business functions outside of one’s home. In response, we have implemented a work-from-home policy for certain of our employees. To date, we

 

- 84 -


Table of Contents

have not experienced material disruptions in our business operations. However, while it is not possible at this time to estimate the impact that COVID-19 could have on our business in the future, particularly as we advance our product candidates to clinical development, the continued spread of COVID-19 and the measures taken by the governmental authorities could disrupt the supply chain and the manufacture or shipment of drug substances and finished drug products for our product candidates for use in our research, preclinical studies and clinical trials, delay, limit or prevent our employees and CROs from continuing research and development activities, impede our clinical trial initiation and recruitment and the ability of patients to continue in clinical trials, impede testing, monitoring, data collection and analysis and other related activities, any of which could delay our preclinical studies and clinical trials and increase our development costs, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The COVID-19 outbreak could also potentially affect the business of the FDA, EMA or other regulatory authorities, which could result in delays in meetings related to our ongoing and planned clinical trials. The COVID-19 pandemic and mitigation measures have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on global economic conditions which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition, including impairing our ability to raise capital when needed. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our results will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information that may emerge concerning the virus and the actions to contain its impact.

License and Collaboration Agreements

Our Collaboration with Cedars-Sinai Medical Center

We entered into an exclusive license agreement (the Cedars-Sinai License Agreement) with Cedars-Sinai in September 2017, pursuant to which Cedars-Sinai granted us an exclusive, worldwide license with respect to certain patents, information and materials related to therapeutic targets and companion diagnostic products, to conduct research, develop, and commercialize therapeutic and diagnostic products for the diagnosis and treatment of IBD. The licensed technology includes information and materials arising out of Cedars-Sinai’s database and biobank, as well as exclusive access to this database and biobank to develop diagnostic and therapeutic products for human use, which biobank is an integral part of our Prometheus360 platform. As upfront consideration for the license agreement, we issued to Cedars-Sinai 257,500 shares of fully vested common stock and 335,000 shares of restricted common stock, which shares fully vested in September 2020. We are obligated to pay Cedars-Sinai low- to mid-single digit percentage royalties on net sales of therapeutic and diagnostic products covered under the agreement, including any related companion diagnostic products, as well any diagnostic products we develop under the Takeda collaboration agreement discussed below, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Cedars-Sinai License Agreement.

Our Collaboration with Takeda

In March 2019, we entered into a companion diagnostics development and collaboration agreement (the Takeda Agreement) with Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Takeda. Pursuant to this agreement, we established a strategic collaboration to develop a companion diagnostic product (Diagnostic Product) for one selected drug target, with the option for Takeda to select an additional drug target (each, a Collaboration Target). Under the Takeda Agreement, Takeda is responsible for the development and commercialization of any therapeutic clinical candidates that it develops directed against a Collaboration Target for the treatment of IBD (Takeda Drugs) and we are responsible for development and commercialization of the Diagnostic Product(s). We received an upfront payment of $1.5 million in April 2019 and are also eligible to receive certain development, regulatory, commercial and sales milestone payments, and low-single digit royalties on net sales of Takeda Drugs, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Takeda Agreement.

Our Collaboration with Dr. Falk Pharma

We entered into a co-development and manufacturing agreement (the Falk Agreement) with Falk in July 2020, pursuant to which we will co-develop and commercialize, exclusively in our respective territories,

 

- 85 -


Table of Contents

therapeutic product candidates targeting members of the TNF super family for the treatment of UC and CD under our PR600 development program. We are responsible for regulatory approvals and commercialization of any products in the United States and the rest of the world, other than the Falk territory. Falk is responsible for regulatory approvals and commercialization of any products in the European Union, United Kingdom, Switzerland, the countries of the European Economic Area (excluding Malta and the Republic of Cyprus), Australia and New Zealand (Falk territory). Under the Falk Agreement, Falk agreed to fund 25% of our third party development costs. In addition, Falk is obligated to make future development milestone payments, and a mid-single digit to low-double digit royalty on net sales of all products incorporating antibodies covered by the agreement in the Falk territory and we agreed to pay Falk a low-single digit royalty on net sales for such products in our territory, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Falk Agreement.

For additional information regarding the Cedars-Sinai License Agreement, Takeda Agreement and Falk Agreement, as well as other agreements pursuant to which we in-license certain intellectual property rights, see “Business—License and Collaboration Agreements.”

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Collaboration revenue

We currently derive all of our revenue from our collaboration agreements. For the foreseeable future, we expect to generate revenue from services performed under the Takeda Agreement and Falk Agreement. We may receive a combination of upfront payments and milestone payments under our current and/or future collaboration agreements.

We do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of therapeutic products unless and until such time that our therapeutic product candidates and companion diagnostics have advanced through clinical development and regulatory approval, if ever. We expect that any revenue we generate, if at all, will fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter as a result of the timing and amount of payments relating to such services and milestones and the extent to which any of our therapeutic product candidates are approved and successfully commercialized. If we fail to complete preclinical and clinical development of therapeutic product candidates or obtain regulatory approval for them, our ability to generate future revenues, and our results of operations and financial position would be adversely affected.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist of external and internal costs associated with our research and development activities, including our discovery and research efforts, the preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates and the development and validation of our companion diagnostics. Our research and development expenses include:

 

   

external costs, including expenses incurred under arrangements with third parties, such as CROs, contract manufacturers, consultants and our scientific advisors; and

 

   

internal costs, including:

 

   

employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation; the costs of laboratory supplies and acquiring, developing and manufacturing preclinical study materials; and

 

   

facilities, information technology and depreciation, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and depreciation of equipment.

 

- 86 -


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses by product candidate and for our diagnostic services for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

PRA023

   $ 8,118      $ 15,846  

PR300

     1,987        502  

PR600

     266        1,444  

Other preclinical programs

     587        1,355  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development

   $ 10,958      $ 19,147  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We expect our research and development expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to conduct our ongoing research and development activities, advance our preclinical research programs toward clinical development, including conducting IND-enabling studies, develop companion diagnostics, and conduct clinical trials. The process of conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time consuming. We may never succeed in achieving marketing approval for any of our product candidates.

The timelines and costs with research and development activities are uncertain and can vary significantly for each product candidate and development program and are difficult to predict. We anticipate we will make determinations as to which programs to pursue and how much funding to direct to each program on an ongoing basis in response to preclinical and clinical results, regulatory developments, ongoing assessments as to each program’s commercial potential, and our ability to maintain or enter into new collaborations, to the extent we determine the resources or expertise of a collaborator would be beneficial for a given program. We will need to raise substantial additional capital in the future. In addition, we cannot forecast which development programs may be subject to future collaborations, when such arrangements will be secured, if at all, and to what degree such arrangements would affect our development plans and capital requirements.

Our development costs may vary significantly based on factors such as:

 

   

the number and scope of preclinical and IND-enabling studies;

 

   

per patient trial costs;

 

   

the number of trials required for approval;

 

   

the number of sites included in the trials;

 

   

the countries in which the trials are conducted;

 

   

the length of time required to enroll eligible patients;

 

   

the number of patients that participate in the trials;

 

   

the number of doses that patients receive;

 

   

the drop-out or discontinuation rates of patients;

 

   

the number, costs and timing of developing companion diagnostics and scope of validation studies;

 

   

potential additional safety monitoring requested by regulatory agencies;

 

   

the duration of patient participation in the trials and follow-up;

 

   

the cost and timing of manufacturing our product candidates;

 

   

the phase of development of our product candidates; and

 

   

the efficacy and safety profile of our product candidates and effectiveness of our companion diagnostics.

 

- 87 -


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, for employees in our finance, accounting, legal, business development and support functions. Other general and administrative expenses include allocated facility, information technology and depreciation related costs not otherwise included in research and development expenses and professional fees for auditing, tax, intellectual property and legal services. Costs related to filing and pursuing patent applications are recognized as general and administrative expenses as incurred since recoverability of such expenditures is uncertain.

We expect our general and administrative expenses will increase for the foreseeable future to support our increased research and development activities and increased costs of operating as a public company. These increased costs will likely include increased expenses related to audit, legal, regulatory and tax services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer insurance premiums and investor relations costs associated with operating as a public company.

Interest and Other Income (Expense)

Interest income

Interest income consists primarily of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents.

Interest expense

Interest expense consists of interest expense incurred in connection with our borrowings under the Loan Agreement and non-cash interest expense associated with the deferred purchase payments for PLI.

Loss From Discontinued Operations

On December 31, 2020, we completed the spinoff of PLI by making an in-kind distribution of 100% of our interest in PLI to our stockholders of record on December 30, 2020. The results of PLI have been classified as discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
        
     2019      2020      Change  

Collaboration revenue

   $ 1,118      $ 1,229      $ 111  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     10,958        19,147        8,189  

General and administrative

     6,128        11,089        4,961  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     17,086        30,236        13,150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15,968      (29,007      13,039  

Other income (expense), net

     (761      (2,132      1,371  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (16,729      (31,139      14,410  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (12,994      (5,999      (6,995
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (29,723    $ (37,138    $ 7,415  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 88 -


Table of Contents

Revenue

Revenue was $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 due to additional revenue generated from the Falk Agreement.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses were $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $19.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase of $8.2 million was primarily driven by a $5.6 million increase in expenses related to research and development expenses for our product candidates and a $1.4 million increase in expenses related to personnel costs due to increased headcount to support increased development activities.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses were $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase of $5.0 million in 2020 was primarily driven by an increase of $4.1 million in corporate personnel costs due to the expansion of our executive team.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest and other expense, net was $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to interest and other expense, net of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase of $1.4 million was primarily related to interest expense associated with our borrowings under the Loan Agreement and non-cash interest expense incurred in connection with the deferred purchase price of PLI.

Loss from discontinued operations

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, revenue from PLI totaled $22.7 million and $36.6 million, respectively, and total operating expenses totaled $36.2 million and $42.6 million, respectively.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

From our inception through December 31, 2020, we have received aggregate gross proceeds of $101.7 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock, $7.5 million from borrowings under our long-term debt agreement with Oxford and $8.5 million from amounts received under the Takeda and Falk Agreements.

Oxford Loan and Security Agreement

In January 2020, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the Loan Agreement) with Oxford Finance LLC and its affiliates (Oxford) which provided for total borrowings of up to $25.0 million, of which $7.5 million was drawn upon execution of the agreement. No additional amounts remain available for borrowing. Interest accrues at an annual rate equal to the sum of (I) the greater of (a) the 30-day U.S. LIBOR rate reported the last business day of the month that immediately precedes the month in which the interest will accrue, and (b) 2.01%, plus (II) 5.98%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rate from the period of the effective date of the Loan Agreement through and including January 31, 2020, shall be 7.99% and the annual rate shall at no time be less than 7.99%. From March 1, 2020, through February 28, 2023, we are required to make interest only payments. Beginning March 1, 2023, in addition to interest payments, the monthly payments will include an amount equal to the outstanding principal divided by 24 months. At maturity (or earlier prepayment), we are also required to make a final payment equal to 4.0% of the original principal amount borrowed and 3% of the future amount to be funded.

The Loan Agreement is collateralized by substantially all of our assets, excluding intellectual property, which is subject to a negative pledge. The Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default applicable to us. The affirmative covenants include, among others, covenants

 

- 89 -


Table of Contents

requiring us to maintain governmental approvals, deliver certain financial reports, maintain insurance coverage and protect material intellectual property. The negative covenants include, among others, restrictions on us transferring collateral, incurring additional indebtedness, engaging in mergers or acquisitions, paying cash dividends or making other distributions, making investments, creating liens, selling assets and making any payment on subordinated debt, in each case subject to certain exceptions.

In connection with execution of the Loan Agreement, we issued Oxford a warrant to purchase 112,500 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, exercisable at any time following issuance. The preferred stock warrant has a term of ten years. The warrant will become exercisable for an aggregate of 11,250 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering at an exercise price of $10.00 per share.

Future Capital Requirements

As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents in the amount of $54.2 million, which does not include gross proceeds of $73.8 million received in January 2021 from the sale of shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock. Based upon our current operating plans, we believe that the estimated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 24 months from the date of this prospectus. However, our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could deplete our capital resources sooner than we expect. Additionally, the process of conducting preclinical studies and testing product candidates in clinical trials is costly, and the timing of progress and expenses in these studies and trials is uncertain.

Our future capital requirements are difficult to forecast and will depend on many factors, including

but not limited to:

 

   

the type, number, scope, progress, expansions, results, costs and timing of, discovery, preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates which we are pursuing or may choose to pursue in the future;

 

   

the costs and timing of manufacturing for our product candidates and commercial manufacturing if any product candidate is approved;

 

   

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

   

the costs and timing of developing our companion diagnostics, and the outcome of regulatory review;

 

   

the success of our current and any future collaborations, including the timing and amount of the milestone or other payments made to us under the Takeda Agreement, the Falk Agreement or any future collaboration agreements;

 

   

the costs of obtaining, maintaining and enforcing our patents and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

the additional costs we may incur as a result of operating as a public company, including our efforts to enhance operational systems and hire additional personnel, including enhanced internal controls over financial reporting;

 

   

the timing and amount of payments that we must make to the licensors and other third parties from whom we have in-licensed intellectual property rights related to our Prometheus360 platform and product candidates;

 

   

the costs associated with hiring additional personnel and consultants as our preclinical and clinical activities increase;

 

   

the costs and timing of maintaining our sales and marketing capabilities and any expansion thereof, including if any product candidate is approved;

 

- 90 -


Table of Contents
   

our ability to achieve sufficient market acceptance, coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors and adequate market share and revenue for any approved products and companion diagnostics;

 

   

the terms and timing of establishing and maintaining collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements; and

 

   

costs associated with any products or technologies that we may in-license or acquire.

Other than our collaboration agreements, we have no other committed sources of capital. Until we can generate a sufficient amount of product revenue to finance our cash requirements, if ever, we expect to finance our future cash needs primarily through equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be or could be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders. Our Loan Agreement with Oxford involves, and any future debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through other collaborations or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates to third parties that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Cash Flows

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2019      2020  

Net cash provided by (used in)

     

Operating activities from continuing operations

   $ (15,906    $ (29,931

Operating activities from discontinued operations

     (4,291      1,913  

Investing activities from continuing operations

     (279      (204

Investing activities from discontinued operations

     8,212        (859

Financing activities

     9,755        79,886  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (2,509    $ 50,805  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Cash used by operating activities from continuing operations was $15.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to cash used in operating activities of $29.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase of $14.0 million was primarily the result of the increase in net loss between periods of $14.4 million.

Investing Activities

Including the operations of PLI, net cash provided by investing activities was $7.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to net cash used in investing activities $1.1 million during the year ended

 

- 91 -


Table of Contents

December 31, 2020. This change primarily was the result of $8.9 million cash obtained in connection with the acquisition of PLI.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $9.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to $79.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. During 2019, we received $9.8 million from the sale of shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs. During 2020, we received $73.8 million from the issuance of our Series C and D-1 convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs and $7.5 million from proceeds under the Loan Agreement with Oxford.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments at December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More
than

5 Years
 

Operating sublease obligations(1)

   $ 960      $ 960      $ —        $ —        $ —    

Long-term debt obligations and final payment(2)

     9,750        608        8,211        931     

Non-cancellable purchase obligations(3)

     509        509        —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,219      $ 2,077      $ 8,211      $ 931      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents monthly payments under our operating sublease obligations which relate to our corporate headquarters in San Diego, California. We lease approximately 40,000 square feet of office and laboratory space under an operating sublease that expires in December 2021, with an option to extend for an additional year.

(2)

We will make principal and interest payments to Oxford in accordance with the required payment schedule.

(3)

Represents non-cancellable purchase commitments related to purchase of laboratory equipment and professional services.

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business for contract research services, contract manufacturing services, professional services and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination after a notice period, and, therefore, are cancellable contracts and not included in the table above.

The table above does not include any additional potential royalty payments we may be required to make under license agreements we have entered into pursuant to which we have in-licensed certain intellectual property. See the section entitled “Business—License and Collaboration Agreements” for additional information. The timing of when these additional payments will actually be made is uncertain and the payments are contingent upon the completion of future activities.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined under rules and regulations of the SEC.

Critical Accounting Polices and Estimates

This management discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial

 

- 92 -


Table of Contents

statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities revenue and expenses.

On an ongoing basis, we evaluate these estimates and judgments. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates and assumptions form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to understanding and evaluating our historical and future performance.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606). In accordance with ASC 606, we perform the following steps in determining the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized as we fulfill our obligations under each of these agreements: (i) identification of the promised goods or services in the contract; (ii) determination of whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when, or as satisfy each performance obligation. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606, we assess the goods or services promised within each contract and determine those that are performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. We then recognize as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.

For collaboration arrangements, we consider a variety of factors in determining the appropriate estimates and assumptions under these arrangements, such as whether the elements are distinct performance obligations, whether there are observable stand-alone prices, and whether any licenses are functional or symbolic. We evaluate each performance obligation to determine if it can be satisfied and recognized as revenue at a point in time or over time. Typically, license fees, non-refundable upfront fees, and funding of research activities are considered fixed, while milestone payments are identified as variable consideration which must be evaluated to determine if it is constrained and, therefore, excluded from the transaction price. We estimate the amount of variable consideration using the most likely amount, as milestone payments typically only have two possible outcomes. We recognize revenue for sales-based royalty promised in exchange for the license of intellectual property only when the subsequent sale occurs.

We may allocate transaction price using a number of methods including estimating standalone selling price of performance obligations and using the residual approach when the standalone selling price of the license is highly variable or uncertain, and observable standalone selling prices exist for the other goods or services promised in the contract.

With respect to our assessment of the Takeda and Falk Agreements, we identified one performance obligation for each deliverable under the agreement since the delivered elements are not distinct within the context of the contract. Accordingly, we will recognize revenue for the transaction price in an amount proportional to the collaboration expenses incurred and the total estimated collaboration expenses over the period over which it expects to deliver its performance obligations. We included certain milestones in the transaction price as they were deemed not probable of significant reversal at the inception of the agreement. Due to the uncertainty in the achievement of the developmental and commercial milestones, the variable consideration associated with these future milestone payments has been fully constrained (excluded) from the transaction price until such time that we conclude that it is probable that a significant reversal of previously recognized revenue will not occur.

 

- 93 -


Table of Contents

Amounts received prior to satisfying the above revenue recognition criteria were recognized as deferred revenue until all applicable revenue recognition criteria were met. Deferred revenue represented the portion of payments received that have not been earned.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense represents the cost of the grant date fair value of equity awards recognized over the requisite service period of the awards (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. We estimate the fair value of stock option awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and recognize forfeitures as they occur.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of stock options, the expected dividend yield and the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require judgment to develop. See Note 8 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information concerning certain of the specific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options granted in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. Stock-based compensation totaled approximately $0.2 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

As of December 31, 2020, the unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options was $4.0 million which is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.6 years. The intrinsic value of all outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2020 was approximately $41.3 million, based on the assumed public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, of which approximately $8.1 million related to vested options and approximately $33.2 million related to unvested options.

Common Stock Valuations

We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our equity awards when performing fair value calculations. The fair value of the common stock underlying our equity awards was determined on each grant date by our board of directors, taking into account input from management and independent third-party valuation analyses. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant, based on the information known to us on the date of grant. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, on each grant date we develop an estimate of the fair value of our common stock in order to determine an exercise price for the option grants. Our determinations of the fair value of our common stock were made using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (the Practice Aid).

Our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors, along with input from management, to determine the fair value of our common stock, including:

 

   

valuations of our common stock performed with the assistance of independent third-party valuation specialists;

 

   

our stage of development and business strategy, including the status of research and development efforts of our product candidates, and the material risks related to our business and industry;

 

   

our results of operations and financial position, including our levels of available capital resources;

 

   

the valuation of publicly traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

   

the lack of marketability of our common stock as a private company;

 

- 94 -


Table of Contents
   

the prices of our convertible preferred stock sold to investors in arm’s length transactions and the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

trends and developments in our industry; and

 

   

external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors.

The Practice Aid prescribes several valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, income and market approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its common stock. The cost approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the cost of reproducing or replacing the property less depreciation and functional or economic obsolescence, if present. The income approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the present value of future cash flows that are reasonably reflective of our future operations, discounting to the present value with an appropriate risk adjusted discount rate or capitalization rate. The market approach is based on the assumption that the value of an asset is equal to the value of a substitute asset with the same characteristics. Each valuation methodology was considered in our valuations.

Historically, we estimated the enterprise value of our business and underlying stock option grants using the back-solve method, the income and market approach, and used the Option Pricing Method (OPM) to allocate enterprise value. The back-solve method is a market approach that assigns an implied enterprise value based on the most recent round of funding or investment and allows for the incorporation of the implied future benefits and risks of the investment decision assigned by an outside investor. Under OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options. We believed the OPM was the most appropriate method at that time given the expectation of various potential liquidity outcomes and the difficulty of selecting and supporting appropriate enterprise values given our early stage of development. In August 2020, we changed to a hybrid of the OPM and Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method (PWERM). The PWERM is a scenario-based analysis that estimates the value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class. Under this hybrid method, we considered the expected initial public offering liquidity scenario, but also used the OPM to capture all other scenarios in the event a near-term initial public offering does not occur.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of our common stock. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to complete an initial public offering or other liquidity event and the determination of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per common share could have been significantly different.

Following the completion of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be based on the closing price as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

Accrued Research and Development Costs

We are required to make estimates of our accrued expenses resulting from our obligations under contracts with CROs, manufacturers, vendors and consultants, in connection with conducting research and development activities. The financial terms of these contracts vary from contract to contract and may result in payment flows that do not match the periods over which materials or services are provided under such contracts. We reflect research and development expenses in our financial statements by matching those expenses with the period in which services and efforts are expended.

 

- 95 -


Table of Contents

We account for these expenses according to the progress of the preclinical study as measured by the timing of various aspects of the study or related activities. In accruing for these activities, we obtain information from various sources and estimates level of effort or expense allocated to each period. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, if our estimates of the status and timing of services performed differ from the actual status and timing of services performed, it could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have been no material differences between our estimates of such expenses and the amounts actually incurred.

Other Company Information

Net Operating Loss and Research and Development Carryforwards and Other Income Tax Information

As of December 31, 2020, we had federal and state net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of $50.1 million and $9.8 million, respectively. The net operating losses generated subsequent to 2017 will carryforward indefinitely and may generally be used to offset up to 80% of future taxable income. The state NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2036, unless previously utilized.

As of December 31, 2020, we also had federal and state research credit carryforwards of $1.8 million and $1.7 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credit carryforwards expire beginning in 2030 unless previously utilized, and the state research and development tax credit carryforwards do not expire. We have not completed a Section 382 study to assess whether an ownership change has occurred or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since our formation due to the complexity and cost associated with such a study and the fact that there may be additional such ownership changes in the future. Pursuant to Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, annual use of our NOL and research and development tax credit carryforwards may be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period.

New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

See Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for accounting pronouncements not yet adopted.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Our cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in readily available checking accounts and money market accounts. We do not hold any short-term investments. As a result, the fair value of our portfolio is relatively insensitive to interest rate changes. Due to the nature of our cash and cash equivalents, an immediate hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair value of our cash and cash equivalents. Our long-term debt bears interest at a fixed rate.

JOBS Act

As an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, we can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. We also intend to rely on other exemptions provided by the JOBS Act, including without limitation, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion; (iii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the

 

- 96 -


Table of Contents

second fiscal quarter of such year; or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt securities during the prior three year period.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In connection with the audits of our 2019 and 2020 annual consolidated financial statements, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal controls due to a lack of controls in the financial closing and reporting process, including a lack of segregation of duties and documentation and design of formalized processes and procedures in the revenue cycle. Beginning in the third quarter of 2020, we began to take steps to address the material weakness through our remediation plan, which included the hiring of a Chief Financial Officer and the engagement of external advisors to provide financial accounting assistance in the short term. We have plans to hire additional personnel to improve the segregation of duties in our financial closing and reporting process. In addition, we plan to engage external advisors to evaluate and document the design and operating effectiveness of our internal controls and assist with the remediation and implementation of our internal controls as required. We are evaluating the longer-term resource needs of our various financial functions. See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering—We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to remediate one or more of our material weaknesses, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results could be adversely affected.”

 

- 97 -


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a biotechnology company pioneering a precision medicine approach to the discovery, development, and commercialization of novel therapeutic and companion diagnostic products for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). We leverage our proprietary precision medicine platform, Prometheus360, which includes one of the world’s largest gastrointestinal (GI) bioinformatics databases, to identify novel therapeutic targets and develop therapeutic candidates to engage those targets. In parallel, we are developing companion diagnostic tests designed to identify patients more likely to respond to our therapeutic candidates. We have generated a robust pipeline of therapeutic development programs for the treatment of IBD. Our lead product candidate, PRA023, is an IgG1 humanized monoclonal antibody (mAb) that has been shown to block the tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-like ligand 1A (TL1A), a target associated with both intestinal inflammation and fibrosis that was clinically validated in a third-party Phase 2a clinical trial in ulcerative colitis (UC). PRA023 has the potential to substantially improve outcomes for moderate-to-severe IBD patients predisposed to increased TL1A expression. We are developing PRA023 for the treatment of UC and Crohn’s disease (CD), and initiated a Phase 1a clinical trial in normal healthy volunteers in December 2020. Our goal is to revolutionize the treatment of IBD with a precision medicine approach for patients with significant unmet medical needs.

Inflammatory Bowel Disease

IBD is a complex disease with many contributing factors, including genetic, environmental and immunologic. UC and CD are two of the most common forms of IBD. Both UC and CD are chronic, relapsing, remitting, inflammatory conditions of the GI tract that begin most commonly during adolescence and young adulthood. UC involves the innermost lining of the large intestine, and symptoms include abdominal pain and diarrhea, frequently with blood and mucus. CD can affect the entire thickness of the bowel wall and all parts of the GI tract from mouth to anus. CD symptoms include abdominal pain, diarrhea, and other more systemic symptoms such as weight loss, nutritional deficiencies, and fever.

The current standard of care for the treatment of patients with moderate-to-severe IBD is typically anti-inflammatory agents; however, none of these therapies address fibrosis, or scarring, in IBD. The majority of IBD patients do not respond to first-line anti-TNF agents. Since the approval of the first anti-TNF agent for the treatment of CD in 1998, the availability of JAK inhibitors and newer biological agents, including anti-integrin and anti-IL12/23, has improved the care of moderate-to-severe IBD (JAK inhibitors in UC only). However, these subsequently approved therapies have generally failed to demonstrate a clinical remission effect size of more than 15% relative to placebo. Moreover, among those patients who do respond to therapy, up to 45% will lose response over time. Likewise, therapies under development have not demonstrated improved remission rates over previously approved therapies. Current therapies used for the treatment of UC and CD apply a one-size-fits-all approach without regard to biologic variations amongst patients, and substantial unmet need remains.

IBD is estimated to affect over 2,000,000 people in the United States and over 5,000,000 people globally. The IBD market was approximately $12.5 billion in the United States and $18.4 billion globally in 2019 and is expected to grow to approximately $14.2 billion in the United States and $21.4 billion globally by 2024. Based in part on patient cohort data for our companion diagnostic product candidate, we estimate this product candidate will identify an increased level of TLIA expression in over 30% of IBD patients. The IBD market is highly concentrated, with four therapeutic products accounting for 75% of global revenues.

Our Precision Medicine Approach

Precision medicine involves the discovery and development of therapies that integrate clinical and molecular information based on the biological basis of disease to improve clinical decision-making and patient

 

- 98 -


Table of Contents

outcomes. We are pioneering the application of precision medicine in IBD because we believe that by leveraging Prometheus360 we can identify novel therapeutic targets impacting the underlying pathways involved in IBD and the patient subgroups that will be responsive to a particular therapy.

We believe we have the potential to transform the entire IBD pharmaceutical value chain from discovery to commercialization with our precision medicine approach. Our Prometheus360 platform includes our extensive clinical database and associated biobank, which is one of the world’s largest collections of biospecimens from patients suffering from IBD and other GI disorders. This database and biobank, which we exclusively license from Cedars-Sinai Medical Center (Cedars-Sinai), includes more than 200,000 samples linked to extensive clinical data from over 20,000 patients collected over more than 20 years. This, in combination with our state-of-the-art machine-learning methodologies, make Prometheus360 a discovery engine for novel precision therapeutics and companion diagnostics. IBD clinical development programs can take up to seven to ten years to complete and physicians are often challenged with the task of enrolling patients from a limited pool of qualified candidates into a large number of trials with undifferentiated mechanisms of action. By using companion diagnostics to target a specific subset of the IBD population, we expect to reduce overall development time and cost through smaller trials and faster enrollment rates. We believe our precision medicine approach will result in a greater likelihood of identifying and developing the right drug for the right patient, help to maximize patient and trial outcomes, improve label claims, accelerate adoption of targeted therapeutics for addressable patients and provide attractive treatment options from a cost-benefit perspective for payors.

Our Portfolio

We have a robust pipeline of therapeutic development programs to address several clinical IBD patient subpopulations, and plan to develop a companion diagnostic for each program. The following table summarizes our key current internal and partnered programs.

 

 

LOGO

PRA023 Overview—anti-TL1A mAb

Our lead product candidate, PRA023, is an IgG1 humanized mAb that has been shown to block TL1A. Third-party antibody programs against this target have been shown to reduce both intestinal inflammation and fibrosis in preclinical studies. The TL1A target has been clinically validated in that a third-party Phase 2a 14-week open-label study in patients with moderate-to-severe UC observed a high proportion of patients (38%) achieving endoscopic improvement and 24% of patients achieved clinical remission. PRA023 binds both soluble and membrane-associated human TL1A with high affinity and specificity and has the potential to substantially improve outcomes for moderate-to-severe IBD patients predisposed to increased TL1A expression. We are developing PRA023 for the treatment of UC and CD, and initiated a Phase 1a clinical trial in normal healthy volunteers in December 2020. Assuming favorable safety results in this trial, we expect to commence in parallel in the third quarter of 2021 a Phase 2 randomized placebo-controlled clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe UC and an open-label Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe CD, with data expected in the second half of 2022 for both indications. We are also developing a genetic-based companion

 

- 99 -


Table of Contents

diagnostic to identify patients who are predisposed to increased expression of TL1A and therefore potentially more likely to respond to PRA023. We intend to evaluate and use this companion diagnostic starting with the Phase 2 UC trial and the Phase 1b CD trial.

PR600 Overview—anti-TNF Super Family Member mAb

Our PR600 program targets a member of the TNF super family. This target, expressed by immune cells, engages a receptor and drives downstream biological pathways distinct from those activated by TNF or TL1A. It has been shown that blocking this target inhibits disease in multiple third-party IBD animal models. We believe that a therapeutic developed against this target is likely to impede both the reactivation and propagation of the pathogenic immune response in IBD. We have identified multiple genetic variants linked to patient subpopulations with a complicated course of disease. We have conducted functional genetic studies in patient samples and have identified genetic variations associated with an increase in target expressing immune cells in CD peripheral blood and an increased capacity to produce inflammatory cytokines. We intend to leverage Prometheus360 in combination with functional assays to identify patients with these genetic variants. We entered into a co-development and manufacturing agreement (the Falk Agreement) with Dr. Falk Pharma GmbH (Falk) for our PR600 program, in order to leverage Falk’s experience in GI drug development and commercialization in Europe. Under this agreement, we granted to Falk exclusive commercialization rights in Europe, Australia and New Zealand, while we retained commercialization rights in the United States and the rest of the world for therapeutics developed from our PR600 program. We expect to submit an IND for a therapeutic candidate from the PR600 program in the second half of 2022.

PR300 Overview—GPCR Modulator Small Molecule

Our PR300 program targets an orphan G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR) expressed predominantly in the GI tract that we believe has important functions underlying intestinal epithelial integrity and innate immune cell function. We have identified a coding single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) in the gene of this target that represents a very strong genetic association with UC. Through further datamining, we have also identified multiple additional genetic variants that are associated with both UC and CD. These variants are linked to hard-to-treat clinical patient subpopulations, including those with medically refractory UC and perianal CD.

PR1800 Overview—anti-Chemokine mAb

Our PR1800 program targets a chemo-attractant factor which contributes to the local accumulation of a defined inflammatory effector cell population in the GI tract. Factors secreted by these effector cells are believed to deteriorate the structure and protective functions of the intestinal mucosal barrier. We have identified multiple SNPs in the gene locus of this target that are associated with both UC and CD. These variants include coding SNPs and are linked to hard-to-treat clinical patient subpopulations.

PR2100 Overview—anti-Inflammatory Cytokine mAb

Our PR2100 program targets a cytokine implicated in a range of inflammatory and fibrotic diseases. In IBD specifically, this cytokine has been implicated to contribute to non-response to anti-TNF therapies. We have identified multiple SNPs in the gene locus of this target that are associated with both UC and CD. In CD in particular, these variants are linked to ileal disease and extra-intestinal manifestation of disease in the skin.

Other Development Programs and Takeda-Partnered Program

We have several other programs with different mechanisms of action targeting UC and/or CD that are in the discovery stage of development. We also continue to evaluate numerous other drug targets identified through Prometheus360 for therapeutic utility for potential drug discovery development. In addition, we have a strategic collaboration with Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited (Takeda), pursuant to which we will collaborate with Takeda to develop a companion diagnostic for one or more therapeutic candidates developed by Takeda for the treatment of UC and CD.

 

- 100 -


Table of Contents

Our Team and Investors

Our team is comprised of leaders and scientists with significant experience in IBD and other GI diseases, data analytics, biology and drug development. Mark McKenna, our President and Chief Executive Officer, was previously President at Salix Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Bausch Health Companies Inc., where he was responsible for the company’s GI franchise and launched several new products. Other members of our management team have served in senior positions at AbbVie Inc., Bayer AG, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Genentech, Inc., GlaxoSmithKline plc, Pfizer Inc., Sanofi S.A. and Takeda. We are also guided by our board of directors, led by Chairman Tadataka (Tachi) Yamada, M.D., and a scientific advisory board composed of key opinion leaders in IBD, including Stephan Targan, M.D., William Sandborn, M.D. and Dermot P. McGovern, M.D., Ph.D.

In addition, we are backed by leading life sciences investors, including Eventide Asset Management, RTW Investments, LP, Perceptive Advisors, Cormorant Capital, Cowen Healthcare Investments, Point72 Asset Management, Irving Investors, Ascend Global Investment Fund, Cedars-Sinai Medical Center and Nestlé S.A.

Our Strengths

We believe that our company has the following key differentiating competitive strengths:

 

   

We use a novel precision medicine approach to target the IBD market, which is primed for disruption. Current therapies used for the treatment of IBD apply a one-size-fits-all approach without regard to biologic variations amongst patients. We, on the other hand, apply a novel precision medicine approach by analyzing genetics and functional genomics to discover novel targets in order to address the heterogeneity of the IBD population and potentially improve patient outcomes substantially. Our approach builds on the recent successes of companies that employ precision medicine approaches in other therapeutic areas such as oncology. The global IBD market is projected to be over $21 billion by 2024, but there still exists a significant unmet medical need due to the heterogeneous nature of the IBD patient population.

 

   

Our proprietary Prometheus360 platform is a discovery engine for novel precision therapeutics and companion diagnostics. A central pillar of Prometheus360 is our extensive clinical database and associated biobank, one of the world’s largest collections of biospecimens from patients suffering from IBD and other GI disorders. This database and biobank, which we exclusively license from Cedars-Sinai, includes more than 200,000 samples linked to extensive clinical data from over 20,000 patients collected over more than 20 years. This, in combination with our state-of-the-art machine-learning methodologies, makes Prometheus360 a discovery engine for novel precision therapeutics and companion diagnostics. To date, Prometheus360 has generated multiple other precision medicine targets that we are interrogating for therapeutic utility and other criteria to consider advancing into the discovery stage of development.

 

   

Our lead product candidate, PRA023, targets a clinically validated TL1A pathway and has the potential to be a differentiated treatment with improved patient outcomes. PRA023 is an anti-TL1A mAb that targets both inflammation and fibrosis in IBD, whereas currently approved therapies only directly target inflammation. Using our precision medicine approach with a companion diagnostic, PRA023 has the potential to substantially improve patient outcomes by combining a clinically-validated pathway with the ability to identify patients more likely to respond favorably to the treatment.

 

   

Our platform has attracted partnerships with leading global pharmaceutical companies in the field of IBD. The strength of Prometheus360 has already led to collaborations with Takeda and Falk. We intend to leverage these global pharmaceutical organizations to expand the reach of our Prometheus360 platform and potentially accelerate the clinical development of precision medicine in IBD for patients with significant unmet medical need.

 

- 101 -


Table of Contents
   

We have assembled an experienced team comprised of industry leaders with drug discovery, development, and commercialization expertise. Our team is comprised of leaders and scientists with significant experience in IBD and other GI diseases, data analytics, biology and drug development.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to revolutionize the treatment of IBD with a precision medicine approach for patients with significant unmet medical needs. The key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are:

 

   

Maximize the value of our Prometheus360 precision medicine platform for the treatment of IBD. Prometheus360 serves as our drug discovery and development engine. We have generated a robust pipeline of therapeutic development programs for the treatment of IBD in a capital and time efficient manner and are designing and developing companion diagnostics. We intend to continue leveraging our platform to generate additional new targets, novel therapeutics and companion diagnostics, and to further advance our pipeline of precision therapeutic candidates.

 

   

Advance PRA023 through the clinic and potentially accelerate its development by utilizing our companion diagnostic to identify patients expected to benefit from treatment. PRA023 targets the TL1A pathway, which was clinically validated in a third-party Phase 2a clinical trial in UC, and has the potential to significantly improve the quality of life of IBD patients by targeting both inflammation and fibrosis. By developing a companion diagnostic in parallel, we expect to be able to identify patients who may specifically benefit from PRA023. Through this patient identification, we believe PRA023 has the potential to lead to improved patient outcomes. We are developing PRA023 for the treatment of UC and CD, and initiated a Phase 1a clinical trial in normal healthy volunteers in December 2020. Assuming favorable safety results in this trial, we expect to commence in parallel in the third quarter of 2021 a Phase 2 randomized placebo-controlled clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe UC and an open-label Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe CD, with data expected in the second half of 2022 for both indications.

 

   

Explore additional indications for PRA023. Because PRA023 targets both inflammation and fibrosis, additional indications in dermatology, respiratory or liver disease may benefit from therapeutic intervention by such an approach. We plan to investigate the use of PRA023 in additional indications outside of IBD to fully explore its potential.

 

   

Advance our other programs, including PR600, into and through the clinic. We have a robust pipeline of additional programs for the treatment of IBD, including PR600, which we believe can address additional unmet medical need. By utilizing Prometheus360, we believe we will be able to identify subsets of IBD patients who will differentially benefit from our product candidates. We intend to submit an IND for a therapeutic candidate from the PR600 program in the second half of 2022.

 

   

Continue leveraging Prometheus360 to expand our pipeline to address additional patient subpopulations. We continue to identify and stratify IBD patients into disease subpopulations with our Prometheus360 platform and companion diagnostics. This will provide us the opportunity to develop additional product candidates designed to address the unmet need of additional patient subpopulations. We will continue to strengthen our datamining and machine-learning capabilities to further enhance our platform.

 

   

Selectively enter into strategic collaborations to maximize the value of our therapeutic pipeline. For our PRA023 program, we intend to retain worldwide development and commercialization rights and use the intellectual property rights that we exclusively in-license from Cedars-Sinai related to the program. We will continue to explore business development opportunities to maximize the value of the novel targets and therapeutic candidates developed through our Prometheus360 platform. For example, in 2019 we entered into a companion diagnostics and development collaboration with Takeda to use Prometheus360 to develop companion diagnostics in tandem with Takeda’s therapeutic discovery efforts. Additionally, in 2020 we entered into the Falk Agreement in order to leverage Falk’s experience in GI drug development and commercialization in Europe for our PR600 program.

 

- 102 -


Table of Contents

Limitations of Current IBD Drug Development

Despite the increasing global burden of IBD, the lack of evolution and innovation in drug development has left many patients with suboptimal outcomes. While there are many programs and mechanisms of action in development for IBD, nearly all are primarily focused on inflammation, and multiple programs are pursuing the same well established targets and pathways. Efficacy of approved treatments and therapies in development has remained undifferentiated since the approval of the first anti-TNF product for use in IBD. With the large number of therapies in clinical development and the undifferentiated landscape, there is intense competition for the limited pool of qualified patients for clinical trials, leading to very slow recruitment. As a consequence of the slow recruitment rate and the large studies required due to small treatment effect, clinical development in IBD has become costly and slow. We believe our ability to select patients with a higher probability of response to a specific therapy will enable smaller, faster, and less costly studies and allow for targeted recruitment in this crowded IBD development landscape.

Given the heterogeneous nature of IBD, there is a growing need for the development of predictive biomarkers and companion diagnostics that can be used to identify those patients more likely to benefit from a specific therapeutic. Although there are product candidates with predictive biomarkers in development for IBD, there is no therapy approved with a companion diagnostic that predicts whether an IBD patient will respond to a specific therapeutic.

Attempts to identify new, targeted therapeutics for IBD through the use of publicly available clinical datasets have been hampered by the significant challenges associated with generating high-volume and high-quality data in a standardized manner from these datasets. Furthermore, while post-hoc analysis of clinical trial data can be helpful to retrospectively understand patient responses to particular therapeutics, the ability to use these data for understanding pathway pathogenesis in IBD or target discovery for IBD is limited.

 

- 103 -


Table of Contents

Our Prometheus360 Precision Medicine Platform

We believe we have overcome these challenges by utilizing Prometheus360 to identify potential targeted treatments for IBD patients. We deploy the following three main components of Prometheus360 to stratify the overall, heterogeneous IBD patient population into biologically homogeneous subgroups: (1) our high-density clinical data; (2) our large collection of GI biospecimens; and (3) our advanced data analytics capabilities. We believe this allows us to identify novel drug targets which can be used to develop product candidates designed to be effective in the specific IBD patient subpopulations we have identified.

 

 

LOGO

Prometheus360 includes our extensive clinical database and associated biobank, which is one of the world’s largest collections of biospecimens from patients suffering from IBD and other GI disorders. This database and biobank, which we exclusively license from Cedars-Sinai, includes more than 200,000 samples linked to extensive clinical data from over 20,000 patients collected over more than 20 years. Clinical data sources included in Prometheus360 include electronic medical records, imaging data, clinical chemistry, pathology records and serologies. As such, clinical history, response to therapy and longitudinal data are available to us for analysis. In addition to clinical data, we have access to relevant, well-annotated patient samples for translational validation of therapeutic targets to help guide therapeutic development. Stored biorepository patient samples available to us include tissue biopsies (either from endoscopy or from surgery), serum/plasma, DNA, RNA, peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC), lamina propria mononuclear cells (LPMC), stool and mesenteric adipose tissue. For many patients, we have multiple types of samples collected over multiple years. Samples from Prometheus360 are routinely interrogated by deep molecular profiling including SNP genotyping, whole exome sequencing, RNA sequencing, metabolomics and microbiomics. In addition to this large, well-annotated IBD cohort of data and biosamples, Prometheus360 also contains samples derived from independent cohorts and samples, which we believe gives us a competitive advantage in the discovery and development of our novel drug targets, therapeutic candidates and companion diagnostics.

Prometheus360 incorporates advanced datamining and bio-analytical capabilities that we employ to uncover insights about immunological pathways that drive IBD, while providing a holistic view of the biology surrounding potential targets. We apply machine-learning algorithms to our clinical data and molecular profiling data to reveal disease-related trends, patterns and associations that are more reflective of what happens at a molecular level in a complex disease like IBD. Unlike traditionally employed strategies such as relying on genome-wide association studies (GWAS) alone, our bioinformatics approach allows us to discover and examine

 

- 104 -


Table of Contents

the joint effects of multiple genetic variants in key inflammatory pathways that contribute to the development and progression of IBD. As a consequence, our approach allows us to create complex algorithm-based and proprietary companion diagnostic products that we use to identify patients likely to benefit from our product candidates.

Altogether, Prometheus360 provides what we believe to be a unique ability to discover and develop novel precision medicine therapeutics that have the potential to lead to substantially improved patient outcomes in IBD.

Advantages of Our Prometheus360 Precision Medicine Platform

We believe Prometheus360 can potentially revolutionize the drug development and treatment paradigm for IBD patients by identifying patients more likely to respond favorably to treatment. We believe our platform has several key advantages, including:

 

   

Potential to offer improved patient outcomes. IBD treatments approved and in development are largely undifferentiated and primarily target inflammation, resulting in a suboptimal clinical remission rate. We believe the ability to combine new mechanisms of action discovered through our platform and a novel patient selection approach utilizing companion diagnostics will allow for better patient outcomes. To realize this advantage, we are developing precision therapeutic candidates with companion diagnostics to address multiple targets and pathways in IBD.

 

   

Reduced trial costs and development timelines. IBD clinical development programs can take up to seven to ten years to complete and physicians are often challenged with the task of enrolling patients from a limited pool of qualified candidates into a large number of trials with undifferentiated mechanisms of action. We believe Prometheus360 has the potential to significantly reduce development time and cost and improve traditionally slow enrollment rates by allowing for the design of smaller clinical trials through the targeting of pre-identified patients more likely to respond to a therapeutic candidate. We believe our approach will enable pre-screening at a large network of sites with genotyped patients and motivate investigators to prioritize enrolling eligible patients in a trial with a therapy that addresses a target patient subpopulation, thereby also improving traditionally slow enrollment rates.

 

   

Potential to drive physician and payor adoption of our therapeutic product candidates. Our platform and approach will potentially offer physicians the ability to prescribe specific treatments for each individual, which we believe will lead to improved patient outcomes. We believe this will help drive physician adoption of our therapeutic product candidates. In addition, we believe our approach will be attractive to payors seeking to maximize overall cost-benefit and enhance our ability to more rapidly and effectively obtain payor coverage for any approved product we develop.

IBD and Market Opportunity Overview

IBD is a chronic relapsing and remitting inflammatory disease of the GI tract. It is a complex disease with many contributing factors, including genetic, environmental and immunologic. IBD typically onsets during adolescence and young adulthood and is diagnosed based on clinical, laboratory, endoscopy and histopathology and/or imaging findings. The IBD market was approximately $12.5 billion in the United States and $18.4 billion globally in 2019 and is expected to grow to approximately $14.2 billion in the United States and $21.4 billion globally by 2024.

UC and CD are the two most common types of IBD. UC causes long-lasting inflammation and ulcers in the digestive tract and affects the innermost lining of the large intestine (colon) and rectum. UC is debilitating and can lead to life-threatening complications. There are no treatments that cure UC and patients often require life-long treatment. Symptoms include diarrhea, bloody stools, abdominal pain and cramping, urgency to defecate, inability to defecate despite urgency, weight loss, fatigue, and fever. Chronic inflammation associated with UC

 

- 105 -


Table of Contents

puts a patient at increased risk of developing colon cancer. UC affects an estimated 926,000 people in the United States and 2,750,000 people globally. The UC market was approximately $4.2 billion in the United States and $6.2 billion globally in 2019 and is expected to grow to approximately $5.4 billion in the United States and $8.3 billion globally by 2024.

CD also causes long-lasting inflammation and ulcers in the digestive tract. It differs from UC in that it affects the entire thickness of the bowel wall and all parts of the digestive tract from mouth to anus. There are no treatments that cure the disease and patients often require life-long treatment. Symptoms include diarrhea, fever, fatigue, abdominal pain and cramping, bloody stools, mouth sores, reduced appetite and weight loss, and pain or drainage near or around the anus due to development of fistula from the inflammation. CD affects an estimated 1,157,000 people in the United States, and 2,446,000 people globally. The development of abnormal narrowing of the digestive tract, known as strictures is common and is the leading indication requiring surgical intervention. Up to 70% of CD patients develop a stricturing or perforating complication, and the use of anti-inflammatory agents over the past decade has not materially changed the rate of need for surgical resection due to stricturing disease. The CD market was approximately $8.4 billion in the United States and $12.2 billion globally in 2019 and is expected to grow to approximately $8.8 billion in the United States and $13.1 billion globally by 2024.

IBD Current Treatments and Limitations

Medical treatment of IBD is typically divided into two types of therapy: induction and maintenance. Induction therapy is used to reduce inflammation quickly (in three months or less) and maintenance therapy is used to sustain that reduction after three months. Patients with IBD are classified as mild, moderate or severe, based on the level of symptoms experienced, inflammatory biomarkers, and severity of disease on endoscopy. The current standard of care for the treatment of patients with moderate-to-severe IBD is typically anti-inflammatory agents.

Aminosalicylates (5-ASAs) are used as a first-line therapy in mild-to-moderate UC. Corticosteroids are used primarily during induction therapy and are effective for reducing symptoms but not for mucosal healing. There are serious side effects with extended corticosteroid use, including lowered quality of life, bone loss, weight gain and cardiovascular complications. Because of these serious long-term safety concerns, corticosteroids are used primarily as a bridge to manage symptoms until immunomodulators or biologic agents become effective and enable mucosal healing. Oral immunosuppressants (e.g. azathioprine and 6-mercatopurine) have not been effective as induction agents and are generally used for steroid-sparing or as an adjunctive therapy for reducing immunogenicity against biologic agents. Oral immunosuppressants are also associated with known toxicities such as drops in white blood cell counts and increased risk for infection.

Since the approval of the first anti-TNF agent for the treatment of CD in 1998, the availability of JAK inhibitors and newer biological agents, including anti-integrin and anti-IL12/23, has improved the care of moderate-to-severe IBD (JAK inhibitors in UC only), but these are all anti-inflammatory agents and have safety and tolerability concerns, including increased risks for cancers, infections and blood clots due to their systemic impact and resulting effects on the immune system outside of the GI tract. More importantly, these subsequently approved therapies have generally failed to demonstrate a clinical remission effect size of more than 15% relative to placebo. Moreover, among those patients who do respond to therapy, up to 45% will lose response over time. As a consequence, despite the advances in approved therapies over the past two decades, more than 15% of UC and 50% of CD patients require surgery within 10 years of diagnosis. The most common cause of surgery in UC is progressive disease not responsive to medical therapy and in CD it is development of strictures and/or perforation, requiring surgical resection of the intestine. The only novel mechanism of action that is currently in late stage clinical development is oral S1P modulators, which are also anti-inflammatory agents.

While fibrosis and stricturing are common in CD, clinically observable colonic strictures have also been reported in up to 11% of patients with UC, and we believe microscopic submucosal fibrosis is actually much more prevalent in UC patients than reported. In a study that examined 89 consecutive UC colectomy specimens

 

- 106 -


Table of Contents

from Cleveland Clinic, submucosal fibrosis was detected in 100% of the specimen. Microscopic evidence of fibrosis in the colonic wall may have significant clinical implications such as motility abnormalities leading to symptoms such as diarrhea, abdominal pain, urgency and incontinence. It has long been speculated that intestinal fibrosis may be the underlying cause of persistent UC symptoms, after the resolution of inflammation, that is commonly misclassified as irritable bowel syndrome.

Current treatment of IBD applies a one-size-fits-all approach without regard to genetic or biological variations in patients. We believe there must be a paradigm shift towards developing specific therapies for patients whose disease is driven by a specific biology. To date, we believe there are no clinical stage programs focused on integrating precision therapeutics with companion diagnostics to overcome the limitations of a one-size-fits-all treatment approach for IBD. Additionally, despite the advances in anti-inflammatory therapeutics for the treatment of UC and CD over the past two decades, fibrosis in these patients has largely not been addressed by therapy, representing an area of high unmet need. There is currently no therapy approved or under development that directly targets the reversal of fibrosis in IBD.

Our Solutions for the Treatment of IBD

PRA023 (anti-TL1A mAb) + Companion Diagnostic

Utilizing our precision medicine approach, we have developed our lead product candidate, PRA023, which is an investigational, IgG1 humanized mAb that has been shown to block TL1A. Third-party antibody programs against this target have been shown to reduce both intestinal inflammation and fibrosis in preclinical studies, and this target has been clinically validated in a third-party Phase 2a clinical trial in UC. PRA023 binds both soluble and membrane-associated human TL1A with high affinity and specificity and has the potential to substantially improve outcomes for moderate-to-severe IBD patients predisposed to increased TL1A expression. PRA023 binds to a novel epitope that differentiates it from other anti-TL1A mAbs in clinical development. We are developing PRA023 for the treatment of UC and CD, and initiated a Phase 1a clinical trial in healthy volunteers in December 2020. Assuming favorable safety results in this trial, we expect to commence in parallel in the third quarter of 2021 a Phase 2 randomized placebo-controlled clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe UC and an open-label Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe CD, with data expected in the second half of 2022 for both indications.

We are developing a genetic-based companion diagnostic to identify patients who are predisposed to increased expression of TL1A and therefore potentially more likely to respond to PRA023. We intend to evaluate and use this companion diagnostic starting with the Phase 2 UC trial and the Phase 1b CD trial. We believe this approach will lead to reduced development costs and timelines, and ultimately lead to improved patient outcomes.

 

- 107 -


Table of Contents

TL1A as an IBD drug target—potential to address not only inflammation but also fibrosis

 

 

LOGO

Much of the early research and development on anti-TL1A therapy has focused on the TL1A-DR3 pathway with regards to regulation of inflammation. More recently, however, the potential for TL1A as a therapeutic target in intestinal fibrosis was demonstrated in a study conducted by Cedars-Sinai evaluating the effect of anti-TL1A antibodies in mouse models of IBD. In these studies, the authors used two mouse models of chronic colitis: adoptive T cell transfer and chronic DSS. In both models, a neutralizing TL1A mAb or an isotype control Ab was administered two times per week in mice (T cell transfer n=14; DSS n=28) with an established colitis. In both disease models, treatment with the TL1A mAb led to statistically significant reduction in colonic collagen deposition levels compared to mice that received the isotype control Ab (p<0.01), suggesting that blocking TL1A signaling not only prevented progression of colonic fibrosis, but also reversed established fibrosis to similar levels measured prior to the onset of inflammation. We believe there is currently no other anti-fibrotic therapy approved for CD. Thus, intestinal fibrosis mediated by increased levels of TL1A in the gut, continues to remain an area of high unmet medical need in IBD and differentiates the TL1A pathway mechanism of action from other approved therapies.

In the description of the preclinical studies above and clinical trial below, a p-value represents the probability that random chance caused the result. For example, a p-value of 0.001 means that there is a 0.1% probability that the difference between the control group and the treatment group is purely due to random chance. A p-value of less than or equal to 0.05 is a commonly used threshold for identifying statistically significant outcomes. The FDA’s evidentiary standard of efficacy when evaluating the results of a clinical trial generally relies on a p-value of less than or equal to 0.05.

TL1A—a clinically-validated drug target in UC

Pfizer’s TL1A compound (PF-06480605) was studied in a Phase 2a 14-week open-label study in 50 patients with moderate-to-severe UC, with inclusion criteria that did not select patients with companion diagnostic markers. The study observed a high proportion of patients (38%) achieving endoscopic improvement (defined as a Mayo endoscopic subscore of 0 or 1 and without friability) with endoscopies read at an independent reading center, statistically significant compared to a historical placebo rate of 6% in a pre-specified analysis (p<0.001). In addition, 24% of subjects achieved clinical remission (defined as a total Mayo score £ 2 with no individual subscore > 1), statistically significant compared to the historical placebo rate (p<0.0001). The Mayo score is used to assess disease activity in UC and measures stool frequency, rectal bleeding, endoscopic findings and physician global assessment. Lastly, substantial decreases in disease biomarkers (fecal calprotectin and high sensitivity c-reactive protein) were observed with early onset of action at weeks 2 to 4, a faster onset and response compared to the current standard of care. Treatment was generally well-tolerated. Serious adverse events were reported in three participants, one of which, alopecia (hair loss), was considered treatment-related. We believe these results clinically validate TL1A as a target in UC.

 

- 108 -


Table of Contents

Preclinical Studies of PRA023

PRA023 is an investigational, humanized IgG1 mAb that uses a novel epitope relative to PF-006480605 and potently binds human and cynomolgus monkey TL1A. PRA023 has sub-nanomolar binding affinity to soluble TL1A and nanomolar affinity to membrane-associated TL1A. In in vitro studies, PRA023 blocked TL1A’s ability to bind and activate its receptor, DR3. In whole blood, PRA023 inhibited the TL1A-dependent IFN-g response following the ex vivo exposure to immune-complex and a combination of IL-12 and IL-18. Additionally, PRA023 was observed to be highly selective for TL1A with no detectable binding to related TNF super family members FAS, LIGHT, or TRAIL.

We assessed the potential toxicity of PRA023 in a series of nonclinical in vitro assays and in vivo studies in cynomolgus monkeys. The monkey was selected as a pharmacologically relevant nonclinical species because of similar TL1A protein sequence homology and nearly equivalent binding affinity of PRA023 to monkey TL1A, as compared to human. PRA023 is similarly active in monkey and human in vitro cell-based assays.

PRA023 has been engineered to remove the potential for the mAb to induce an immune response. In non-good laboratory practice (GLP) cell-based in vitro assays, PRA023 treatment did not lead to antibody- or cell-mediated cytotoxicity or cytokine release from peripheral blood cells thus indicating that it was not provoking an undesired immune response.

In a non-GLP tolerability and pharmacokinetic (PK) study, cynomolgus monkeys (1/sex/group) were administered PRA023 intravenous (IV) at 30, 100 and 243 mg/kg/week on Days 1 and 8 and subsequently followed for approximately 11 weeks to assess systemic exposure of PRA023. There were no PRA023-related clinical observations or changes in body weight, clinical chemistry, or hematology parameters. PK measurements suggested that PRA023 has a long half-life of 5 to 11 days, which is consistent with human IgG1 in monkeys.

A GLP study was performed to evaluate the potential toxicity, including immunotoxicity, of PRA023 and associated systemic exposure after six weeks of once-weekly dosing (7 total doses) in cynomolgus monkeys. PRA023 was administered IV (bolus) to male and female monkeys (3/sex/group) at doses of 0 (vehicle control), 30, 100, or 300 mg/kg/week. Recovery animals (2/sex/group) were administered 0 or 300 mg/kg/week of PRA023. The clinically relevant no observed adverse effect level (NOAEL) in this study was determined to be 300 mg/kg/week (the highest dose tested). There were findings observed that were secondary to generation of anti-drug antibodies (ADA) in response to administration of a humanized monoclonal antibody including a single death in the 30 mg/kg group and minimal vascular inflammation, which was the only finding that was considered adverse. All findings were fully reversible after a 6-week recovery period except for perivascular infiltrates, which persisted minimally in only a few tissues at 300 mg/kg/week, and minimal glomerulopathy noted in one recovery female at 300 mg/kg/week. ADA-related findings observed in nonclinical animal toxicity studies with human monoclonal antibodies generally are not considered relevant to humans. In December 2020, the FDA accepted our IND for PRA023, which included our toxicology data, and we began a Phase 1a clinical study in normal healthy volunteers.

A six-month repeat-dose monkey toxicity study is currently ongoing to evaluate the potential for chronic dosing in our planned future upcoming UC and CD studies.

Our Companion Diagnostic Product Candidate for PRA023

TL1A was one of the first targets shown by GWAS to be genetically associated with risk of developing IBD in a diverse patient population. Peripheral blood cells from patients carrying the TNFSF15 polymorphism risk SNPs produce higher levels of TL1A than those without the risk-associated polymorphism, suggesting this polymorphism may provide a means to identify patients with TL1A-driven disease and who are thus more likely to respond to anti-TL1A therapy. We are developing a genetic-based, 3-SNP polymerase chain reaction assay as a companion diagnostic for PRA023. In establishing our 3-SNP genomic biomarker set, we utilized machine-

 

- 109 -


Table of Contents

learning algorithms that, in contrast to traditional GWAS methodologies, allow us to take into account complex, non-linear genomic interactions that drive complex biology such as IBD. Our approach also prioritizes combinations that correlate with high TL1A pathway activity and not merely all patients with an observed set of symptoms. As of January 31, 2021, we have tested our companion diagnostic product candidate in approximately 300 IBD patients recruited from Cedars-Sinai and U.S. community IBD centers and have identified over 30% of these patients as having increased TL1A expression with a positive predictive value of over 85%. A positive predictive value is the probability that subjects with a positive screening test actually have increased TL1A expression.

Clinical Development Plan for PRA023

We are developing PRA023 for the treatment of UC and CD, and initiated a Phase 1a clinical trial in normal healthy volunteers in December 2020. Assuming favorable safety results in this trial, we expect to commence in parallel in the third quarter of 2021 a Phase 2 randomized placebo-controlled clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe UC and an open label Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe CD, with data expected in the second half of 2022 for both indications. Concurrently with these clinical trials, we expect to submit an investigational device exemption (IDE) application for our companion diagnostic for PRA023 in the second half of 2022.

The Phase 1a clinical trial is a single-center, double-blind, placebo-controlled safety, tolerability and PK study in normal healthy volunteers receiving IV administration of PRA023. The single ascending dose (SAD) phase of the trial consists of 8 subjects (6 active and 2 placebo) per cohort with up to 6 dose levels. The multiple ascending dose (MAD) phase of the trial commenced in March 2021 after favorable tolerability results were observed in the first three cohorts of the SAD phase. The MAD phase will consists of 8 subjects (6 active and 2 placebo) per cohort with up to 5 dose levels. The trial will evaluate the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics of single and multiple doses of PRA023 via IV administration as well as the PK of PRA023 after single and multiple doses in healthy, ambulatory, non-smoking, male or female volunteers aged 18 to 60 years. In addition, the trial will determine the effects of PRA023 on pharmacodynamic (PD) markers as well as the exposure-response relationship of PRA023 on PD markers. We expect final results from this trial in the fourth quarter of 2021.

PR600 Program

Our PR600 program targets a member of the TNF super family, whose expression is limited to immune cells. It has been shown that blocking this target inhibits disease in multiple third-party IBD animal models. We believe that a therapeutic developed against this target is likely to impede both the reactivation and propagation of the pathogenic immune response in IBD. We have identified multiple genetic variants linked to patient subpopulations with a complicated course of disease. We have conducted functional genetic studies in patient samples and have identified genetic variations associated with an increase in target expressing immune cells in CD peripheral blood and an increased capacity to produce inflammatory cytokines. We intend to leverage Prometheus360 in combination with functional assays to identify patients with these genetic variants. We entered into the Falk Agreement in order to leverage Falk’s experience in GI drug development and commercialization in Europe. Under this agreement, we granted to Falk exclusive commercialization rights in Europe, Australia and New Zealand, while we retained commercialization rights in the United States and the rest of the world for therapeutics developed from our PR600 program. We expect to submit an IND for a therapeutic candidate from the PR600 program in the second half of 2022.

PR300 Program

Our PR300 program targets an orphan GPCR expressed predominantly in the GI tract that we believe has important functions underlying intestinal epithelial integrity and innate immune cell function. We have identified

 

- 110 -


Table of Contents

a coding SNP in the gene of this target that represents a very strong genetic association with UC. Through further datamining, we have also identified multiple additional genetic variants that are associated with both UC and CD. These variants are linked to hard-to-treat clinical patient subpopulations, including those with medically refractory UC and perianal CD.

PR1800 Program

Our PR1800 program targets a chemo-attractant factor which contributes to the local accumulation of a defined inflammatory effector cell population in the GI tract. Factors secreted by these effector cells are believed to deteriorate the structure and protective functions of the intestinal mucosal barrier. We have identified multiple SNPs in the gene locus of this target that are associated with both UC and CD. These variants include coding SNPs and are linked to hard-to-treat clinical patient subpopulations.

PR2100 Program

Our PR2100 program targets a cytokine implicated in a range of inflammatory and fibrotic diseases. In IBD specifically, this cytokine has been implicated to contribute to non-response to anti-TNF therapies. We have identified multiple SNPs in the gene locus of this target that are associated with both UC and CD. In CD in particular, these variants are linked to ileal disease and extra-intestinal manifestation of disease in the skin.

Intellectual Property

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain, maintain and protect intellectual property and other proprietary rights for our current and future product candidates, novel discoveries, product development technologies, patient enrichment strategies and companion diagnostics, and know-how, to operate without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property and proprietary rights of others, and to prevent others from infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property and proprietary rights. We seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing or exclusively in-licensing U.S. and foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and potential in-licensing of intellectual property to develop and maintain our proprietary position.

As for the therapeutic product candidates we are developing and seeking to commercialize, we intend to pursue composition and therapeutic method of use patents, dosage formulation patents, and therapeutic use patents on novel indications. For our therapeutic product candidates that are biologics, and more particularly monoclonal antibodies, we also intend to seek protection for epitopes, amino acid and nucleotide sequences, and other claims conventionally used to protect aspects of therapeutic biological agents. As for diagnostic and prognostic products and product candidates, we intend to pursue methods of use patents on novel patient selection methods for our therapeutic candidates and known compounds, and novel patient stratification criteria useful in the prognosis or diagnosis of disease. We may also pursue patents with respect to our proprietary screening and drug development processes and technology. We may also seek patent protection, either alone or jointly with our collaborators, as our collaboration agreements may dictate.

Our patent portfolio as of March 1, 2021 includes approximately 11 issued U.S. patents, 19 pending U.S. non-provisional patent applications and 24 pending U.S. provisional patent applications with claims relating to all of our product candidates, all of which are owned or in-licensed by us. We own one of the issued U.S. patents and own or co-own approximately seven of the pending U.S. non-provisional patent applications. We license approximately 10 of the issued U.S. patents, as well as 12 of the pending U.S. non-provisional patent applications. Our patent portfolio as of February 18, 2021 also includes approximately 10 pending Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) applications and certain foreign counterparts of approximately 15 of the aforementioned U.S. patents and U.S. patent applications in at least one of the following foreign countries:

 

- 111 -


Table of Contents

Argentina, Australia, Canada, China, Japan, South Korea, Taiwan and countries within the European Patent Convention, with claims relating to all of our product candidates.

With respect to our lead therapeutic product candidate, PRA023, we own or license two issued U.S. patents, four pending U.S. non-provisional patent applications and six pending U.S. provisional patent applications in nine different patent families relating to the composition of PRA023 and its therapeutic use, as well as two pending U.S. non-provisional patent applications and three pending U.S. provisional patent applications related to the companion diagnostic for PRA023. In addition, our non-U.S. patent portfolio directed to the composition of PRA023 and its companion diagnostic includes two pending PCT applications and foreign counterparts in foreign countries, including Argentina, Australia, Taiwan, Japan, Laos, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Brunei, Canada, Cambodia, Hong Kong, Korea, China, Indonesia, New Zealand, Venezuela, as well as countries within the European Patent Convention. As of February 18, 2021, we expect the expiry dates for the issued U.S. patents for the composition of PRA023 to be 2037 for the first patent family, and 2039 for the second patent family, without taking into account any possible patent term adjustment or extensions and assuming payment of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees. As of February 18, 2021, we co-own and license from Cedars-Sinai one pending U.S. non-provisional patent application related to patient selection for our PR600 program. In addition, we co-own one pending U.S. provisional patent application related to the composition of matter of PR600. As of February 18, 2021, we expect any U.S. non-provisional patent application timely filed based on this provisional application, if issued, to expire no earlier than 2042, in each case without taking into account any possible patent term adjustment or extensions and assuming payment of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees. As of February 18, 2021, we own one pending U.S. non-provisional patent application and three pending U.S. provisional patent applications, as well as one pending PCT application, related to the composition of matter for our PR300 program. As of February 18, 2021, we expect the expiry dates for such patent applications related to PR300, if issued, to be no earlier than 2040, without taking into account any possible patent term adjustment or extensions and assuming payment of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees.

Provisional patent applications are not eligible to become issued patents until, among other things, we file a non-provisional patent application within 12 months of filing of one or more of our related provisional patent applications. Moreover, PCT patent applications are not eligible to become an issued patent until, among other things, we file one or more national stage patent applications within, depending on the country, 30 to 32 months of the PCT application’s priority date in the countries in which we seek patent protection. If we do not timely file any non-provisional patent applications or national stage patent applications, we may lose our priority date with respect to our provisional patent applications or PCT patent applications and any patent protection on the inventions disclosed in our provisional patent applications. While we intend to timely file non-provisional patent applications relating to our provisional patent applications and national stage patent applications relating to our PCT patent applications, we cannot predict whether any such patent applications will result in the issuance of patents that provide us with any competitive advantage.

Individual issued patents extend for varying periods depending on the date of filing of the patent application or the date of patent issuance and the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained. Generally, utility patents issued for applications filed in the United States are granted a term of 20 years from the earliest effective filing date of a non-provisional patent application. The term of a patent, and the protection it affords, is therefore limited and once the patent term of our issued patents have expired, we may face competition, including from other competing technologies. Because of the extensive time required for clinical development and regulatory review of a drug we may develop, it is possible that, before any of our product candidates can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby reducing any advantage of any such patent.

In addition, in certain instances, a U.S. patent term can be extended to recapture a portion of the term effectively lost as a result of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) regulatory review period or delay by the USPTO in issuing the patent. However, with respect to patent term extensions granted as a result of the FDA

 

- 112 -


Table of Contents

regulatory review period, the restoration period cannot be longer than five years, the total patent term including the restoration period must not exceed 14 years following FDA approval, only one patent applicable to each regulatory review period may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug or a method for using it may be extended. We may not receive an extension if we fail to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, fail to apply within applicable deadlines, fail to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise fail to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the length of the extension could be less than we request. There can be no assurance that we will benefit from any patent term extension or favorable adjustment to the term of any of our patents.

The duration of foreign patents varies in accordance with provisions of applicable local law, but typically is also 20 years from the earliest effective filing date. However, the actual protection afforded by a patent varies on a product by product basis, from country to country, and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, the availability of regulatory related extensions, the availability of legal remedies in a particular country and the validity and enforceability of the patent. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property, third parties, including our competitors, may be able to use our technologies to produce and market drugs or diagnostic and/or prognostic products in direct competition with us and erode our competitive advantage. The patent positions of biotechnology and pharmaceutical products and processes like those we may develop and commercialize are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions that may diminish our ability to protect our intellectual property. For more information regarding risks related to our intellectual property, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Rapidly evolving patent laws in the United States and elsewhere make it difficult to predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents. Moreover, patent offices in general can require that patent applications concerning pharmaceutical and/or biotechnology-related inventions be limited or narrowed substantially to cover only the specific innovations exemplified in the patent application, thereby limiting the scope of protection against competitive challenges. Thus, even if we are able to obtain patents, the patents may be substantially narrower than anticipated.

Our ability to maintain and defend our intellectual property and proprietary position for our products, product candidates and other technologies will depend on our success in obtaining effective claims and enforcing those claims once granted. We do not know whether any of the patent applications that we may file or license from third parties will result in the issuance of any patents. The issued patents that we own, may receive in the future, or license from third parties may be challenged, invalidated, held unenforceable, narrowed or circumvented, and the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with proprietary protection or competitive advantages against third parties, including our competitors, with similar technology. Furthermore, third parties, including our competitors, may be able to independently develop and commercialize similar drugs or products, or duplicate our technology, business model or strategy without infringing our patents.

Trade Secrets

We also rely upon unpatented trade secrets and know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop, protect and maintain our competitive position and aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not presently consider appropriate for, patent protection and prevent competitors from reverse engineering or copying our technologies. However, the foregoing rights are difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary information, in part, using confidentiality agreements with our commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants and invention assignment agreements with our employees. We also have confidentiality agreements or invention assignment agreements with our commercial partners and selected consultants. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information and, in the case of the

 

- 113 -


Table of Contents

invention assignment agreements, to grant us ownership of technologies that are developed through a relationship with a third party. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. There can be no assurance that these agreements will be self-executing or otherwise provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other intellectual property or proprietary information. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by third parties, including our competitors. To the extent that our commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions. For more information regarding risks related to our trade secrets, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Collaboration and License Agreement Overview

Our Collaboration with Cedars-Sinai Medical Center

In September 2017, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Cedars-Sinai that grants us an exclusive, worldwide license from Cedars-Sinai with respect to certain patent rights, information and materials related to therapeutic targets and companion diagnostic products for the diagnosis and treatment of IBD, in each case to conduct research and development, as well as to commercialize diagnostic or therapeutic products (Cedars-Sinai Products) that are covered by the patents or that are developed through use of the licensed rights. The technology subject to the foregoing license includes information and materials arising out of the Cedars-Sinai database and biobank, as well as exclusive access to this database and biobank to develop diagnostic and therapeutic products for human use, which biobank is an integral part of our Prometheus360 platform. All of our current pipeline programs and any related companion diagnostics, as well as any diagnostic products we develop under the Takeda collaboration agreement discussed below, are all covered as Cedars-Sinai Products under the agreement, to the extent covered by the licensed patents or developed through the licensed rights. We were also granted an exclusive first right to negotiate with Cedars-Sinai to obtain exclusive licenses to future patent rights claiming inventions invented by certain Cedars-Sinai employees after the effective date of the agreement through any use of the patent rights and technology initially licensed to us by Cedars-Sinai. We have the right to sublicense our rights under the license agreement, subject to certain conditions. We are required to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize Cedars-Sinai Products and to achieve certain development and regulatory milestones.

As upfront consideration for the license agreement, we issued to Cedars-Sinai 257,500 shares of fully vested common stock and 335,000 shares of restricted common stock, which shares fully vested in September 2020. We are obligated to pay Cedars-Sinai low- to mid-single digit percentage royalties on net sales of therapeutic and diagnostic Cedars-Sinai Products.

The term of, and our royalty obligations under, the license agreement expires on a licensed Cedars-Sinai Product-by-Cedars-Sinai Product and country-by-country basis on the later of ten years from the date of first commercial sale or when there is no longer a valid patent covering such licensed Cedars-Sinai Product in such country. As of January 15, 2021, the estimated expiry date for the latest to expire valid patent will be November 2042, if issued. We may terminate the agreement in the event that we determine that it would not be commercially reasonable to continue to develop and/or commercialize Cedars-Sinai Products. Cedars-Sinai may terminate the agreement if the performance by either party would jeopardize Cedars-Sinai’s legal status or is illegal or unethical. In addition, either party may terminate the agreement in the event of an uncured material breach by the other party. The agreement will terminate automatically in the event of our bankruptcy. Upon termination of the agreement for any reason all rights and licenses granted to us under the agreement will terminate.

In March 2019, we entered into two additional exclusive license agreements with Cedars-Sinai, pursuant to which Cedars-Sinai granted us an exclusive license in certain additional patent rights related to the treatment of UC and CD, respectively. In consideration for each such license, we paid Cedars-Sinai an upfront license fee.

 

- 114 -


Table of Contents

Each agreement will terminate automatically in the event of our bankruptcy. Cedars-Sinai may terminate either agreement if the performance by either party would jeopardize Cedars-Sinai’s legal status or is illegal or unethical. In addition, either party may terminate either agreement in the event of an uncured material breach by the other party.

Our Collaboration with Takeda

In March 2019, we entered into the Takeda Agreement with Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Takeda. Pursuant to this agreement, we established a strategic collaboration pursuant to which we will develop a companion diagnostic product (Diagnostic Product) for one selected drug target, with the option for Takeda to select an additional drug target (each, a Collaboration Target), in support of development and potential commercialization by Takeda of any therapeutic clinical candidates that it develops in connection with the agreement directed against a Collaboration Target for the treatment of IBD (Takeda Drugs). The parties are obligated to use diligent efforts (as defined in the agreement) to perform their respective obligations under the agreement. With respect to each Collaboration Target, the parties have agreed to work exclusively with each other on the development and commercialization of the Diagnostic Product(s) for use with a specific Takeda Drug during the term of the agreement. We will be responsible for development and commercialization of the Diagnostic Product(s) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreement, while Takeda will be responsible for all future clinical development and commercialization of the Takeda Drug(s).

We own all right, title and interest in and to intellectual property arising out of the collaboration that relates to (i) methods of selecting patients for treatment, (ii) methods of treating those patients generally, and (iii) any assays or tests, including compositions used in, and methods of manufacturing, such assays or tests. Takeda owns all right, title and interest in and to intellectual property arising out of the collaboration that relates to a compound or the chemical genus thereof owned or controlled by Takeda, as well as formulations and methods of therapeutic use of such compound. We granted Takeda a non-exclusive, worldwide license under our relevant background intellectual property and certain intellectual property arising under the agreement as necessary to exploit Takeda Drugs for use with Diagnostic Products and to perform its obligations under the agreement. In addition, we granted Takeda an exclusive, worldwide license under certain intellectual property arising from the agreement that primarily relates to the Diagnostic Products to exploit the Takeda Drugs with the Diagnostic Products. Takeda granted us a worldwide, royalty-free license under Takeda’s background intellectual property and intellectual property arising under the agreement to develop and commercialize Diagnostic Products for use with Takeda Drugs, which license is non-exclusive other than with respect to certain arising intellectual property related to the Takeda Drugs and their use for this purpose, in which case it is exclusive.

Takeda paid us an upfront technology access fee of $1.5 million under the agreement, and is obligated to pay us a pre-specified amount to cover our internal development expenses for activities undertaken pursuant to a mutually agreed upon work plan under the agreement. Takeda is obligated to make future development and regulatory milestone payments to us of up to $47.9 million for each Collaboration Target, commercial milestone payments of up to $25 million in connection with each Collaboration Target for successful commercialization of the applicable Takeda Drug and the associated Diagnostic Product, and sales milestone payments of up to $75 million in connection with each Collaboration Target, provided that regulatory approval for the applicable Takeda Drug includes use of the associated Diagnostic Product. In addition, Takeda is obligated to pay us a low-single digit percentage royalty on net sales of all Takeda Drugs, which are subject to certain reductions, including in the case that the regulatory approval for the applicable Takeda Drug does not require use of the associated Diagnostic Product.

The term of, and royalty obligations under, the Takeda Agreement expires on a Takeda Drug-by-Takeda Drug and country-by-country basis on the later of (i) ten years from the date of first commercial sale, (ii) when there is no longer a valid patent covering a Takeda Drug in such country, and (iii) expiration of any applicable regulatory exclusivity for such Takeda Drug. Takeda may terminate the agreement, in whole or with respect to a given Collaboration Target, at any time with or without cause. We may terminate the agreement on a diagnostic

 

- 115 -


Table of Contents

product-by-diagnostic product or Target-by-Target basis in the case of lack of scientific merits or insurmountable technical challenges in developing such diagnostic products, or diagnostic products specific for such Collaboration Target generally, despite using diligent efforts (as defined in the agreement). In addition, either party may terminate the agreement in the event of an uncured material breach by, or bankruptcy of, the other party. Upon termination of the agreement, the licenses granted to each party by the other party under the agreement will terminate; except that if we terminate the agreement due to scientific or technical challenges, or Takeda terminates the agreement due to an uncured material breach by us, or bankruptcy of ours and Takeda opts to continue the development and commercialization of any Takeda Drug for use with the associated Diagnostic Product then if Takeda proceeds to commercialize any Takeda Drug for use with the associated Diagnostic Product after the termination of the agreement, any remaining Takeda payment obligations in connection with the associated Collaboration Target will be reduced by a specified percent.

If Takeda opts to commercialize a Takeda Drug independent of the associated Diagnostic Product(s), Takeda may request a target license that survives termination of this agreement. Under such target license, we will grant Takeda an exclusive, worldwide license to use the information with respect to the applicable target to develop, manufacture and commercialize such Takeda Drugs. Takeda is obligated to pay a low single-digit percentage royalty on sales of such Takeda Drug pursuant to such target license.

Our Collaboration with Falk

In July 2020, we entered into a co-development and manufacturing agreement (the Falk Agreement) with Dr. Falk Pharma GmbH (Falk), pursuant to which we will co-develop and commercialize, exclusively in our respective territories, therapeutic product candidates targeting members of the TNF super family for the treatment of UC and CD under our PR600 program. We will mutually agree with Falk on a development plan with respect to such products, and each party agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct such development activities. We will be responsible for regulatory approvals and commercialization of any products in the United States and the rest of the world, other than the Falk territory. Falk is responsible for regulatory approvals and commercialization of any products in the European Union, United Kingdom, Switzerland, the countries of the European Economic Area (excluding Malta and the Republic of Cyprus), Australia and New Zealand (Falk territory). Under the agreement, Falk agreed to fund 25% of our third party development costs set forth in the mutually agreed upon development plan.

Falk paid us an upfront payment in the low seven figures under the Falk Agreement, and made a second cash payment in a similar amount to us following our mutual agreement on the development plan. In addition, Falk is obligated to make future development milestone payments to us of up to $15 million, and to pay us a mid-single to low-double digit royalty on net sales of all products incorporating antibodies covered by the agreement in the Falk territory. We agreed to pay Falk a low-single digit royalty on net sales for such products in our territory. Any intellectual property, including know-how, owned by us, Falk, or our respective affiliates that existed prior to the effective date of the agreement or is generated during the term of the agreement, that is also necessary or useful to develop, manufacture, or commercialize the compounds and/or products that result from the collaboration, are jointly owned by us and Falk at a share of 75% for us and a 25% for Falk.

The term of, and our respective royalty obligations under, the agreement expires on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis on the later of (i) ten years from the date of first commercial sale, (ii) when there is no longer a valid patent covering a product in such country, or (iii) expiration of any applicable regulatory exclusivity for such product. As of January 12, 2021, the estimated expiry date for the latest to expire valid patent will be April 2039, if issued. Falk may terminate the agreement without cause, and either party may terminate the agreement for regulatory or scientific reasons. In the event of such termination, all licenses granted to the terminating party will cease and be transferred to the non-terminating party, and such non-terminating party will have access to the know-how and any other intellectual property controlled by the terminating party, if in existence as of the effective date of the agreement or during the term of the agreement, provided the know-how and other intellectual property is necessary or useful to develop, manufacture, or commercialize the therapeutic

 

- 116 -


Table of Contents

candidates under the PR600 program, subject to the obligation to pay the applicable royalties to the terminating party. In addition, either party may terminate the agreement in the event of an uncured material breach by, or bankruptcy of, the other party. In the event of such termination, the terminating party has the option to purchase the non-terminating party’s ownership share of any jointly owned intellectual property at a fair market price. Additionally, in the event of such termination for uncured material breach or bankruptcy: all rights of the terminating party granted under the agreement will be maintained and extended as required to develop, manufacture and commercialize the compounds and/or products that result from the collaboration for the remainder of the term, while any licenses granted to the non-terminating party shall terminate upon the effective date of termination and the obligation of each party to co-fund development will remain unaffected.

Our License Agreement with Alloy Therapeutics, LLC

In March 2020, we entered into a license agreement with Alloy Therapeutics, LLC (Alloy), pursuant to which Alloy granted us a non-exclusive license under Alloy’s patent and other intellectual property rights to use Alloy’s platform technology solely for antibody discovery, and to exploit products incorporating such antibodies discovered using Alloy’s platform technology (Alloy Products). In return, we granted to Alloy a non-exclusive license to certain data we generate under this agreement, solely for marketing Alloy’s platform technology and developing improvements to the same. We are using Alloy’s technology in connection with our PR600 development program. We paid Alloy a five-digit upfront fee, and the license is subject to a five-digit annual maintenance fee. In addition, we are obligated to make future milestone payments of up to $15.6 million per product. We have the right to sublicense our rights under the license agreement, subject to a one-time fee. The term of our access to the Alloy technology for new antibody discovery purposes expires two years from the effective date of the agreement. We may terminate the agreement for any or no reason. In addition, either party may terminate the agreement in the event of an uncured material breach by or bankruptcy of the other party. Our right to use and license to antibodies selected by us under the agreement survive any termination of the agreement, subject to the foregoing payment obligations.

Manufacturing

We do not own or operate, and currently have no plans to establish, any manufacturing facilities. We rely, and expect to continue to rely on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates and related raw materials for preclinical and clinical development, as well as for commercial manufacture of any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval. We believe there are multiple sources for all of the materials required for the manufacture of our product candidates and development programs. As our product candidates advance through development, we expect to enter into longer-term commercial supply agreements with key suppliers and manufacturers to fulfill and secure our production needs.

Sales and Marketing

We believe that we can maximize the value of our products by retaining substantial commercialization rights to our product candidates and companion diagnostics, and, where appropriate, entering into collaborations for specific therapeutic indications or geographic territories.

As we progress PRA023 and other development programs through clinical development, we will leverage the knowledge and experience of our sales team and company brand awareness to prepare for and implement a potential product launch.

We have global commercial rights to PRA023 and its companion diagnostic. Our current commercial strategy is to market PRA023 and its companion diagnostics using a dedicated sales force focused on selected gastroenterologists in the United States. These target prescribers are typically affiliated with leading hospitals and medical centers and tend to have well-established referral networks. We expect to benefit from preexisting relationships with many of these gastroenterology prescribers and believe that we can appropriately manage outreach and effectively commercialize PRA023 through a specialty care sales model.

 

- 117 -


Table of Contents

We retain rights similar to those for PRA023 for each of our unpartnered programs. For PR600, which is subject to the Falk collaboration, we have exclusively outlicensed commercialization rights to Falk in Europe, Australia and New Zealand. However, we retain commercial rights to our PR600 program in the United States and the rest of the world and plan to take a similar commercialization approach as with PRA023, if approved.

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our scientific knowledge, technology and development experience, our Prometheus360 platform and our pioneering culture provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Any therapeutic candidates and companion diagnostics that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing products and new products that may become available in the future.

Many of the companies against which we are competing or against which we may compete in the future have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize therapeutic products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, or companion diagnostics that are more effective, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of generic products. If our product candidates achieve marketing approval, we expect that they will be priced at a significant premium over competitive products.

The key competitive factors affecting the success of all of our therapeutic product candidates if approved, are likely to be efficacy, safety, convenience, price, the level competition, intellectual property protection and the availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

If approved for the treatment of patients with moderate-to-severe IBD, PRA023 and our other development programs would compete with Entyvio, which is an a4b7 integrin antibody marketed by Takeda, Humira, which is a TNF antibody marketed by AbbVie Inc., Stelara, which is an IL-12/IL-23 antibody marketed by Johnson & Johnson, Xeljanz, which is a JAK1 inhibitor marketed by Pfizer Inc., and Simponi, which is a TNF antibody marketed by Johnson & Johnson.

We are aware of several companies with product candidates in development for the treatment of patients with UC and/or CD, including Pfizer Inc.’s PF-06480605, Rinvoq, which is a JAK1 inhibitor being developed in Phase 3 clinical trials by AbbVie Inc., ozanimod, which is a S1P inhibitor being developed in Phase 3 clinical trials by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, etrolizumab, which is a b7 integrin being developed in Phase 3 clinical trials by F. Hoffman-La Roche AG, mirikizumab, which is an anti-IL-23 antibody being developed in Phase 3 clinical trials by Eli Lilly and Company, and filgotinib, a JAK1 inhibitor being developed in Phase 3 clinical

 

- 118 -


Table of Contents

trials by Gilead Sciences, Inc. We are also aware of additional product candidates in clinical trials by AbbVie Inc., Abivax SA, Amgen Inc., Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc., C.H. Boehringer Sohn AG & Ko. KG, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Celgene Corporation, Gilead Sciences, Inc., GlaxoSmithKline plc, Gossamer Bio, Inc., Incyte Corp., Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V., Landos Biopharma, Inc., Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., Theravance Biopharma, Inc., Applied Molecular Transport Inc., Pandion Therapeutics, Inc., RedHill Biopharma Ltd. and Seres Therapeutics, Inc.

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, marketing, post-approval monitoring and reporting, pricing, and export and import of diagnostic tests and pharmaceutical products such as those we are currently marketing and developing. The process of obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local, and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

U.S. Regulation of Diagnostic Tests and other Medical Devices

In the United States, the laws and regulations governing the marketing of diagnostic products are evolving, extremely complex, and in many instances, there are no significant regulatory or judicial interpretations of these laws and regulations. The Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FDCA) defines a medical device to include any instrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, in vitro reagent, or other similar or related article, including a component part, or accessory, intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, in man or other animals. Among other things, pursuant to the FDCA and its implementing regulations, the FDA regulates the research, testing, manufacturing, safety, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, premarket clearance or approval, marketing and promotion and sales and distribution of medical devices in the United States to ensure that medical products distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses.

PMA Pathway

We are developing companion diagnostics to be used in connection with our therapeutic product candidates, if approved. These companion diagnostics are regulated by the FDA as medical devices. The FDA categorizes medical devices into one of three classes—Class I, II, or III—based on the risks presented by the device and the regulatory controls necessary to provide a reasonable assurance of the device’s safety and effectiveness. Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s General Controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the Quality System Regulation (QSR) facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s General Controls, and special controls as deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. Special controls are established by the FDA for a specific device type and often include specific labeling provisions, performance metrics, and other types of controls that mitigate risks of the device (usually incorrect results for an in-vitro diagnostic device (IVD)). Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life sustaining, life supporting or some implantable devices, or devices that have a new intended use, or use advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device, are placed in Class III, requiring approval of an application for premarket approval (PMA). Some pre-amendment devices are unclassified, but are subject to the FDA’s premarket notification and clearance process in order to be commercially distributed.

Class III devices, including most companion diagnostics, generally require PMA approval before they can be marketed. Obtaining PMA approval requires the submission of “valid scientific evidence” to the FDA to

 

- 119 -


Table of Contents

support a finding of a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device. A PMA must provide complete analytical and clinical performance data and also information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling. Following receipt of a PMA, the FDA determines whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If the FDA accepts the application for review, it has 180 days under the FDCA to complete its review of a PMA, although in practice, FDA’s review often takes significantly longer, and can take up to several years. An advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. The FDA may or may not accept the panel’s recommendation. As part of the FDA’s review of a PMA, the FDA will typically inspect the manufacturer’s facilities for compliance with QSR requirements, which impose requirements related to design controls, manufacturing controls, documentation and other quality assurance procedures. The user fee costs and the length of FDA review time for obtaining PMA approval are significantly higher than for a 510(k) notification or a de novo classification.

The FDA will approve the new device for commercial distribution if it determines that the data and information in the PMA constitute valid scientific evidence and that there is reasonable assurance that the device is safe and effective for its intended use(s). The FDA may approve a PMA with post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution, and collection of long-term follow-up data from patients in the clinical study that supported PMA approval or requirements to conduct additional clinical studies post-approval. The FDA may condition PMA approval on some form of post-market surveillance when deemed necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and efficacy data for the device in a larger population or for a longer period of use. In such cases, the manufacturer might be required to follow certain patient groups for a number of years and to make periodic reports to the FDA on the clinical status of those patients. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in material adverse enforcement action, including withdrawal of the approval.

Certain changes to an approved device, such as changes in manufacturing facilities, methods, or quality control procedures, or changes in the design performance specifications, which affect the safety or effectiveness of the device, require submission of a PMA supplement. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as a PMA, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel. Certain other changes to an approved device require the submission of a new PMA, such as when the design change causes a different intended use, mode of operation, and technical basis of operation, or when the design change is so significant that a new generation of the device will be developed, and the data that were submitted with the original PMA are not applicable for the change in demonstrating a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness.

We expect that any companion diagnostics we develop, either alone or in collaboration with third parties, will require approval of a PMA before they can be marketed for use with a therapeutic product.

510(k) Notification Pathway

To obtain 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must submit a premarket notification demonstrating to the FDA’s satisfaction that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to another legally marketed device that itself does not require PMA approval (a predicate device). A predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to premarket approval, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device) and for which a PMA is not required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device that was found substantially equivalent through the 510(k) process. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to twelve months, but often takes longer. FDA may require additional information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. In addition, the FDA collects user fees for certain medical device submissions and annual fees and for medical device establishments.

 

- 120 -


Table of Contents

If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to a lawfully marketed predicate device, it will grant 510(k) clearance to authorize the device for commercialization. If the FDA determines that the device is “not substantially equivalent” to a previously cleared device, the device is automatically designated as a Class III device. The device sponsor must then fulfill more rigorous PMA requirements, or can request a risk-based classification determination for the device in accordance with the de novo process, which is a route to market for novel medical devices that are low to moderate risk and are not substantially equivalent to a predicate device, discussed below.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, PMA approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires submission of a 510(k) or a PMA in the first instance, but the FDA can review any such decision and disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. Many minor modifications are accomplished by a “letter to file” in which the manufacturer documents the rationale for the change and why a new 510(k) is not required. However, if the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or request the recall of the modified device until 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approval is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, the manufacturer may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Over the last several years, the FDA has proposed reforms to its 510(k) clearance process, and such proposals could include increased requirements for clinical data and a longer review period, or could make it more difficult for manufacturers to utilize the 510(k) clearance process for their products. For example, in November 2018, FDA officials announced steps that the FDA intended to take to modernize the premarket notification pathway under Section 510(k) of the FDCA. Among other things, the FDA announced that it planned to develop proposals to drive manufacturers utilizing the 510(k) pathway toward the use of newer predicates. These proposals included plans to potentially sunset certain older devices that were used as predicates under the 510(k) clearance pathway, and to potentially publish a list of devices that have been cleared on the basis of demonstrated substantial equivalence to predicate devices that are more than 10 years old.

These proposals have not yet been finalized or adopted, and the FDA may work with Congress to implement such proposals through legislation. More recently, in September 2019, the FDA published revised final guidance outlining an optional “safety and performance based” premarket review pathway for manufacturers of “well-understood device types” to demonstrate substantial equivalence under the 510(k) clearance pathway, by demonstrating that such device meets objective safety and performance criteria established by the FDA, obviating the need for manufacturers to compare the safety and performance of their medical devices to specific predicate devices in the clearance process. The FDA maintains a list of device types appropriate for the “safety and performance based pathway” and has continued to develop product-specific guidance documents that identify the performance criteria for each such device type, as well as recommended the testing methods for such devices where feasible.

If no legally marketed predicate can be identified for a new device to enable use of the 510(k) pathway, the device is automatically classified under the FDCA into Class III, which generally requires PMA approval. However, the FDA can reclassify or seek de novo classification for a device that meets the FDCA standards for a Class I or Class II device, permitting the device to be marketed without PMA approval. To grant such a reclassification, the FDA must determine that the FDCA’s general controls alone, or general controls and special controls together, are sufficient to provide a reasonable assurance of the device’s safety and effectiveness. The de novo classification route is generally less burdensome than the PMA approval process.

De Novo Classification

Medical device types that the FDA has not previously classified as Class I, II or III are automatically classified under the FDCA into Class III regardless of the level of risk they pose. The Food and Drug

 

- 121 -


Table of Contents

Administration Modernization Act of 1997 established a route to market for low to moderate risk medical devices that are automatically placed into Class III due to the absence of a predicate device, called the “Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III Designation,” or the de novo classification procedure. This procedure allows a manufacturer whose novel device is automatically classified into Class III to request down-classification of its medical device into Class I or Class II on the basis that the device presents low or moderate risk, rather than requiring the submission and approval of a PMA application. Prior to the enactment of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act of 2012 (FDASIA) a medical device could be eligible for de novo classification only if the manufacturer first submitted a 510(k) premarket notification and received a determination from the FDA that the device was not substantially equivalent to a legally marketed predicate device. FDASIA streamlined the de novo classification pathway by permitting manufacturers to request de novo classification directly without first submitting a 510(k) premarket notification to the FDA and receiving a not substantially equivalent determination. If the manufacturer seeks reclassification into Class II, the manufacturer must include a draft proposal for special controls that are necessary to provide a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the medical device. In addition, the FDA may reject the request if it identifies a legally marketed predicate device that would be appropriate for a 510(k) notification, determines that the device is not low to moderate risk, or that general controls would be inadequate to control the risks and special controls cannot be developed. After a device receives de novo classification, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or efficacy, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, another de novo request or even PMA approval.

Investigational Device Exemption Process.

Clinical trials are almost always required to support a PMA and are sometimes required to support a 510(k) submission. All clinical investigations of investigational devices to determine safety and effectiveness must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s investigational device exemption (IDE) regulations which govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion of the investigational device, and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. If the device presents a “significant risk” to human health, the FDA requires the device sponsor to submit an IDE application to the FDA, which must become effective prior to commencing human clinical trials. A significant risk device is one that presents a potential for serious risk to the health, safety or welfare of a patient and either is implanted, used in supporting or sustaining human life, substantially important in diagnosing, curing, mitigating or treating disease or otherwise preventing impairment of human health, or otherwise presents a potential for serious risk to a subject. An IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory test results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA notifies the company that the investigation may not begin. If the FDA determines that there are deficiencies or other concerns with an IDE for which it requires modification, the FDA may permit a clinical trial to proceed under a conditional approval.

In addition, the study must be approved by, and conducted under the oversight of, an Institutional Review Board (IRB) for each clinical site. The IRB is responsible for the initial and continuing review of the IDE, and may pose additional requirements for the conduct of the study. If an IDE application is approved by the FDA and one or more IRBs, human clinical trials may begin at a specific number of investigational sites with a specific number of patients, as approved by the FDA. If the device presents a non-significant risk to the patient, a sponsor may begin the clinical trial after obtaining approval for the trial by one or more IRBs without separate approval from the FDA, but must still follow abbreviated IDE requirements, such as monitoring the investigation, ensuring that the investigators obtain informed consent, and labeling and record-keeping requirements. Acceptance of an IDE application for review does not guarantee that the FDA will allow the IDE to become effective and, if it does become effective, the FDA may or may not determine that the data derived from the trials support the safety and effectiveness of the device or warrant the continuation of clinical trials. An IDE supplement must be submitted to, and approved by, the FDA before a sponsor or investigator may make a change to the investigational plan that may affect its scientific soundness, study plan or the rights, safety or welfare of human subjects.

 

- 122 -


Table of Contents

During a study, the sponsor is required to comply with the applicable FDA requirements, including, for example, trial monitoring, selecting clinical investigators and providing them with the investigational plan, ensuring IRB review, adverse event reporting, record keeping, and prohibitions on the promotion of investigational devices or on making safety or effectiveness claims for them. The clinical investigators in the clinical study are also subject to FDA regulations and must obtain patient informed consent, rigorously follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of the investigational device, and comply with all reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Additionally, after a trial begins, we, the FDA or the IRB could suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the anticipated benefits.

Expedited Development and Review Programs for Medical Devices

Through recent federal legislation, the FDA has implemented a Breakthrough Devices Program, which is a voluntary program offering manufacturers of certain devices an opportunity to interact with the FDA more frequently and efficiently as they develop their products with the goal of expediting commercialization of such products to help patients have more timely access. The program is available to medical devices that meet certain eligibility criteria, including that the device provides more effective treatment or diagnosis of life-threatening or irreversibly debilitating diseases or conditions, and constitutes a device (i) that represents a breakthrough technology, (ii) for which no approved or cleared alternatives exist, (iii) that offer significant advantages over existing approved or cleared alternatives, or (iv) the availability of which is in the best interest of patients. Devices granted Breakthrough Device designation are eligible to rely on certain features of the Breakthrough Device Program, including interactive and timely communications with FDA staff, use of post-market data collection, when scientifically appropriate, to facilitate expedited and efficient development and review of the device, opportunities for efficient and flexible clinical study design and priority review of premarket submissions.

Postmarket Regulation of Medical Devices

After a device is cleared or approved by the FDA for marketing, numerous and pervasive regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

 

   

establishment registration and device listing with the FDA;

 

   

QSR requirements, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the design and manufacturing process;

 

   

labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of “off-label” uses of cleared or approved products;

 

   

requirements related to promotional activities;

 

   

clearance or approval of product modifications to 510(k)-cleared devices that could significantly affect safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in intended use of cleared devices, or approval of certain modifications to PMA-approved devices;

 

   

medical device reporting regulations, which require that a manufacturer report to the FDA if a device it markets may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned and the device or a similar device that it markets would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, if the malfunction were to recur;

 

   

correction, removal and recall reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;

 

   

The FDA’s recall authority, whereby the agency can order device manufacturers to recall from the market a product that is in violation of governing laws and regulations; and

 

- 123 -


Table of Contents
   

post-market surveillance activities and regulations, which apply when deemed by the FDA to be necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

Device manufacturing processes subject to FDA oversight are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods and the facilities and controls for the design, manufacture, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, distribution, installation and servicing of finished devices intended for human use. The QSR also requires, among other things, maintenance of a device master file, device history file, and complaint files. Manufacturers are subject to periodic scheduled or unscheduled inspections by the FDA. A failure to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements could result in the shut-down of, or restrictions on, manufacturing operations and the recall or seizure of products. The discovery of previously unknown problems with products, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of increasing severity or frequency, whether resulting from the use of the device within the scope of its clearance or off-label by a physician in the practice of medicine, could result in restrictions on the device, including the removal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory device recalls.

The FDA has broad regulatory compliance and enforcement powers. If the FDA determines that a manufacturer has failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it can take a variety of compliance or enforcement actions, including the following:

 

   

issuance of warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

   

requesting or requiring recalls, withdrawals, or administrative detention or seizure of our products;

 

   

imposing operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

   

refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approvals of new products or modified products;

 

   

withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

 

   

refusal to grant export approvals for our products; or

 

   

criminal prosecution.

FDA U.S. Regulation of Companion Diagnostics

If safe and effective use of a therapeutic depends on an IVD, then the FDA generally will require approval or clearance of that diagnostic, known as a companion diagnostic, at the same time that the FDA approves the therapeutic product. In August 2014, the FDA issued final guidance clarifying the requirements that will apply to approval of therapeutic products and in vitro companion diagnostics. According to the guidance, if the FDA determines that a companion diagnostic device is essential to the safe and effective use of a novel therapeutic product or indication, FDA generally will not approve the therapeutic product or new therapeutic product indication if the companion diagnostic device is not approved or cleared for that indication. Approval or clearance of the companion diagnostic device will ensure that the device has been adequately evaluated and has adequate performance characteristics in the intended population. The review of in vitro companion diagnostics in conjunction with the review of our therapeutic product candidates will, therefore, likely involve coordination of review by the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research or the FDA’s Center for Biologics Evaluations and Research and the FDA’s Center for Devices and Radiological Health Office of In Vitro Diagnostics and Radiological Health.

We currently anticipate that each of our therapeutic product candidates will require us to develop and obtain FDA approval of a companion diagnostic for such therapeutic product candidates.

U.S. Regulation of Drugs and Biologics

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the FDCA, and its implementing regulations, and biologics under the FDCA and the Public Health Service Act and its implementing regulations. FDA approval is

 

- 124 -


Table of Contents

required before any new unapproved drug or dosage form, including a new use of a previously approved drug, can be marketed in the United States. Drugs and biologics are also subject to other federal, state, and local statutes and regulations. The process required by the FDA before product candidates may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

   

completion of extensive preclinical laboratory tests and preclinical animal studies, all performed in accordance with GLP regulations;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical studies may begin and must be updated annually;

 

   

approval by an independent institutional review board (IRB) or ethics committee representing each clinical site before each clinical study may be initiated;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical studies in accordance with good clinical practice (GCP) requirements to establish the safety and efficacy, or with respect to biologics, the safety, purity and potency of the product candidate for each proposed indication;

 

   

preparation of and submission to the FDA of a new drug application (NDA) or biologics license application (BLA) after completion of all pivotal clinical studies;

 

   

potential review of the product application by an FDA advisory committee, where appropriate and if applicable;

 

   

a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of an NDA or BLA to file the application for review;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facilities where the proposed product drug substance is produced to assess compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMP) and audits of selected clinical trial sites to ensure compliance with GCP; and

 

   

FDA review and approval of an NDA or BLA prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the drug in the United States.

An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational new drug product to humans. The central focus of an IND submission is on the general investigational plan and the protocol or protocols for preclinical studies and clinical trials. The IND also includes results of animal and in vitro studies assessing the toxicology, PK, pharmacology and PD characteristics of the product, chemistry, manufacturing and controls (CMC) information, and any available human data or literature to support the use of the investigational product. An IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day period, raises safety concerns or questions about the proposed clinical trial. In such a case, the IND may be placed on clinical hold and the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns or questions before the clinical trial can begin. Submission of an IND therefore may or may not result in FDA authorization to begin a clinical trial.

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP, which includes the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical study. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A separate submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development and for any subsequent protocol amendments. Furthermore, an independent IRB for each site proposing to conduct the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial and its informed consent form before the clinical trial begins at that site, and must monitor the study until completed. Regulatory authorities, the IRB or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or that the trial is unlikely to meet its stated objectives. Some studies also include

 

- 125 -


Table of Contents

oversight by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical study sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board, which provides authorization for whether or not a study may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the study and may halt the clinical trial if it determines that there is an unacceptable safety risk for subjects or other grounds, such as no demonstration of efficacy. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing preclinical studies and clinical trials and clinical study results to public registries.

The clinical investigation of a drug is generally divided into three phases. Although the phases are usually conducted sequentially, they may overlap or be combined.

 

   

Phase 1. The investigational product is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition. These studies are designed to test the safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism and distribution of the investigational product in humans, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness.

 

   

Phase 2. The investigational product is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to evaluate the preliminary efficacy, optimal dosages and dosing schedule and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase 3 clinical trials.

 

   

Phase 3. The investigational product is administered to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the investigational product and to provide an adequate basis for product approval.

In some cases, the FDA may condition approval of an NDA or BLA for a product candidate on the sponsor’s agreement to conduct additional clinical studies after approval. In other cases, a sponsor may voluntarily conduct additional clinical studies after approval to gain more information about the drug. Such post-approval studies are typically referred to as Phase 4 clinical studies. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies may complete additional animal studies and develop additional information about the biological characteristics of the product candidate, and must finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product, or for biologics, the safety, purity and potency.

NDA and BLA Review Process

Assuming successful completion of all required testing in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements, the results of product development, nonclinical studies and clinical trials are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA or BLA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. The NDA or BLA must include all relevant data available from pertinent preclinical studies and clinical trials, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the product’s CMC and proposed labeling, among other things. Data can come from company-sponsored clinical studies intended to test the safety and effectiveness of the product, or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated and sponsored by investigators. The submission of an NDA or BLA requires payment of a substantial application user fee to the FDA, unless a waiver or exemption applies.

In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act (PREA) a NDA or BLA or supplement to an NDA or BLA must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the biological product candidate for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDASIA requires that a sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a drug or biological product that includes a new active ingredient, new

 

- 126 -


Table of Contents

indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration submit an initial pediatric study plan within sixty days after an end-of-Phase 2 meeting or as may be agreed between the sponsor and FDA. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA does not apply to any biological product for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted.

Within 60 days following submission of the application, the FDA reviews the submitted BLA or NDA to determine if the application is substantially complete before the agency accepts it for filing. The FDA may refuse to file any NDA or BLA that it deems incomplete or not properly reviewable at the time of submission and may request additional information. In this event, the NDA or BLA must be resubmitted with the additional information. Once an NDA or BLA has been accepted for filing, the FDA’s goal is to review standard applications within ten months after the filing date, or, if the application qualifies for priority review, six months after the FDA accepts the application for filing. In both standard and priority reviews, the review process may also be extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe and effective for its intended use and whether its manufacturing is sufficient to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. The FDA reviews a BLA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe, pure and potent and the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packed or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, purity and potency. When reviewing an NDA or BLA, the FDA may convene an advisory committee to provide clinical insight on application review questions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA or BLA, the FDA will typically inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA or BLA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. If the FDA determines that the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it will outline the deficiencies in the submission and often will request additional testing or information. Notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

After the FDA evaluates the NDA or BLA and conducts inspections of manufacturing facilities where the investigational product and/or its drug substance will be produced, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a Complete Response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response letter will describe all of the deficiencies that the FDA has identified in the NDA or BLA, except that where the FDA determines that the data supporting the application are inadequate to support approval, the FDA may issue the Complete Response letter without first conducting required inspections, testing submitted product lots and/or reviewing proposed labeling. In issuing the Complete Response letter, the FDA may recommend actions that the applicant might take to place the NDA or BLA in condition for approval, including requests for additional information or clarification. The FDA may delay or refuse approval of an NDA or BLA if applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, require additional testing or information and/or require post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor safety or efficacy of a product.

If regulatory approval of a product is granted, such approval will be granted for particular indications and may entail limitations on the indicated uses for which such product may be marketed. For example, the FDA may approve the NDA or BLA with a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) to ensure the benefits of the product outweigh its risks. A REMS is a safety strategy to manage a known or potential serious risk associated with a product and to enable patients to have continued access to such medicines by managing their safe use, and could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. The FDA also may condition approval on, among other things, changes to proposed labeling or the development of adequate controls and specifications. Once approved, the FDA may withdraw the product approval if compliance with pre- and post-

 

- 127 -


Table of Contents

marketing requirements is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the marketplace. The FDA may require one or more Phase 4 post-market studies and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization, and may limit further marketing of the product based on the results of these post-marketing studies.

Expedited Development and Review Programs for Drugs and Biologics

The FDA offers a number of expedited development and review programs for qualifying product candidates. The fast track program is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new products are eligible for fast track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. Fast track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a fast track product has opportunities for more frequent interactions with the review team during product development and, once an NDA or BLA is submitted, the product may be eligible for priority review. A fast track product may also be eligible for rolling review, where the FDA may consider for review sections of the NDA or BLA on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the NDA or BLA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the NDA or BLA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the NDA or BLA.

A product intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition may also be eligible for breakthrough therapy designation to expedite its development and review. A product can receive breakthrough therapy designation if preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs or biologics, may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The designation includes all of the fast track program features, as well as more intensive FDA interaction and guidance beginning as early as Phase 1 and an organizational commitment to expedite the development and review of the product, including involvement of senior managers.

Any marketing application for a biologic submitted to the FDA for approval, including a product with a fast track designation and/or breakthrough therapy designation, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite the FDA review and approval process, such as priority review and accelerated approval. A product is eligible for priority review if it has the potential to provide a significant improvement in the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a serious disease or condition. For new-molecular-entity NDAs and original BLAs, priority review designation means the FDA’s goal is to take action on the marketing application within six months of the 60-day filing date (as compared to ten months under standard review).

Additionally, products studied for their safety and effectiveness in treating serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions may receive accelerated approval upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of accelerated approval, the FDA will generally require the sponsor to perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical studies to verify and describe the anticipated effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit. Products receiving accelerated approval may be subject to expedited withdrawal procedures if the sponsor fails to conduct the required post-marketing studies or if such studies fail to verify the predicted clinical benefit. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product.

Fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation, priority review, and accelerated approval do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process. Even if a product

 

- 128 -


Table of Contents

qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened. We may explore some of these opportunities for our product candidates as appropriate.

Orphan Drug Designation

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biologic intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making available in the United States a drug or biologic for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the United States for that drug or biologic. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA or BLA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. The orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review or approval process.

If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusive approval (or exclusivity), which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications, including a full NDA or BLA, to market the same drug or biologic for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity or if the FDA finds that the holder of the orphan drug exclusivity has not shown that it can assure the availability of sufficient quantities of the orphan drug to meet the needs of patients with the disease or condition for which the drug or biologic was designated. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent the FDA from approving a different drug or biologic for the same disease or condition, or the same drug or biologic for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the NDA or BLA application user fee.

A designated orphan drug may not receive orphan drug exclusivity if it is approved for a use that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan designation. In addition, exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

Post-Approval Requirements for Drugs and Biologics

Any products manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to record-keeping, reporting of adverse experiences, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, and advertising and promotion of the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing user fee requirements, under which the FDA assesses an annual program fee for each product identified in an approved NDA or BLA. Drug and biologic manufacturers and their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMPs, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon us and our third-party manufacturers. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMPs and impose reporting requirements upon us and any third-party manufacturers that we may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMPs and other aspects of regulatory compliance.

The FDA may withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown

 

- 129 -


Table of Contents

problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical studies to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of a product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical studies;

 

   

refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of existing product approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention, or refusal of the FDA to permit the import or export of products;

 

   

consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, debarment or exclusion from federal healthcare programs;

 

   

mandated modification of promotional materials and labeling and the issuance of corrective information;

 

   

the issuance of safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases and other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA closely regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of biologics. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and efficacy, purity and potency that are approved by the FDA and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in, among other things, adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties. Physicians may prescribe legally available products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested by us and approved by the FDA. Such off-label uses are common across medical specialties. Physicians may believe that such off-label uses are the best treatment for many patients in varied circumstances. The FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments. The FDA does, however, restrict manufacturer’s communications on the subject of off-label use of their products.

Drug Product Marketing Exclusivity

Market exclusivity provisions authorized under the FDCA can delay the submission or the approval of certain marketing applications. For example, the FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to obtain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not approve or even accept for review an abbreviated new drug application (ANDA) or an NDA submitted under Section 505(b)(2), or 505(b)(2) NDA, submitted by another company for another drug based on the same active moiety, regardless of whether the drug is intended for the same indication as the original innovative drug or for another indication, where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement to one of the patents listed with the FDA by the innovator NDA holder.

The FDCA alternatively provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example new

 

- 130 -


Table of Contents

indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the modification for which the drug received approval on the basis of the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs or 505(b)(2) NDAs for drugs containing the active agent for the original indication or condition of use. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to any preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of marketing exclusivity available in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity provides for an additional six months of marketing exclusivity attached to another period of exclusivity if a sponsor conducts clinical trials in children in response to a written request from the FDA. The issuance of a written request does not require the sponsor to undertake the described clinical trials. In addition, orphan drug exclusivity, as described above, may offer a seven-year period of marketing exclusivity, except in certain circumstances.

Biosimilars and Reference Product Exclusivity

The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 (BPCIA) created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are highly similar, or “biosimilar,” to or interchangeable with an FDA-approved reference biological product. The FDA has issued several guidance documents outlining an approach to review and approval of biosimilars. Biosimilarity, which requires that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity, and potency, is generally shown through analytical studies, animal studies, and a clinical study or studies. Interchangeability requires that a product is biosimilar to the reference product and the product must demonstrate that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product in any given patient and, for products that are administered multiple times to an individual, the biologic and the reference biologic may be alternated or switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic. A product shown to be biosimilar or interchangeable with an FDA-approved reference biological product may rely in part on the FDA’s previous determination of safety and effectiveness for the reference product for approval, which can potentially reduce the cost and time required to obtain approval to market the product. Complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structures of biological products, as well as the processes by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation of the abbreviated approval pathway that are still being worked out by the FDA.

Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product may not be submitted to the FDA until four years following the date that the reference product was first licensed by the FDA. In addition, the approval of a biosimilar product may not be made effective by the FDA until 12 years from the date on which the reference product was first licensed. During this 12-year period of exclusivity, another company may still market a competing version of the reference product if the FDA approves a full BLA for the competing product containing that applicant’s own preclinical data and data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of its product. The BPCIA also created certain exclusivity periods for biosimilars approved as interchangeable products. At this juncture, it is unclear whether products deemed “interchangeable” by the FDA will, in fact, be readily substituted by pharmacies, which are governed by state pharmacy law.

A biological product can also obtain pediatric market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric study in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a study.

 

- 131 -


Table of Contents

U.S. Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws and Compliance Requirements

In addition to FDA regulation of pharmaceutical products, U.S. federal and state healthcare laws and regulations restrict business practices in the pharmaceutical industries. These laws may impact, among other things, our current and future business operations, including our clinical research activities, and constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships with healthcare providers and other parties. These laws include anti-kickback, self-referral and false claims laws, civil monetary penalties laws, and physician payment transparency laws. In addition to the federal laws summarized below, we may also be subject to similar state and local laws and regulations that may apply to business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, or by patients themselves.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

The federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, and civil monetary penalties laws prohibit, among other things, any individual or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false claim for payment to the federal government, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government, or from knowingly making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act.

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the healthcare fraud statute implemented under HIPAA or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), certain other healthcare providers beginning in 2022 and teaching hospitals, and applicable manufacturers and applicable group purchasing organizations to report annually to CMS ownership and investment interests held by physicians (as defined under the statute) and their immediate family members.

Similar state and local laws and regulations may also restrict business practices in the pharmaceutical industry, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, or by patients themselves; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state

 

- 132 -


Table of Contents

laws and regulations that require drug manufacturers to file reports relating to pricing and marketing information or which require tracking gifts and other remuneration and items of value provided to physicians, other healthcare providers and entities; and state and local laws that require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives.

Violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply may result in significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties including damages, fines, imprisonment, disgorgement, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

U.S. Coverage and Reimbursement of Drugs

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any product candidate for which we may seek regulatory approval. Sales in the United States will depend, in part, on the availability of sufficient coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, which include government health programs such as Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE and the Veterans Administration, as well as managed care organizations and private health insurers. Prices at which we or our customers seek reimbursement for our product candidates can be subject to challenge, reduction or denial by third-party payors.

The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a product is typically separate from the process for setting the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product. In the United States, there is no uniform policy among payors for coverage or reimbursement. Decisions regarding whether to cover any of a product, the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided are made on a plan-by-plan basis. Third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own coverage and reimbursement policies, but also have their own methods and approval processes. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that can require manufacturers to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of a product to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance.

Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price and examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit sales of any product that receives approval. Third-party payors may not consider our product candidates to be medically necessary or cost-effective compared to other available therapies, or the rebate percentages required to secure favorable coverage may not yield an adequate margin over cost or may not enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in drug development. Additionally, decreases in third-party reimbursement for any product or a decision by a third-party payor not to cover a product could reduce physician usage and patient demand for the product.

U.S. Healthcare Reform

In the United States, there has been, and continues to be, several legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities, and affect the profitable sale of product candidates.

Among policy makers and payors in the United States, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and/or expanding access. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Affordable Care Act) was passed, which substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly

 

- 133 -


Table of Contents

affected the pharmaceutical and medical device industries. The Affordable Care Act increased the minimum level of Medicaid rebates payable by manufacturers of brand name drugs from 15.1% to 23.1%; required collection of rebates for drugs paid by Medicaid managed care organizations; required manufacturers to participate in a coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D; imposed a non-deductible annual fee on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell certain “branded prescription drugs” to specified federal government programs, implemented a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted, or injected; expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs; creates a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and established a Center for Medicare Innovation at the CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending.

Since its enactment, there have been judicial and political challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or Tax Act, includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the Affordable Care Act on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas (the Texas District Court Judge) ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the Affordable Care Act, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the Tax Act, the remaining provisions of the Affordable Care Act are invalid as well. Additionally, on December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit ruled that that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the Affordable Care Act are invalid as well. The U.S. Supreme Court is currently reviewing the case, although it is unclear when or how the Supreme Court will rule. It is also unclear how other efforts to challenge, repeal or replace the Affordable Care Act will impact the law.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2030, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021, unless additional Congressional action is taken. In addition, on January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

Moreover, there has recently been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for pharmaceutical products. Individual states in the United States have also become increasingly active in implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine which drugs and suppliers will be included in their healthcare programs Furthermore, there has been increased interest by third-party payors and governmental authorities in reference pricing systems and publication of discounts and list prices.

 

- 134 -


Table of Contents

Foreign Regulation

In order to market any product outside of the United States, we would need to comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality, safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we would need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable foreign regulatory authorities before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in foreign countries and jurisdictions. Although many of the issues discussed above with respect to the United States apply similarly in the context of the European Union, or EU, the approval process varies between countries and jurisdictions and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approval in other countries and jurisdictions might differ from and be longer than that required to obtain FDA approval. Regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction may negatively impact the regulatory process in others.

To market a medicinal product in the European Economic Area (EEA) (which is comprised of the 28 Member States of the EU plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein), we must obtain a Marketing Authorization (MA). There are two types of marketing authorizations:

 

   

the Community MA, which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use of the EMA and which is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, advanced therapy products, and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment certain diseases, such as AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the EU; and

 

   

National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member State through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure.

Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

Data and marketing exclusivity

In the EEA, new products authorized for marketing, or reference products, qualify for eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market exclusivity upon marketing authorization. The data exclusivity period prevents generic or biosimilar applicants from relying on the pre-clinical and clinical trial data contained in the dossier of the reference product when applying for a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization in the EU during a period of eight years from the date on which the reference product was first authorized in the EU. The market exclusivity period prevents a successful generic or biosimilar applicant from commercializing its product in the EU until 10 years have elapsed from the initial authorization of the reference product in the EU. The 10-year market exclusivity period can be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those 10 years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies.

 

- 135 -


Table of Contents

Pediatric investigation plan

In the EEA, marketing authorization applications for new medicinal products not authorized have to include the results of studies conducted in the pediatric population, in compliance with a pediatric investigation plan (PIP) agreed with the EMA’s Pediatric Committee (PDCO). The PIP sets out the timing and measures proposed to generate data to support a pediatric indication of the drug for which marketing authorization is being sought. The PDCO can grant a deferral of the obligation to implement some or all of the measures of the PIP until there are sufficient data to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of the product in adults. Further, the obligation to provide pediatric clinical trial data can be waived by the PDCO when these data is not needed or appropriate because the product is likely to be ineffective or unsafe in children, the disease or condition for which the product is intended occurs only in adult populations, or when the product does not represent a significant therapeutic benefit over existing treatments for pediatric patients. Once the marketing authorization is obtained in all Member States of the EU and study results are included in the product information, even when negative, the product is eligible for six months’ supplementary protection certificate extension.

Clinical trials

Clinical trials of medicinal products in the European Union must be conducted in accordance with European Union and national regulations and the International Conference on Harmonization guidelines on GCPs. Additional GCP guidelines from the European Commission, focusing in particular on traceability, apply to clinical trials of advanced therapy medicinal products. If the sponsor of the clinical trial is not established within the European Union, it must appoint an entity within the European Union to act as its legal representative. The sponsor must take out a clinical trial insurance policy, and in most EU countries, the sponsor is liable to provide ‘no fault’ compensation to any study subject injured in the clinical trial.

Prior to commencing a clinical trial, the sponsor must obtain a clinical trial authorization from the competent authority, and a positive opinion from an independent ethics committee. The application for a clinical trial authorization must include, among other things, a copy of the trial protocol and an investigational medicinal product dossier containing information about the manufacture and quality of the medicinal product under investigation. Currently, clinical trial authorization applications must be submitted to the competent authority in each EU Member State in which the trial will be conducted. Under the new Regulation on Clinical Trials, which is currently expected to take effect in 2019, there will be a centralized application procedure where one national authority takes the lead in reviewing the application and the other national authorities have only a limited involvement. Any substantial changes to the trial protocol or other information submitted with the clinical trial applications must be notified to or approved by the relevant competent authorities and ethics committees. Medicines used in clinical trials must be manufactured in accordance with cGMP. Other national and European Union-wide regulatory requirements also apply.

Privacy and data protection laws

Numerous state, federal and foreign laws, including consumer protection laws and regulations, govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to, confidentiality and security of personal information, including health-related information. In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including state data breach notification laws, state health information privacy laws, and federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations (e.g., Section 5 of the FTC Act), that govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information could apply to our operations or the operations of our partners. For example, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 and their respective implementing regulations, imposes privacy, security and breach notification obligations on certain health care providers, health plans, and health care clearinghouses, known as covered entities, as well as their business associates that perform certain services that involve creating, receiving, maintaining or transmitting individually identifiable health information for or on behalf of such covered entities. Entities that are found to be in violation of HIPAA as the result of a breach of unsecured protected health information, a

 

- 136 -


Table of Contents

complaint about privacy practices or an audit by HHS, may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance. Further, entities that knowingly obtain, use, or disclose individually identifiable health information maintained by a HIPAA covered entity in a manner that is not authorized or permitted by HIPAA may be subject to criminal penalties.

Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the FTC, violating consumers’ privacy rights or failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Individually identifiable health information is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards.

Further, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health-related information or other personal information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and/or criminal penalties and private litigation. For example, California recently enacted legislation, the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) which went into effect January 1, 2020. The CCPA, among other things, creates new data privacy obligations for covered companies and provides new privacy rights to California residents, including the right to opt out of certain disclosures of their information. The CCPA also creates a private right of action with statutory damages for certain data breaches, thereby potentially increasing risks associated with a data breach.

In addition, we are also subject to laws and regulations in non-U.S. countries covering data privacy and the protection of health-related and other personal information. EU member states and other jurisdictions have adopted data protection laws and regulations, which impose significant compliance obligations. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure, processing and security of personal information that identifies or may be used to identify an individual, such as names, contact information, and sensitive personal data such as health data. These laws and regulations are subject to frequent revisions and differing interpretations, and have generally become more stringent over time.

For example, the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) which is in effect across the EEA, imposes several stringent requirements for controllers and processors of personal data, and has increased our obligations, for example, by imposing higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, requiring more robust disclosures to individuals, strengthening individual data rights, shortening timelines for data breach notifications, limiting retention periods and secondary use of information, increasing requirements pertaining to health data and pseudonymised (i.e., key-coded) data and imposing additional obligations when we contract third-party processors in connection with the processing of the personal data. The GDPR allows EU and EEA member states to make additional laws and regulations further limiting the processing of genetic, biometric or health data.

Further, the GDPR prohibits, without an appropriate legal basis, the transfer of personal data to countries outside of the EEA, such as the United States, which are not considered by the European Commission to provide an adequate level of data protection. Recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and uncertainty regarding transfers of personal data from the EEA to the United States. For example, on July 16, 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union (the CJEU) invalidated the EU-US Privacy Shield Framework (Privacy Shield) under which personal data could be transferred from the EEA to United States entities that had self-certified under the Privacy Shield scheme. While the CJEU upheld the adequacy of the standard contractual clauses (a standard form of contract approved by the European Commission as an adequate personal data transfer

 

- 137 -


Table of Contents

mechanism, and potential alternative to the Privacy Shield), it made clear that reliance on them alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances. Use of the standard contractual clauses must now be assessed on a case-by-case basis taking into account the legal regime applicable in the destination country, in particular applicable surveillance laws and rights of individuals and additional measures and/or contractual provisions may need to be put in place, however, the nature of these additional measures is currently uncertain. As we expand into other foreign countries and jurisdictions, we may be subject to additional laws and regulations that may affect how we conduct business.

Failure to comply with the requirements of GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EU and EEA member states may result in fines of up to €20,000,000 or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, and other administrative penalties. Additionally, following the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the EU and the EEA, companies have to comply with the GDPR and the GDPR as incorporated into United Kingdom national law, the latter regime having the ability to separately fine up to the greater of £17.5 million or 4% of global turnover. The relationship between the United Kingdom and the EU in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, for example around how data can lawfully be transferred between each jurisdiction, which exposes us to further compliance risk.

Employees

As of March 1, 2021 we had 30 full-time employees and 3 part-time employees. Of these employees, 19 are engaged in research and development. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

We lease approximately 40,000 square feet of office and laboratory space in San Diego, California under a sublease agreement that expires in December 2021, with an option to extend for an additional year. We believe that our existing facility will meet our current and near-term needs and that suitable additional space will be available as and when needed.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Regardless of outcome, legal proceedings or claims can have an adverse impact on the company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained.

 

- 138 -


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of March 1, 2021.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

Mark C. McKenna

     41      President and Chief Executive Officer

Keith W. Marshall, Ph.D.

     53      Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Mark Stenhouse

     54      Chief Operating Officer

Allison Luo, M.D.

     48      Chief Medical Officer

Timothy K. Andrews

     42      General Counsel and Secretary

Key Employees

     

Laurens Kruidenier, Ph.D.

     51      Chief Scientific Officer

Olivier Laurent, Ph.D.

     49      Chief Technology Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Tadataka Yamada, M.D.(1)(3)

     75      Chairman of the Board of Directors

Helen C. Adams, CPA(2)

     61      Director

Martin Hendrix, Ph.D.(2)

     53      Director

James Laur(3)

     60      Director

Joseph C. Papa(1)

     65      Director

Judith L. Swain, M.D.(3)

     72      Director

Mary Szela(1)(2)

     57      Director

 

(1)

Member of the compensation committee

(2)

Member of the audit committee

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

Executive Officers

Mark C. McKenna has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since September 2019. Prior to joining us, he served as President of Salix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Salix), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bausch Health Companies, Inc. (Bausch), from March 2016 through August 2019. Prior to Salix, Mr. McKenna spent more than a decade in various roles with Bausch + Lomb, also a division of Bausch, most recently as Senior Vice President and General Manager of its U.S. Vision Care business. Before joining Bausch + Lomb, he held several positions with Johnson & Johnson. Mr. McKenna holds a B.S. in Marketing from Arizona State University and an M.B.A. from Azusa Pacific University. Mr. McKenna’s knowledge of our business, as well as his significant development, commercial and executive management experience, contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of the company.

Keith W. Marshall, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Financial Officer served since August 2020. Previously, he served as Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, and Chief Financial Officer of Conatus Pharmaceuticals Inc., now Histogen, Inc., from August 2017 to May 2020. Dr. Marshall served as Chief Financial Officer and Head of Corporate Development at Torque Therapeutics Inc. from 2015 to 2017, where his responsibilities included finance, operations, human resources, corporate strategy and business development. He served as Managing Director and Advisor in Healthcare Investment Banking from 2012 to 2014 at GCA Savvian Advisors, where he provided strategic counsel to healthcare companies, and continued from 2014 to 2015 at TAG Healthcare Advisors under an alliance with GCA Savvian. Previously, Dr. Marshall was Managing Director from 2011 to 2012 at Sagent Advisors and Managing Director, Co-founder, and Chief Financial Officer from 2008 to 2011 at Montgomery, Marshall Healthcare Partners. Dr. Marshall began his banking career at JPMorgan.

 

- 139 -


Table of Contents

He holds an A.B. in Biology from Washington University in St. Louis, a Ph.D. in Pharmaceutical Chemistry from the University of California, San Francisco, and an M.B.A. with concentrations in Finance, Strategy, and Entrepreneurship from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

Mark Stenhouse has served as our Chief Operating Officer since March 2021. Previously, Mr. Stenhouse served as a member of our board of directors from April 2018 to October 2020 and then as an advisor to our company through February 2021. Mr. Stenhouse served as General Manager, Screening at Exact Sciences Corporation from November 2019 to January 2021 and as an advisor to the company through February 2021. Mr. Stenhouse served as President, Cologuard at Exact Sciences Corporation from April 2018 until November 2019. From October 2016 until March 2018, Mr. Stenhouse served as Vice President, U.S. Immunology of AbbVie, Inc., where he oversaw U.S. expansion into the immunology marketplace. From April 2010 until September 2016, Mr. Stenhouse served as Vice President and Vice President/General Manager, U.S. Immunology-Gastroenterology Franchise at AbbVie. From September 2006 through March 2010, Mr. Stenhouse held various senior management, marketing and sales positions within Abbott Laboratories’ U.S. Immunology division. Mr. Stenhouse holds a B.B.A. from the College of Charleston.

Allison Luo, M.D. has served as our Chief Medical Officer since August 2018. Prior to that, Dr. Luo concurrently served as Chief Medical Officer at Oppilan Pharma and Escalier Pharma since March 2017, and as Senior Vice President of Clinical Development for Gastroenterology at Progenity Inc. since June 2017. Before that, Dr. Luo was Vice President of Clinical Development at Ophthotech Corp., now Iveric bio, Inc., since September 2015. She was an Executive Director at Bristol-Myers Squibb Company from September 2006 to October 2014, where she was responsible for inflammatory bowel disease and led the Phase 3 program for Orencia (abatacept) and the Phase 2 programs for eldelumab (anti-IP10 antibody) for ulcerative colitis and Crohn’s disease. Earlier in her career, Dr. Luo was a Medical Director at Abbott Laboratories, where she submitted the Japanese NDA for Humira in rheumatoid arthritis and developed the clinical trial protocols for Humira in ulcerative colitis. Dr. Luo holds a B.S. in Biochemistry and an M.D. from Northwestern University.

Timothy K. Andrews has served as our General Counsel since November 2020. From October 2016 through December 2019 he served as General Counsel and Secretary for Sienna Biopharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly traded, clinical-stage biotech company. Mr. Andrews served as the Head of Legal at Whitecap Biosciences LLC, a start-up company founded by former Allergan, Inc. research and development executives, from July 2015 to October 2016. From 2011 to 2015 Mr. Andrews served as Senior Corporate Counsel and Assistant Secretary at Allergan, Inc. from 2011 through 2015, where he had legal responsibility for U.S. and international business development transactions, including acquisitions, licensing and partnerships, as well as corporate governance and securities law compliance. From 2006 to 2011, Mr. Andrews was a corporate attorney at Latham & Watkins LLP. He was previously a Business Analyst at Deloitte Consulting. Mr. Andrews holds a B.A. in Political Economy from the University of California, Berkeley and a J.D. from Loyola Law School, Los Angeles.

Key Employees

Laurens Kruidenier, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since May 2019, and previously served as our SVP of Research from July 2018 to May 2019. He has over 25 years of experience in IBD discovery research, both in academic settings as well as in the life sciences industry. Dr. Kruidenier was Vice President of Discovery at Second Genome Inc. from July 2017 to July 2018, where he was responsible for a portfolio of microbiome programs. Previously, Dr. Kruidenier served as Head of GI Immunology Research at Takeda Pharmaceuticals from January 2015 to June 2017. Dr. Kruidenier also held various positions at GlaxoSmithKline plc. starting in April 2006, including most recently as Head of Biology of the Protein Degradation Unit from January 2013 to January 2015. Dr. Kruidenier holds a M.Sc. in Medical Biology from Utrecht University in the Netherlands and a Ph.D. in Experimental Gastroenterology from Leiden University in the Netherlands.

 

- 140 -


Table of Contents

Olivier Laurent, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Technology Officer since September 2020. Before joining our company, Dr. Laurent served from October 2019 to September 2020 as Chief Scientific Officer at Intrepida Bio, an immuno-oncology company focused on developing novel antibodies for the treatment of solid tumors. Prior to this position, Dr. Laurent was Chief Scientific Officer at Dauntless Pharmaceuticals, a company working on novel formulations of octreotide for the treatment of metabolic and oncology indications, from July 2015 to October 2019. Before joining Dauntless Pharmaceuticals, Dr. Laurent held positions of increasing responsibilities at Sanofi S.A., Bayer AG, Genentech, Inc., Pfizer Inc., CovX (acquired by Pfizer in 2008) and Ambrx (acquired by a Chinese consortium in 2015). Dr. Laurent holds a Ph.D. in Cell Biology from the University of Grenoble, an M.S. in Molecular and Cell Biology earned in a dual program from the University of Grenoble and the University of Lyon and a B.S. in Molecular and Cell Biology from the University of Lyon.

Non-Employee Directors

Tadataka Yamada, M.D. has served as Chairman of our board of directors since June 2018 and as a Venture Partner at Frazier Life Sciences since June 2015. From June 2011 to June 2015, Dr. Yamada served as the Chief Medical and Scientific Officer of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Ltd. From 2006 to 2011, Dr. Yamada served as President of the Global Health Program of the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation. Previously, he was the

Chairman of Research and Development of GlaxoSmithKline Inc. and held research and development positions at SmithKline Beecham. Prior to that, Dr. Yamada served as Chairman of the Department of Internal Medicine at the University of Michigan Medical School and Physician-in-Chief of the University of Michigan Medical Center. Dr. Yamada is a member of the National Academy of Medicine, a Fellow of the Imperial College of Medicine, a Master of the American College of Physicians, a Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians, a Member of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences and a past-President of the American Gastroenterological Association and the Association of American Physicians. Dr. Yamada has served as the Chairman of the boards of directors of Phathom Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Passage Bio, Inc. since March 2019 and July 2017, respectively. He has also served since 2011 as a member of the board of directors of Agilent Technologies, Inc. and previously served on the boards of directors of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Ltd, GlaxoSmithKline Inc. and CSL Limited. Dr. Yamada received a B.A. in History from Stanford University and his M.D. from New York University School of Medicine. Dr. Yamada’s extensive research and experience in product development, as well as his service as a director or officer of other healthcare companies, contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as Chairman of our board of directors.

Helen C. Adams, CPA has been a member of our board of directors since February 2021. From January 2013 to March 2018, Ms. Adams was the San Diego Area Managing Partner for Haskell & White LLP, a regional certified public accounting firm. Previously, Ms. Adams was a certified public accountant at Deloitte & Touche LLP from 1982 to 2009, serving most recently as a Partner in the Life Sciences and Technology Group. From 2010 to 2013, Ms. Adams was a member of the board of directors of Genasys Inc. (formerly known as LRAD Corporation), serving as the Audit Committee Chair and member of the Compensation Committee. In addition to her public company board service, Ms. Adams has served on the boards of directors of several organizations, including Athena San Diego, the Athena Foundation, Make A Wish San Diego and the California State University at San Marcos Foundation. Ms. Adams’ experience with accounting, auditing and financial oversight of public and private companies in the life sciences industry contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that she should serve as a director of our company.

Martin Hendrix, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2020. He joined Nestlé Health Science US in April 2012, and currently serves as its Head of Global Business Development and M&A. In this position, Dr. Hendrix oversees all deal flow of Nestlé Health Science and is also responsible for its venture capital partnerships and direct equity investments. Dr. Hendrix has represented Nestlé on the boards of Enterome, Microbiome Diagnostic Partners, Procise Dx, Bodymed AG, as well as board observer roles for Evelo, Kaleido and Senda. Prior to joining Nestlé, from January 1998 to March 2012, Dr. Hendrix was a research chemist and subsequently a member of the Strategic Planning Group, as well as a Senior Director of Business Strategy at Bayer AG. Dr. Hendrix currently serves on the board of directors of Procise Dx, Bodymed AG, and

 

- 141 -


Table of Contents

Senda (observer). Dr. Hendrix holds a Ph.D. in Chemistry from The Scripps Research Institute, an M.S. in Chemistry from the Georgia Institute of Technology. Dr. Hendrix’s extensive management and governance experience in the biotechnology industry contributed to our board of director’s conclusion that Dr. Hendrix should serve as a director of our company.

James Laur has served on our board of directors since April 2020, and through his work leading Cedars-Sinai Medical Center’s Technology Transfer Office, Mr. Laur played a role in our founding. Mr. Laur currently serves as Vice President, Intellectual Property for Cedars-Sinai, and, in addition to his role with Cedars-Sinai’s Technology Transfer Office, Mr. Laur helps lead the Cedars-Sinai Accelerator program and Cedars-Sinai Health Ventures, Cedars-Sinai’s venture fund. Mr. Laur has served in a variety of business roles at Cedars-Sinai since originally joining its Legal Affairs Department in 1991. Mr. Laur is a member of the California State Bar and holds a dual degree B.A. in Political Science and Philosophy from the University of California, Los Angeles, as well as a J.D. from Boston College Law School. Mr. Laur’s extensive experience with early-stage life science companies, the healthcare sector, as well as his knowledge of intellectual property issues, technology ventures, innovation development and commercialization strategies contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Joseph C. Papa has served on our board of directors since August 2020 and has been Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of Bausch Health Companies Inc. since May 2016. Mr. Papa has more than 35 years of experience in the pharmaceutical, healthcare and specialty pharmaceutical industries, including 20 years of branded prescription drug experience. He served as the CEO of Perrigo Company plc from 2006 to April 2016, where he also served as Chairman from 2007 to April 2016. Prior to joining Perrigo, Mr. Papa served from 2004 to 2006 as Chairman and CEO of the Pharmaceutical and Technologies Services segment of Cardinal Health, Inc. From 2001 to 2004, he served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prior to joining Watson, Mr. Papa held management positions at DuPont Pharmaceuticals, Pharmacia/Searle and Novartis AG. Mr. Papa served as a director of Smith & Nephew plc, a developer of advanced medical devices, from 2008 to April 2018. Mr. Papa’s extensive leadership experience in the pharmaceutical industry contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Judith L. Swain, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2021, and is the Chief Medical Officer of Physiowave, Inc., a medical device company, a role she has held since July 2016. She has also served as a Visiting Professor in the Department of Medicine at the National University of Singapore since July 2017. Prior to these roles, Dr. Swain was Executive Director of the Singapore Institute for Clinical Sciences, a research institute of the Agency for Science, Technology and Research (A*STAR), Singapore, and Professor, National University of Singapore from 2006 to 2017. Dr. Swain served as Dean for Translational Medicine at the University of California, San Diego from 2005 to 2006 and as Chair and Professor of Medicine at Stanford University from 1996 to 2005. Dr. Swain is a co-founder of Synecor, LLC and currently serves on the board of directors of Lexicon Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Upstream Medical Technologies, Ltd, and the Institute for Life Changing Medicines. She previously served on the boards of directors of the National Healthcare Group (Singapore) and the Lee Kong Chian School of Medicine of Nanyang Technological University. Dr. Swain earned an M.D. from the University of California, San Diego, and a B.S. in Chemistry from the University of California, Los Angeles. Dr. Swain’s extensive medical and scientific research experience with a variety of prominent research and academic institutions contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that she should serve as a director of our company.

Mary Szela has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2021. Ms. Szela also currently serves as the Chief Executive Officer and President of TriSalus Life Sciences, Inc. (formerly Surefire Medical, Inc.), a privately held medical device company. From January 2016 to November 2016, Ms. Szela served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. In November 2016, Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. merged with QLT Inc. to form Novelion Therapeutics Inc. where Ms. Szela served as Chief Executive Officer and as a member of its board of directors until November 2017. Ms. Szela served as the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Melinta Therapeutics, Inc., an antibiotic

 

- 142 -


Table of Contents

development company, from April 2013 to August 2015. Ms. Szela held ascending management positions at Abbott Laboratories from 1987 to 2012, including President of the company’s U.S. pharmaceutical business from January 2008 to December 2010. Ms. Szela has served as a member of the boards of directors of Kura Oncology, Inc. since November 2018, Alimera Sciences Inc. since June 2018 and TriSalus Life Sciences, Inc. since January 2018. She also previously served as a member of the board of directors of Receptos, Inc. from June 2014 to July 2015, Novo Nordisk from March 2014 to March 2017, and Macrolide Pharmaceuticals, from March 2018 to July 2019. She earned an M.B.A. in Business and a B.S. in nursing, both from the University of Illinois. Ms. Szela’s extensive leadership experience in the pharmaceutical industry contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that she should serve as a director of our company.

Family Relationships

William Sandborn, M.D., who served as a member of our board of directors until February 2021, is the spouse of Dr. Luo, our Chief Medical Officer. There are no other family relationships among our directors and executive officers.

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Director Independence

Our board of directors currently consists of eight members. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than Mr. Laur and Mr. McKenna, are independent directors in accordance with the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market (Nasdaq). The Nasdaq independence definition includes a series of objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his or her family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by Nasdaq rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of the director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Classified Board of Directors

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the directors whose terms then expire will be eligible for reelection until the third annual meeting following reelection. Effective upon the closing of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Mr. Papa, Ms. Szela and Dr. Yamada, and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Ms. Adams, Dr. Hendrix and Dr. Swain, and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Mr. Laur and Mr. McKenna, and their terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the

 

- 143 -


Table of Contents

directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our board of directors or a change in control of our company. Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in an election of directors.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is currently led by our Chairman, Dr. Yamada. Our board of directors recognizes that it is important to determine an optimal board leadership structure to ensure the independent oversight of management as the company continues to grow. We separate the roles of chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors in recognition of the differences between the two roles. The chief executive officer is responsible for setting the strategic direction for our company and the day-to-day leadership and performance of our company, while the chairman of the board of directors provides guidance to the chief executive officer and presides over meetings of the full board of directors. We believe that this separation of responsibilities provides a balanced approach to managing the board of directors and overseeing our company.

Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of our risk management processes and, either as a whole or through its committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from board committees and members of senior management to enable our board of directors to understand our risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, strategic and reputational risk.

The audit committee reviews information regarding liquidity and operations, and oversees our management of financial risks. Periodically, the audit committee reviews our policies with respect to risk assessment, risk management, loss prevention and regulatory compliance. Oversight by the audit committee includes direct communication with our external auditors, and discussions with management regarding significant risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures. The compensation committee is responsible for assessing whether any of our compensation policies or programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. The nominating and corporate governance committee manages risks associated with the independence of the board of directors, corporate disclosure practices and potential conflicts of interest. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board of directors is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks. Matters of significant strategic risk are considered by our board of directors as a whole.

Board Committees and Independence

Our board of directors has established three standing committees—audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance—each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

The audit committee’s main function is to oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our consolidated financial statements. This committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

   

appointing our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

- 144 -


Table of Contents
   

evaluating the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing the design, implementation, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal accounting controls and our critical accounting policies;

 

   

discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit and the review of our quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements;

 

   

reviewing, overseeing and monitoring the integrity of our consolidated financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

 

   

reviewing on a periodic basis, or as appropriate, any investment policy and recommending to our board of directors any changes to such investment policy;

 

   

reviewing with management and our auditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding our results of operations;

 

   

preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing and approving any related party transactions and reviewing and monitoring compliance with our code of conduct and ethics; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the audit committee and its members including compliance of the audit committee with its charter.

The members of our audit committee are Ms. Adams, Dr. Hendrix and Ms. Szela. Ms. Adams serves as the chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Adams is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable Nasdaq listing standards. Our board of directors has determined each of Ms. Adams, Dr. Hendrix, and Ms. Szela is independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and Nasdaq. Upon the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, the audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee approves policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and approves the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also approves the issuance of stock options and other awards under our equity plans. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance by the compensation committee with its charter.

The members of our compensation committee are Mr. Papa, Ms. Szela and Dr. Yamada. Mr. Papa serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Papa, Ms. Szela and Dr. Yamada is independent under the applicable Nasdaq listing standards, is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Upon the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, the compensation committee will operate under a written charter, which the compensation committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

 

- 145 -


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors in discharging the board of directors’ responsibilities regarding the identification of qualified candidates to become board members, the selection of nominees for election as directors at our annual meetings of stockholders (or special meetings of stockholders at which directors are to be elected), and the selection of candidates to fill any vacancies on our board of directors and any committees thereof. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance policies, reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters and oversight of the evaluation of our board of directors. The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Dr. Yamada, Mr. Laur and Dr. Swain. Dr. Yamada serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Dr. Yamada and Dr. Swain is independent under the applicable Nasdaq listing standards. Under applicable Nasdaq rules, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent nominating and corporate governance committee requirements of Nasdaq, which requires all members to be independent within one year of listing. We will comply with the phase-in requirements of the Nasdaq rules and within one year of our listing on Nasdaq, all members of our this committee will be independent under Nasdaq rules. Upon the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, the nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, which the nominating and corporate governance committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is currently, or has at any time been, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Board Diversity

Upon the closing of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing with the board of directors, on an annual basis, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the board of directors as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates (both new candidates and current members) for election or appointment, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the board of directors will take into account many factors, including the following:

 

   

personal and professional integrity, ethics and values;

 

   

experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly-held company;

 

   

experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly-held company;

 

   

strong finance experience;

 

   

diversity of expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;

 

   

diversity of background and perspective, including, but not limited to, with respect to age, gender, race, place of residence and specialized experience;

 

   

experience relevant to our business industry and with relevant social policy concerns; and

 

   

relevant academic expertise or other proficiency in an area of our business operations.

 

- 146 -


Table of Contents

Currently, our board of directors evaluates, and following the closing of this offering will evaluate, each individual in the context of the board of directors as a whole, with the objective of assembling a group that can best maximize the success of the business and represent stockholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment using its diversity of experience in these various areas.

Code of Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.prometheusbiosciences.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of Nasdaq concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

 

- 147 -


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table” below, whom we refer to as our named executive officers or NEOs.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the closing of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation that was awarded to, earned by or paid to our NEOs for services rendered during the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

 

Name and principal position

  Year     Salary
($)(1)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
awards
($)
    Option
awards
($)(2)
    Non-equity
incentive
plan
compensation
($)
    All other
compensation
($)(3)
    Total
($)
 

Mark C. McKenna

    2020       500,000       750,000 (4)      —         1,393,712       —         262,250       2,908,962  

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2019       156,891       —         —         635,857       —         183,102       975,850  

Keith W. Marshall, Ph.D.

    2020       157,212       73,000       —         531,894       —         210       762,316  

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

               

Allison Luo, M.D.(5)

    2020       416,486       164,000       —         460,294       —         5,646       1,046,426  

Chief Medical Officer

    2019       293,077       83,333 (6)      —         42,500       —         2,839       421,749  

 

(1)

Mr. McKenna commenced employment with us on September 9, 2019, and was appointed as our President and Chief Executive Officer on October 1, 2019. Dr. Marshall commenced employment with us on August 3, 2020, and was appointed as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer on August 12, 2020.

(2)

Represents the grant date fair value of stock options to purchase shares of common stock of Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 included with this prospectus for a description of the assumptions used in valuing our stock options.

(3)

Includes matching contributions made by us on behalf of the NEOs under our 401(k) plan (in 2020, $4,615 for Mr. McKenna and $4,974 for Dr. Luo and, in 2019, $4,487 for Mr. McKenna and $2,667 for Dr. Luo), life insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of the NEOs and cell phone allowances provided to the NEOs. For Mr. McKenna, also includes, in 2020, $255,273 in relocation assistance provided by the company, of which $88,124 was a tax-gross up on such portion of the relocation benefits that were taxable to him, and, in 2019, $178,549 in relocation assistance provided by the company, of which $68,154 was a tax-gross up on such portion of the relocation benefits that were taxable to him.

(4)

Includes a transaction bonus of $500,000 paid in August 2020 in consideration of the company’s execution of the Falk Agreement.

(5)

Dr. Luo is married to William Sandborn, M.D., one of our former non-employee directors. Dr. Sandborn’s compensation is described below under “Director Compensation.”

(6)

Represents a transaction bonus of $25,000 paid to Dr. Luo in consideration of the company’s acquisition of PLI in June 2019 and a guaranteed annual bonus of $58,333 for 2019 pursuant to her employment letter.

 

- 148 -


Table of Contents

Narrative Disclosure to Compensation Tables

The primary elements of compensation for our NEOs are base salary, annual performance bonuses and equity awards. The NEOs also participate in employee benefit plans and programs that we offer to our other employees, as described below.

Annual Base Salary

We pay our NEOs a base salary to compensate them for the performance of services rendered to us. The base salary payable to each NEO is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. Base salaries for our NEOs have generally been set at levels deemed necessary to attract and retain individuals with superior talent.

Mr. McKenna’s annual base salary of $500,000 was established in connection with his commencement of employment in September 2019.

Dr. Marshall’s annual base salary of $375,000 was established in connection with his commencement of employment in August 2020.

Dr. Luo’s annual base salary was $200,000 prior to her conversion to full-time employment in July 2019, at which time her annual base salary increased to $400,000. In connection with our standard merit increase process, Dr. Luo’s annual base salary was increased to $410,000 in March 2020.

In February 2021, our board of directors approved our NEOs’ annual base salaries for 2021 as follows: Mr. McKenna, $575,000; Dr. Marshall, $425,000; and Dr. Luo, $456,000.

Bonus Compensation

From time to time, our board of directors or compensation committee may approve bonuses for our NEOs based on individual performance, company performance or as otherwise determined appropriate.

Each NEO has an established target annual bonus amount. The 2020 target annual bonus amount for each NEO, expressed as a percentage of annual base salary, was 50% for Mr. McKenna, 40% for Dr. Marshall (pro-rated for 2020) and 40% for Dr. Luo. In February 2021, our board of directors reviewed the company’s overall performance for 2020 and determined to pay our NEOs the annual bonuses reflected in the Summary Compensation Table above.

Mr. McKenna was paid a transaction bonus in the amount of $500,000 in August 2020 in consideration of the company’s execution of the Falk Agreement.

In February 2021, our board of directors approved our NEOs’ 2021 target bonuses as follows: Mr. McKenna, 55%; Dr. Marshall, 40%; and Dr. Luo, 40%.

Equity-Based Incentive Awards

Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our interests and the interests of our stockholders with those of our employees and consultants, including our named executive officers. The board of directors or the compensation committee is responsible for approving equity grants. We typically grant equity awards to new hires upon their commencing employment with us. Generally, our equity awards vest over four years, subject to the employee’s continued employment with us on each vesting date.

In February 2020, we granted Dr. Luo an option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2017 Plan. Twenty-five percent of the options vest on the

 

- 149 -


Table of Contents

12-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date, or February 3, 2020, and 1/48th of the options vest monthly thereafter, subject to Dr. Luo’s continuous service through each vesting date. The options were granted at an exercise price of $2.90 per share, which our board of directors determined was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The options are also eligible for accelerated vesting on the terms provided in her employment letter.

In May 2020, we granted Mr. McKenna an option to purchase 132,744 shares of our common stock under the 2017 Plan. The options were granted pursuant to Mr. McKenna’s employment letter in recognition of the closing of the company’s Series C preferred stock financing. Twenty-five percent of the options vest on the 12-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date, or March 27, 2020, and 1/48th of the options vest monthly thereafter, subject to Mr. McKenna’s continuous service through each vesting date. The options were granted at an exercise price of $1.70 per share, which our board of directors determined was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The options are also eligible for accelerated vesting on the terms provided in his employment letter.

In August 2020, in connection with his commencement of employment, we granted Dr. Marshall an option to purchase 131,000 shares of our common stock under the 2017 Plan. Twenty-five percent of the options vest on the 12-month anniversary of his employment commencement date, or August 3, 2020, and 1/48th of the options vest monthly thereafter, subject to Dr. Marshall’s continuous service through each vesting date. The options were granted at an exercise price of $3.10 per share, which our board of directors determined was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The options are also eligible for accelerated vesting on the terms provided in his employment letter.

Also in August 2020, we granted Mr. McKenna an option to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock under the 2017 Plan. The options were granted in recognition of the completion of the company’s Series C preferred stock financing. Twenty-five percent of the options vest on the 12- month anniversary of the vesting commencement date, or June 30, 2020, and 1/48th of the options vest monthly thereafter, subject to Mr. McKenna’s continuous service through each vesting date. The options were granted at an exercise price of $3.10 per share, which our board of directors determined was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The options are also eligible for accelerated vesting on the terms provided in his employment letter.

Also in August 2020, we granted Dr. Luo an option to purchase 7,500 shares of our common stock under the 2017 Plan. The options were granted in recognition of the company’s execution of the Falk Agreement. The options vest on August 12, 2021, subject to Dr. Luo’s continuous service through such vesting date. The options were granted at an exercise price of $3.10 per share, which our board of directors determined was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The options are also eligible for accelerated vesting on the terms provided in her employment letter.

In December 2020, we granted each of Mr. McKenna, Dr. Marshall and Dr. Luo options to purchase 531,725, 123,040 and 186,540 shares of our common stock, respectively, under the 2017 Plan. The options were granted in recognition of the closing of the initial tranche of the company’s Series D preferred stock financing. Twenty-five percent of the options vest on the 12-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date, or November 5, 2020, and 1/48th of the options vest monthly thereafter, subject to continuous service through each vesting date. The options were granted at an exercise price of $3.70 per share, which our board of directors determined was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The options are also eligible for accelerated vesting on the terms provided in their respective employment letters.

In February 2021, we granted each of Mr. McKenna, Dr. Marshall and Dr. Luo options to purchase 566,307, 135,913 and 135,913 shares of our common stock, respectively, under the 2017 Plan. The options were granted in recognition of the closing of the second tranche of the company’s Series D preferred stock financing. Twenty-five percent of the options vest on the 12-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date, or February 4,

 

- 150 -


Table of Contents

2021, and 1/48th of the options vest monthly thereafter, subject to continuous service through each vesting date. The options were granted at an exercise price of $6.70 per share, which our board of directors determined was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The options are also eligible for accelerated vesting on the terms provided in their respective employment letters.

Employment Letter Agreements with our NEOs

Employment Letter Agreement with Mr. McKenna

We have entered into an employment letter agreement with Mr. McKenna, which governs the terms of his employment with us as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Pursuant to his letter agreement, Mr. McKenna is entitled to an annual base salary of $575,000 and is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus with a target amount of 55% of his base salary. Mr. McKenna’s employment is at-will.

Regardless of the manner in which his service terminates, Mr. McKenna is entitled to receive amounts previously earned during his term of service, including unpaid salary and bonus and cash out of unused vacation or paid time off. In addition, Mr. McKenna is entitled to certain severance benefits under his employment letter agreement in the event of his termination under certain circumstances, subject to his execution of a release of claims and compliance with post-termination obligations.

Upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason (as such terms are defined below), Mr. McKenna is entitled to: (i) continuation of his base salary for 12 months (such applicable period, the severance period), (ii) his target bonus, payable in lump sum, (iii) payment of the COBRA premiums for him and his eligible dependents until the end of the severance period, and (iv) accelerated vesting of any unvested time-based vesting equity awards. In the event of Mr. McKenna’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason within 24 months following a change in control (as such term is defined in our 2021 Plan), the severance period will be increased to 18 months.

Pursuant to his employment letter, Mr. McKenna is also eligible for a transaction bonus in the amount of $1,000,000 payable to Mr. McKenna upon the completion of this offering.

For purposes of Mr. McKenna’s employment letter agreement:

 

   

“cause” generally means his (i) conviction of a felony, plea of guilty or no contest to a felony, or confession of guilt to a felony; (ii) act or omission which constitutes willful misconduct or gross negligence that results in loss, damage or injury to us or our prospects, including, but not limited to (a) dishonesty or a breach of fiduciary duty to us or our stockholders, or (b) theft, fraud, embezzlement or other illegal conduct; (iii) continued failure, refusal or unwillingness to perform, to the reasonable satisfaction of our board of directors determined in good faith, any material duty or responsibility assigned to him, which failure of performance continues for a period of more than 30 days after written notice thereof has been provided by our board of directors, setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such failure of performance; or (iv) the material breach of any of the provisions of his employment letter agreement or any other written agreement between him and us.

 

   

“good reason” generally means a resignation that occurs following the occurrence of any of the following without his written consent: (i) a material change in the geographic location at which he must perform his duties (with a relocation outside a 35-mile radius of his principal place of employment prior to such relocation considered material for this purpose); (ii) a material reduction of his base compensation, target bonus and/or benefits; (iii) any action or inaction that constitutes a material breach of his employment letter agreement by us; or (iv) a material reduction in his authority, duties or responsibilities (including a requirement to report to any person or entity other than our board of directors, or following a change in control, the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the ultimate parent company of the surviving entity in such change in control that has at least one class of publicly traded securities listed on a national stock exchange).

 

- 151 -


Table of Contents

Employment Letter Agreement with Dr. Marshall

We have entered into an employment letter agreement with Dr. Marshall, which governs the terms of his employment with us as our Chief Financial Officer. Pursuant to his letter agreement, Dr. Marshall is entitled to an annual base salary of $425,000 and is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus with a target amount of 40% of his base salary. Dr. Marshall’s employment is at-will.

Regardless of the manner in which his service terminates, Dr. Marshall is entitled to receive amounts previously earned during his term of service, including unpaid salary and bonus and cash out of unused vacation or paid time off. In addition, Dr. Marshall is entitled to certain severance benefits under his employment letter agreement in the event of his termination under certain circumstances, subject to his execution of a release of claims and compliance with post-termination obligations.

Upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason, Dr. Marshall is entitled to: (i) continuation of his base salary for 12 months (such applicable period, the severance period), (ii) his target bonus, payable in lump sum, (iii) payment of the COBRA premiums for him and his eligible dependents until the end of the severance period, and (iv) accelerated vesting of any unvested time-based vesting equity awards.

Pursuant to his employment letter, Dr. Marshall is also eligible for a transaction bonus in the amount of $200,000 payable to Dr. Marshall upon the completion of this offering.

For purposes of Dr. Marshall’s employment letter agreement, the terms cause and good reason generally have the same meanings as given to such terms in Mr. McKenna’s employment agreement described above.

Employment Letter Agreement with Dr. Luo

We have entered into an employment letter agreement with Dr. Luo, which governs the terms of her employment with us as our Chief Medical Officer. Pursuant to her letter agreement, Dr. Luo is entitled to an annual base salary of $456,000 and is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus with a target amount of 40% of her base salary. Dr. Luo’s employment is at-will.

Regardless of the manner in which her service terminates, Dr. Luo is entitled to receive amounts previously earned during her term of service, including unpaid salary and bonus and cash out of unused vacation or paid time off. In addition, Dr. Luo is entitled to certain severance benefits under her employment letter agreement in the event of her termination under certain circumstances, subject to her execution of a release of claims and compliance with post-termination obligations.

Upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason, Dr. Luo is entitled to: (i) continuation of her base salary for 12 months (such applicable period, the severance period), (ii) her target bonus, payable in lump sum, (iii) payment of the COBRA premiums for her and her eligible dependents until the end of the severance period, and (iv) accelerated vesting of any unvested time-based vesting equity awards.

For purposes of Dr. Luo’s employment letter agreement, the terms cause and good reason generally have the same meanings as given to such terms in Mr. McKenna’s employment agreement described above.

 

- 152 -


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information with respect to outstanding equity awards for each of our NEOs as of December 31, 2020.

 

    Option Awards(1)     Stock Awards  
    Grant Date     Vesting
Commencement
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
(#)(2)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That Have
Not Vested
($)(3)
 

Mark C. McKenna

    12/18/2020       11/5/2020       —         531,725     $ 3.70       12/17/2030       —         —    
    8/12/2020       6/30/2020       —         20,000     $ 3.10       8/11/2030       —         —    
    5/5/2020       3/27/2020       —         132,744     $ 1.70       5/4/2030       —         —    
    11/7/2019       9/9/2019       116,885       257,148     $ 2.90       11/6/2029       —         —    

Keith W. Marshall

    12/18/2020       11/5/2020       —         123,040     $ 3.70       12/17/2030       —         —    
    8/12/2020       8/3/2020       —         131,000     $ 3.10       8/11/2030       —         —    

Allison Luo

    12/18/2020       11/5/2020       —         186,540     $ 3.70       12/17/2030       —         —    
    8/12/2020       8/12/2020       —         7,500     $ 3.10       8/11/2030       —         —    
    2/3/2020       2/3/2020       —         10,000     $ 2.90       2/2/2030       —         —    
    10/1/2019       7/15/2019       —         —         —         —         16,145     $ 59,740  
    8/2/2018       7/1/2018       —         —         —         —         9,895     $ 36,614  

 

(1)

With the exception of the award granted to Dr. Luo on August 12, 2020, stock option awards generally vest as to 25% of such grant on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and monthly thereafter in equal installments until fully vested at the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the recipient’s continued service through each vesting date, and subject to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances as described above under “Employment Letter Agreements with our NEOs.” Dr. Luo’s August 12, 2020 award vests as to 100% of such grant on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to her continuous service through such vesting date.

(2)

Represents restricted shares issued upon early exercise of stock options originally granted to Dr. Luo on October 1, 2019 at an exercise price of $2.90 per share and on August 2, 2018 at an exercise price of $0.50 per share, which options were subject to the standard vesting schedule described in footnote (1) above. The remaining restricted shares will vest in equal monthly installments until fully vested on July 15, 2023 and on July 1, 2022, respectively, subject to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances as described above under “Employment Letter Agreements with our NEOs.”

(3)

Represents the fair market value per share of our common stock as of December 31, 2020 of $3.70 per share, which our board of directors determined was the fair market value per share of our common stock on such date.

Other Elements of Compensation

Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, group life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case on the generally on same basis as all of our other employees. We offer a 401(k) plan to our employees, including our named executive officers, as discussed in the section below entitled “401(k) Plan.”

We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers, with the exception of cell phone allowances upon company approval on the same terms as such allowances are provided to other employees. We provided Mr. McKenna with relocation assistance in connection with his commencement

 

- 153 -


Table of Contents

of employment, and relocation benefits may be provided in the future to new executives on a case-by-case basis. Our board of directors may elect to adopt qualified or non-qualified benefit plans in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a defined contribution employee retirement plan, or 401(k) plan, for our employees. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as our other employees. The 401(k) plan is intended to be a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) plan provides that each participant may make pre-tax deferrals from his or her compensation up to the statutory limit, which is $19,500 for calendar year 2021, and other testing limits. Participants who are age 50 or older can also make “catch-up” contributions, which in calendar year 2021 may be up to an additional $6,500 above the statutory limit. We currently match employee deferrals under the 401(k) plan at 100% of deferrals up to the first 3% of eligible compensation and 50% of deferrals up to the next 2% of eligible compensation. Participant contributions are held and invested, pursuant to the participant’s instructions, by the 401(k) plan’s trustee.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not maintain nonqualified defined contribution plans or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans. Our board of directors may elect to provide our officers and other employees with non-qualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Termination or Change in Control Benefits

Our named executive officers may become entitled to certain benefits or enhanced benefits in connection with a change in control of our company. Each NEO’s employment letter agreement entitles him or her to certain benefits, including accelerated vesting of equity awards, upon a qualifying termination of employment and/or a qualifying termination in connection with a change in control of our company. For additional discussion, please see the section titled “Employment Letter Agreements with our NEOs.”

Incentive Award Plans

2021 Incentive Award Plan

Our board of directors and our stockholders have adopted the 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering. Under the 2021 Plan, we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2021 Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below.

Eligibility and Administration

Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees and consultants of our subsidiaries, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2021 Plan. Following our initial public offering, the 2021 Plan will generally be administered by our board of directors with respect to awards to non-employee directors and by our compensation committee with respect to other participants, each of which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under the 2021 Plan, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator will have the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2021 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2021 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

 

- 154 -


Table of Contents

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available

The number of shares initially available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2021 Plan will be the sum of (1) 3,600,000 shares of our common stock, plus (2) any shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2017 Plan as of the effective date of the 2021 Plan that become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan thereafter in accordance with its terms. The number of shares initially available for issuance will be increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending in 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 5% of the shares of common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares as determined by our board of directors. No more than 50,000,000 shares of common stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options under the 2021 Plan. Shares issued under the 2021 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased in the open market or treasury shares.

If an award under the 2021 Plan or the 2017 Plan expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, cancelled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, any shares subject to such award will, as applicable, become or again be available for new grants under the 2021 Plan. Awards granted under the 2021 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which we enter into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2021 Plan.

Awards

The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs; restricted stock; dividend equivalents; restricted stock units, or RSUs; stock appreciation rights, or SARs; and other stock or cash-based awards. Certain awards under the 2021 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the 2021 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. A brief description of each award type follows.

Stock options. Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Internal Revenue Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions. ISOs generally may be granted only to our employees and employees of our parent or subsidiary corporations, if any.

SARs. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction), and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Restricted stock and RSUs. Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met and may be accompanied by the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock prior to the delivery of the underlying shares.

 

- 155 -


Table of Contents

Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Conditions applicable to restricted stock and RSUs may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

Other stock or cash-based awards. Other stock or cash-based awards are awards of cash, fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock. Other stock or cash-based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock or cash-based awards, which may include vesting conditions based on continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Performance Awards

Performance awards include any of the foregoing awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals or other criteria the plan administrator may determine, which may or may not be objectively determinable. Performance criteria upon which performance goals are established by the plan administrator may include: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including, but not limited to, gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to our performance or the performance of a subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies.

Provisions of the 2021 Plan Relating to Director Compensation

The 2021 Plan provides that the plan administrator may establish compensation for non-employee directors from time to time subject to the 2021 Plan’s limitations. Prior to this offering, our stockholders will approve the initial terms of our non-employee director compensation program, which is described below under the heading “Director Compensation.” Our board of directors or its authorized committee may modify the non-employee director compensation program from time to time in the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, provided that the sum of any cash compensation or other compensation and the grant date fair value (as determined in accordance with ASC 718, or any successor thereto) of any equity awards granted as compensation for services as a non-employee director during any calendar year, commencing with the first calendar year following the year in

 

- 156 -


Table of Contents

which this offering occurs, may not exceed $1,000,000 (which limit will not apply to the compensation for any non-employee director who serves in any capacity in addition to that of a non-employee director for which he or she receives additional compensation or any compensation paid to any non-employee director during the calendar year in which this offering occurs). The plan administrator may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the plan administrator may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other contemporaneous compensation decisions involving non-employee directors.

Certain Transactions

In connection with certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, including a change in control, or change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2021 Plan to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate such transaction or event, or give effect to such change in applicable laws or accounting principles. This includes canceling awards in exchange for either an amount in cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such award or realization of the participant’s rights under the vested portion of such award, accelerating the vesting of awards, providing for the assumption or substitution of awards by a successor entity, adjusting the number and type of shares available, replacing awards with other rights or property or terminating awards under the 2021 Plan. In the event of a change in control where the acquirer does not assume awards granted under the 2021 Plan, awards issued under the 2021 Plan shall be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of the awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders (an equity restructuring) the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2021 Plan and outstanding awards as it deems appropriate to reflect the equity restructuring.

For purposes of the 2021 Plan, a “change in control” means and includes each of the following:

 

   

a transaction or series of transactions whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than our company or our subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan maintained by us or any of our subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, us) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of our securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

 

   

during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute our board of directors together with any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with us to effect a change in control transaction) whose election by our board of directors or nomination for election by our stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

 

   

the consummation by us (whether directly or indirectly) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

 

   

which results in our voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of our assets or otherwise succeeds to our business, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the successor entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

- 157 -


Table of Contents
   

after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the successor entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the successor entity solely as a result of the voting power held in our company prior to the consummation of the transaction.

Foreign Participants, Claw-back Provisions, Transferability and Participant Payments

With respect to foreign participants, the plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by our company to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2021 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2021 Plan and exercise price obligations arising in connection with the exercise of stock options under the 2021 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash, wire transfer, or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions (a market sell order) or such other consideration as it deems suitable or any combination of the foregoing.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2021 Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2021 Plan. The plan administrator will have the authority, without the approval of our stockholders, to amend any outstanding stock option or SAR to reduce its exercise or base price per share. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2021 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which our board of directors adopts the 2021 Plan.

Securities Laws

The 2021 Plan is intended to conform to all provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder, including, without limitation, Exchange Act Rule 16b-3. The 2021 Plan will be administered, and awards will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

The material federal income tax consequences of the 2021 Plan under current federal income tax law are summarized in the following discussion, which deals with the general U.S. federal income tax principles applicable to the 2021 Plan. The following discussion is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change. Foreign, state and local tax laws, and employment, estate and gift tax considerations are not discussed due to the fact that they may vary depending on individual circumstances and from locality to locality.

Stock options and SARs. A 2021 Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income and we generally will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of a stock option or SAR. The tax consequences of exercising a stock option and the subsequent disposition of the shares received upon exercise will depend upon whether the option qualifies as an ISO or an NSO. Upon exercising an NSO when the fair market value of our stock is higher than the exercise price of the option, a 2021 Plan participant generally will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates equal to the excess of the fair market value of the stock on the date of exercise over the purchase price, and we (or our subsidiaries, if any) generally will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the

 

- 158 -


Table of Contents

shares purchased exceeds the purchase price for the shares. Upon a subsequent sale or other disposition of the option shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

Upon exercising an ISO, a 2021 Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income, and we will not be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense. However, upon exercise, the amount by which the fair market value of the shares purchased exceeds the purchase price will be an item of adjustment for alternative minimum tax purposes. The participant will recognize taxable income upon a sale or other taxable disposition of the option shares. For federal income tax purposes, dispositions are divided into two categories: qualifying and disqualifying. A qualifying disposition generally occurs if the sale or other disposition is made more than two years after the date the option was granted and more than one year after the date the shares are transferred upon exercise. If the sale or disposition occurs before these two periods are satisfied, then a disqualifying disposition generally will result.

Upon a qualifying disposition of ISO shares, the participant will recognize long-term capital gain in an amount equal to the excess of the amount realized upon the sale or other disposition of the shares over their purchase price. If there is a disqualifying disposition of the shares, then the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date (or, if less, the price at which the shares are sold) over their purchase price will be taxable as ordinary income to the participant. If there is a disqualifying disposition in the same year of exercise, it eliminates the item of adjustment for alternative minimum tax purposes. Any additional gain or loss recognized upon the disposition will be recognized as a capital gain or loss by the participant.

We will not be entitled to any tax deduction if the participant makes a qualifying disposition of ISO shares. If the participant makes a disqualifying disposition of the shares, we should be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense in the amount of the ordinary income recognized by the participant.

Upon exercising or settling a SAR, a 2021 Plan participant will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount paid or value of the shares issued upon exercise or settlement. Payments in shares will be valued at the fair market value of the shares at the time of the payment, and upon the subsequent disposition of the shares the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

Restricted stock and RSUs. A 2021 Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates and we generally will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of restricted stock or RSUs. Upon the termination of restrictions on restricted stock or the payment of RSUs, the participant will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount paid to the participant or the amount by which the then fair market value of the shares received by the participant exceeds the amount, if any, paid for them. Upon the subsequent disposition of any shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares. However, a 2021 Plan participant granted restricted stock that is subject to forfeiture or repurchase through a vesting schedule such that it is subject to a risk of forfeiture (as defined in Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code) may make an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code to recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, at the time of the grant, in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date of grant, less the amount paid, if any, for the shares. We will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation, in the amount recognized as taxable income by the participant. If a timely Section 83(b) election is made, the participant will not recognize any additional ordinary income on the termination of restrictions on restricted stock, and we will not be entitled to any additional tax deduction.

Other stock or cash-based awards. A 2021 Plan participant will not recognize taxable income and we will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of other stock or cash-based awards until cash or shares are paid

 

- 159 -


Table of Contents

or distributed to the participant. At that time, any cash payments or the fair market value of shares that the participant receives will be taxable to the participant at ordinary income tax rates and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense. Payments in shares will be valued at the fair market value of the shares at the time of the payment. Upon the subsequent disposition of the shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2017 Plan in September 2017 and our stockholders approved our 2017 Plan in September 2017. Our 2017 Plan was most recently amended by our board of directors and our stockholders in January 2021.

Stock Awards

Our 2017 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code) to employees, including employees of any parent or subsidiary, and for the grant of NSOs, restricted stock awards, RSUs, and other stock-based awards to employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares

Subject to certain adjustments, awards may be made under the 2017 Plan covering up to 5,524,355 shares of common stock. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2017 Plan that expire, lapse or are terminated, surrendered, cancelled without having been fully exercised or that are forfeited or repurchased, in any case in a manner that results in any shares of common stock covered by the award not being issued or being so reacquired, then those shares will again become available for issuance under the 2017 Plan. This includes shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award.

As of December 31, 2020, 2,930,246 shares of our common stock were subject to outstanding awards under the 2017 Plan and 373,789 shares of our common stock remained available for future issuance under the 2017 Plan. Following the adoption of the 2021 Plan, no further awards will be granted under the 2017 Plan.

Effective January 29, 2021, the share reserve under our 2017 Plan was increased to 5,524,355 shares pursuant to an amendment approved by our board of directors and our stockholders. As of February 15, 2021, 4,996,016 shares of our common stock were subject to outstanding awards under the 2017 Plan and 192,130 shares of our common stock remained available for issuance under the 2017 Plan.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors to which the board delegates its administrative authority, administers our 2017 Plan and is referred to as the plan administrator herein. Under our 2017 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to, among other things, select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the type or types of awards to be granted to each person, determine the number of awards to grant, determine the number of shares to be subject to awards, and the terms and conditions of awards, and make all other determinations and decisions and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2017 Plan. The plan administrator is also authorized to establish, adopt, amend or revise rules relating to administration of the 2017 Plan, subject to certain restrictions.

Stock Options

ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the 2017 Plan,

 

- 160 -


Table of Contents

provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant (or 110% of the fair market value for certain major stockholders). Options granted under the 2017 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement, as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2017 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years (or five years, for certain major stockholders).

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash or check, (2) an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker or a copy of an irrevocable or unconditional instruction to a broker, (3) shares of our common stock owned by the optionholder, (4) shares of our common stock then issuable upon exercise of the option, (5) a promissory note, (6) property of any other kind, or (7) any combination of the above permitted forms of payment.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

Tax Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

RSUs are granted under RSU award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. An RSU may be settled by cash or other property as set forth in the RSU award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account and may be settled in cash and/or shares of common stock.

Corporate Transactions

The plan administrator has broad discretion to equitably adjust the provisions of the 2017 Plan and the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, including with respect to aggregate number and type of shares subject to the 2017 Plan and awards granted pursuant to the 2017 Plan, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and/or facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. The plan administrator may also provide for the acceleration, cash-out, termination, assumption, substitution or conversion of awards in the event of a change in control or certain other unusual or nonrecurring events or transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders (an equity restructuring) the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2017 Plan and outstanding awards as it deems appropriate to reflect the equity restructuring.

Change in Control. In the event of a change in control where the acquirer does not assume awards granted under the 2017 Plan, with respect to awards issued under the 2017 Plan held by persons who have not experienced a termination of service, the plan administrator may provide for accelerated vesting such that 100% of the awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable, immediately prior to the change in control. Under the 2017 Plan, a change of control is generally defined as: (i) a merger or consolidation of our company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person; (ii) a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of our company’s assets; or (iii) any

 

- 161 -


Table of Contents

other transaction, including the sale by us of new shares of our capital stock or a transfer of existing shares of our capital stock, the result of which is that a third party that is not an affiliate of us or our stockholders (or a group of third parties not affiliated with us or our stockholders) immediately prior to such transaction acquires or holds capital stock representing a majority of our outstanding voting power immediately following such transaction; provided that the following events shall not constitute a “change in control” under the 2017 Plan: (a) a transaction (other than a sale of all or substantially all of our assets) in which the holders of our voting securities immediately prior to the merger or consolidation hold, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the voting securities in the successor corporation or its parent immediately after the merger or consolidation; (b) a sale, lease, exchange or other transaction in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of our assets to an affiliate of ours; (c) an initial public offering of any of our securities; (d) a reincorporation solely to change our jurisdiction; or (e) a transaction undertaken for the primary purpose of creating a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportion by the persons who held our securities immediately before such transaction.

Plan Amendment or Termination

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2017 Plan, provided that such action does not materially and adversely affect any award outstanding without the affected participant’s consent. Stockholder approval of any amendment to the 2017 Plan will be obtained to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any applicable law. Unless terminated sooner, the 2017 Plan will automatically terminate in September 2027.

Securities Laws and Federal Income Tax Consequences    

The 2017 Plan is designed to comply with applicable securities laws in the same manner as described above in the description of the 2021 Plan under the heading “—2021 Incentive Award Plan—Securities Laws.” The general U.S. federal income tax consequences of awards under the 2017 Plan are the same as those described above with respect to similar awards in the description of the 2021 Plan under the heading “—2021 Incentive Award Plan—Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors and our stockholders have adopted the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2021 ESPP, the material terms of which are summarized below.

The 2021 ESPP is comprised of two distinct components in order to provide increased flexibility to grant options to purchase shares under the 2021 ESPP to U.S. and to non-U.S. employees. Specifically, the 2021 ESPP authorizes (1) the grant of options to U.S. employees that are intended to qualify for favorable U.S. federal tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code, (the “Section 423 Component”), and (2) the grant of options that are not intended to be tax-qualified under Section 423 of the Code to facilitate participation for employees located outside of the U.S. who do not benefit from favorable U.S. federal tax treatment and to provide flexibility to comply with non-U.S. law and other considerations (the “Non-Section 423 Component”). Where permitted under local law and custom, we expect that the Non-Section 423 Component will generally be operated and administered on terms and conditions similar to the Section 423 Component.

Shares Available for Awards; Administration. A total of 360,000 shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance under the 2021 ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2021 ESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending in and including 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of (A) 1% of the shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our board of directors, provided that no more than 10,000,000 shares of our common stock may be issued under the Section 423 Component. Our

 

- 162 -


Table of Contents

board of directors or a committee of our board of directors will administer and will have authority to interpret the terms of the 2021 ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. We expect that the compensation committee will be the initial administrator of the 2021 ESPP.

Eligibility. We expect that all of our employees will be eligible to participate in the 2021 ESPP. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our 2021 ESPP if the employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our stock.

Grant of Rights. Stock will be offered under the 2021 ESPP during offering periods. The length of the offering periods under the 2021 ESPP will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to twenty-seven months long. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The purchase dates for each offering period will be the final trading day in the offering period. Offering periods under the 2021 ESPP will commence when determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods. In non-U.S. jurisdictions where participation in the 2021 ESPP through payroll deductions is prohibited, the plan administrator may provide that an eligible employee may elect to participate through contributions to the participant’s account under the 2021 ESPP in a form acceptable to the 2021 ESPP administrator in lieu of or in addition to payroll deductions.

The 2021 ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to a specified percentage of their eligible compensation. The plan administrator will establish a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock under the Section 423 Component at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will automatically be granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The option will expire at the end of the applicable offering period, and will be exercised at that time to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the offering period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary designation, will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the purchase date. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the 2021 ESPP at any time during a specified period prior to the end of the applicable offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the 2021 ESPP other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are generally exercisable only by the participant.

Certain Transactions. In the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions or events affecting our common stock, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2021 ESPP and outstanding rights. In the event of certain unusual or non-recurring events or transactions, including a change in control, the plan administrator may provide for (1) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (2) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (3) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (4) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (5) the termination of all outstanding rights.

Plan Amendment. The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the 2021 ESPP at any time. However, stockholder approval will be obtained for any amendment that increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the 2021 ESPP or changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the 2021 ESPP.

 

- 163 -


Table of Contents

Securities Laws. The 2021 ESPP has been designed to comply with various securities laws in the same manner as described above in the description of the 2021 Plan.

Federal Income Taxes. The material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the 2021 ESPP under current U.S. federal income tax law are summarized in the following discussion, which deals with the general U.S. federal income tax principles applicable to the 2021 ESPP. The following discussion is based upon U.S. laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change. Foreign, state and local tax laws, and employment, estate and gift tax considerations are not discussed due to the fact that they may vary depending on individual circumstances and from locality to locality.

The 2021 ESPP, and the right of participants to make purchases thereunder, is intended to qualify under the provisions of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the applicable Internal Revenue Code provisions, no income will be taxable to a participant until the sale or other disposition of the shares purchased under the 2021 ESPP. This means that an eligible employee will not recognize taxable income on the date the employee is granted an option under the 2021 ESPP (i.e., the first day of the offering period). In addition, the employee will not recognize taxable income upon the purchase of shares. Upon such sale or disposition, the participant will generally be subject to tax in an amount that depends upon the length of time such shares are held by the participant prior to disposing of them. If the shares are sold or disposed of more than two years from the first day of the offering period during which the shares were purchased and more than one year from the date of purchase, or if the participant dies while holding the shares, the participant (or his or her estate) will recognize ordinary income measured as the lesser of: (1) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such sale or disposition over the purchase price; or (2) an amount equal to 15% of the fair market value of the shares as of the first day of the offering period. Any additional gain will be treated as long-term capital gain. If the shares are held for the holding periods described above but are sold for a price that is less than the purchase price, there is no ordinary income and the participating employee has a long-term capital loss for the difference between the sale price and the purchase price.

If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of the holding periods described above, the participant will recognize ordinary income generally measured as the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date the shares are purchased over the purchase price and we will be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense in the amount of ordinary income recognized by the employee. Any additional gain or loss on such sale or disposition will be long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending on how long the shares were held following the date they were purchased by the participant prior to disposing of them. If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of the holding periods described above but are sold for a price that is less than the purchase price, the participant will recognize ordinary income equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date of purchase over the purchase price (and we will be entitled to a corresponding deduction), but the participant generally will be able to report a capital loss equal to the difference between the sales price of the shares and the fair market value of the shares on the date of purchase.

Director Compensation

From time to time, we have granted stock-based compensation to the non-employee members of our board of directors for their services as directors.

During 2020, we paid cash compensation to three of our non-employee members of our board of directors for their service as directors. Dr. Yamada receives an annual cash fee of $100,000, paid monthly, for his service as Chairman of our board of directors. Effective November 5, 2020, Dr. Sandborn commenced receiving an annual cash retainer of $35,000 for his services as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Papa received an annual cash retainer of $30,000 commencing with his commencement of service on our board of directors, in consideration of his board service and his service as chairman of our compensation committee, which retainer was increased to $35,000 annually effective November 5, 2020.

We have provided stock-based compensation to certain of our non-employee directors. Drs. Yamada and Sandborn and Mr. Papa are the only non-employee directors who received equity awards during 2020. Effective

 

- 164 -


Table of Contents

August 25, 2020, we granted Mr. Papa options to purchase 15,000 shares of our common stock under our 2017 Plan in connection with his commencement of service on our board of directors and as chairman of our compensation committee. Effective December 18, 2020, we granted Dr. Yamada, Mr. Papa and Dr. Sandborn options to purchase 114,040, 27,340 and 20,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, under the 2017 Plan. Twenty-five percent of the options vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant and 1/48th of the options vest monthly thereafter, subject to the director’s continuous service through each vesting date. The stock options have a ten-year term. The stock options granted to Mr. Papa in August 2020 have an exercise price of $3.10 per share, and the stock options granted to our non-employee directors in December 2020 have an exercise price of $3.70 per share, which our board of directors determined was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock on the applicable date of grant.

In February 2021, we granted each of Dr. Yamada, Mr. Papa, Ms. Adams and Ms. Swain options to purchase 135,913, 22,652, 30,000 and 30,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, under the 2017 Plan. The options were granted to Dr. Yamada and Mr. Papa in recognition of the closing of the second tranche of the company’s Series D preferred stock financing. The options were granted to Ms. Adams and Ms. Swain in connection with their commencement of service on our board of directors. Twenty-five percent of the options vest on the 12-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date, or February 4, 2021, and 1/48th of the options vest monthly thereafter, subject to continuous service through each vesting date. The options were granted at an exercise price of $6.70 per share, which our board of directors determined was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The options also vest on an accelerated basis in the event of a change in control.

In connection with his transition from Chief Executive Officer to non-executive employee Advisor in November 2019, we entered into an employment letter agreement with Mr. Glenn, pursuant to which he remained an employee through December 31, 2020. Pursuant to his letter agreement, Mr. Glenn received an annual base salary of $500,000 and, for 2020, is eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target amount equal to 50% of his eligible earnings for 2020. In addition, Mr. Glenn was entitled to certain severance benefits under his employment letter agreement in the event of his termination under certain circumstances prior to December 31, 2020, subject to his execution of a release of claims and compliance with post-termination obligations. Upon a termination without cause, resignation for good reason, or termination due to death or disability before December 31, 2020, Mr. Glenn would have been entitled to: (i) continuation of his monthly base salary until December 31, 2020 (such applicable period, the severance period), (ii) his target bonus for 2020, payable in lump sum, (iii) payment of the COBRA premiums for him until the earliest of (a) the end of the severance period, or (b) the date he became eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with his new employment, and (iv) accelerated vesting of the unvested portion of his option grant. Pursuant to his employment letter agreement, Mr. Glenn was not eligible for any severance benefits as a result of any termination of his employment for any reason on or after December 31, 2020. Pursuant to his employment letter, Mr. Glenn is also eligible for two transaction bonuses. The first transaction bonus in the amount of $250,000 was paid to Mr. Glenn in August 2020 in recognition of the execution of the Falk Agreement. The second transaction bonus in the amount of $500,000 will be payable to Mr. Glenn upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Glenn is not required to remain employed by us in order to receive the transaction bonus payable upon an initial public offering.

In addition, we have reimbursed, and will continue to reimburse, our non-employee directors for their actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with attending board meetings. Mark C. McKenna, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is also a member of our board of directors, but does not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director.

 

- 165 -


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes compensation received by our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2020. Mr. McKenna is excluded from the following table because he served as our President and Chief Executive Officer during 2020. His compensation is included in the Summary Compensation Table above.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
     Option Awards
($)(1)
     All Other
Compensation

($)
     Total
($)
 

Grégory Behar(2)

     —          —          —          —    

Scott Glenn(3)

     —          —          980,167        980,167  

Joy Ghosh(4)

     —          —          —          —    

Martin Hendrix

     —          —          —          —    

James D. Laur

     —          —          —          —    

Shlomo Melmed, M.D.(5)

     —          —          —          —    

Joseph C. Papa

     11,288        91,382        —          102,670  

Gerald T. Proehl(6)

     —          —          —          —    

William Sandborn, M.D.(7)

     5,370        46,000        —          51,370  

Mark Stenhouse(8)

     —          —          —          —    

Adam Stone(4)

     —          —          —          —    

Douglas F. Wall(9)

     —          —          —          —    

Shierley Widjaja(10)

     —          —          —          —    

Tadataka (Tachi) Yamada, M.D.

     99,996        262,294        —          362,290  

 

(1)

Represents the grant date fair value of stock options to purchase shares of common stock of Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 included with this prospectus for a description of the assumptions used in valuing our stock options.

(2)

Mr. Behar resigned from our board of directors effective October 30, 2020.

(3)

Mr. Glenn resigned from our board of directors effective October 26, 2020, but continued to serve as an employee and advisor to the company through December 31, 2020. The amounts in the “All Other Compensation” column for Mr. Glenn represent compensation paid to him during 2020 for his role as an non-executive employee advisor to the company as follows: annual base salary ($479,327); 2020 annual bonus ($250,000); transaction bonus paid in recognition of the execution of the Falk Agreement ($250,000); and life insurance benefits provided at company expense ($840).

(4)

Mr. Ghosh and Mr. Stone resigned from our board of directors effective February 4, 2021.

(5)

Dr. Melmed resigned from our board of directors effective September 29, 2020.

(6)

Mr. Proehl resigned from our board of directors effective March 27, 2020, but continues to serve as an advisor to the company.

(7)

Dr. Sandborn is married to Allison Luo, our Chief Medical Officer. Dr. Luo’s compensation is described above under “Executive Compensation.” Dr. Sandborn resigned from our board of directors effective February 4, 2021, but continues to serve as an advisor to the company and the chairman of our scientific advisory board.

(8)

Mr. Stenhouse resigned from our board of directors effective October 30, 2020. On March 1, 2021, Mr. Stenhouse joined the company as our Chief Operating Officer.

(9)

Mr. Wall resigned from our board of directors effective September 29, 2020, but continues to serve as an advisor to the company.

(10)

Ms. Widjaja resigned from our board of directors effective February 17, 2021.

 

- 166 -


Table of Contents

The aggregate number of shares subject to stock options outstanding at December 31, 2020 for the individuals who served as non-employee directors during 2020 was as follows:

 

Name

   Number of Securities
Underlying Options
Outstanding at
December 31, 2020
 

Grégory Behar

     —    

Scott Glenn

     100,000  

Joy Ghosh

     —    

Martin Hendrix

     —    

James D. Laur

     —    

Shlomo Melmed, M.D.

     —    

Joseph C. Papa

     42,340  

Gerald T. Proehl

     40,000  

William Sandborn, M.D.

     27,291  

Mark Stenhouse

     40,000  

Adam Stone

     —    

Douglas F. Wall

     —    

Shierley Widjaja

     —    

Tadataka (Tachi) Yamada, M.D.

     254,040  

Each of Dr. Sandborn and Mr. Wall also held 67,708 and 15,000 shares of common stock as of December 31, 2020, respectively, which shares were issued to them upon the early exercise of stock options granted to them prior to 2020, 12,813 and 3,438 of which remained restricted as of December 31, 2020, respectively.

In connection with this offering, our board of directors and our stockholders have approved the terms of our non-employee director compensation program. The material terms of the non-employee director compensation program are summarized below.

The non-employee director compensation policy will provide for annual retainer fees and/or equity awards for our non-employee directors. We expect each non-employee director will receive an annual retainer of $40,000, with our chairman receiving an annual retainer of $100,000. A non-employee director serving as the chair of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive additional annual retainers of $15,000, $10,000 and $8,000, respectively. A non-employee director serving as a member of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive additional annual retainers of $7,500, $5,000 and $4,000, respectively. The non-employee directors will also receive initial grants of options to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock, vesting monthly over three years, upon election to the board of directors, and thereafter annual grants of options to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock, vesting on the first to occur of (1) the first anniversary of the grant date or (2) the next occurring annual meeting of our stockholders, in each case subject to the non-employee director’s continued service through the applicable vesting date. In addition, equity awards granted to our non-employee directors will vest upon a change in control of our company.

Compensation under our non-employee director compensation policy will be subject to the annual limits on non-employee director compensation set forth in the 2021 Plan, as described above. Our board of directors or its authorized committee may modify the non-employee director compensation program from time to time in the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, subject to the annual limit on non-employee director compensation set forth in the 2021 Plan. As provided in the 2021 Plan, our board of directors or its authorized committee may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the board of directors or its authorized committee may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other compensation decisions involving non-employee directors.

 

- 167 -


Table of Contents

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that if Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we shall have the power to indemnify our employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws would permit indemnification. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

The above description of the indemnification provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

- 168 -


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2017 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 and one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive and Director Compensation.” We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers and stockholders.

Preferred Stock Financings

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Financings. In November 2018, we entered into a Series B preferred stock purchase agreement, pursuant to which we sold to investors in an initial closing and subsequent closing in November 2018 and May 2019, respectively, in private placements, an aggregate of 26,666,667 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock. The per share purchase price was $0.75, and we received gross proceeds of approximately $20 million.

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Financings. In June 2019, we entered into a Series C preferred stock purchase agreement, as amended in March 2020, pursuant to which we sold to investors in an initial closing and subsequent closing in June 2019 and March 2020, respectively, in a private placement, an aggregate of 53,063,500 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, including shares issued to Nestlé Health Science US Holdings Inc. (NHS) and Société des Produits Nestlé S.A. (SPN) as part of our acquisition of PLI described below. The per share purchase price was $1.00, and we received gross proceeds of approximately $28.1 million from the sale of stock to investors, excluding NHS and SPN.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock Financing. In October 2020, we entered into a Series D preferred stock purchase agreement, pursuant to which we sold to investors, in a private placement, an aggregate of 66,155,067 shares of Series D-1 convertible preferred stock in an initial closing, including shares issued to NHS as part of our acquisition of PLI described below, at a per share purchase price of $0.7558. In January 2021, in a subsequent closing, we sold to investors 93,995,300 shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock, in a private placement, including shares issued to NHS as part of our acquisition of PLI described below, at a per share purchase price of $0.8510. We received gross proceeds of approximately $120.0 million from the sale of stock to investors, excluding NHS.

The following table sets forth the aggregate number of these securities acquired by the listed directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or their affiliates. Each outstanding share of preferred stock, will convert into shares of common stock at a ratio of one-for-ten immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

Participants

  Series B
Preferred
Shares
    Series C
Preferred
Shares
    Series D-1
Preferred
Shares
    Series D-2
Preferred
Shares
 

5% or Greater Stockholders(1)

       

Cedars-Sinai Medical Center

    12,000,000       25,000,000       2,544,425       3,615,656  

Société des Produits Nestlé S.A(2)

    —         16,450,000       —         —    

Ascend Global Investment Fund SPC—Strategic Segregated Portfolio

    10,084,791       —         508,855       723,131  

Nestlé Health Science US Holdings Inc.(3)

    —         8,550,000       5,088,851       7,219,560  

Mutual Fund Series Trust, on behalf of Eventide Healthcare & Life Sciences Fund

    —         —         10,177,703       14,462,623  

 

- 169 -


Table of Contents

Participants

  Series B
Preferred
Shares
    Series C
Preferred
Shares
    Series D-1
Preferred
Shares
    Series D-2
Preferred
Shares
 

Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd.

    —         —         10,177,703       14,462,623  

Entities affiliated with RTW Master Fund, Ltd.

    —         —         10,177,703       14,462,623  

Entities affiliated with Cowen Healthcare Investments III LP

    —         —         10,177,703       14,462,623  

Entities affiliated with Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP

    —         —        
7,633,277
 
    10,846,968  

Point72 Biotech Private Investments, LLC

    —         —        
7,623,277
 
    10,846,968  

Officers and Directors

       

Tadataka Yamada, M.D.

    133,333       —         —         —    

 

(1)

Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in the section titled “Principal Stockholders.”

(2)

Represents securities acquired by SPN in connection with our acquisition of PLI.

(3)

Represents 3,550,000 shares acquired by NHS in June 2019, 5,000,000 shares acquired by NHS in June 2020, 5,088,851 shares acquired by NHS in October 2020 upon conversion of deferred purchase price from cash to stock, in connection with our acquisition of PLI and 7,219,560 shares acquired by NHS in January 2021 upon conversion of deferred purchase price from cash to stock, in connection with our acquisition of PLI.

Agreements with Cedars-Sinai

In September 2017 and March 2019, we and Cedars-Sinai, one of our 5% stockholders, entered into exclusive license agreements. Such agreements are described in “Business—Collaboration and License Agreement Overview—Our Collaboration with Cedars-Sinai Medical Center.” In May 2018, Prometheus Laboratories, Inc. and Cedars-Sinai entered into a reference laboratory services agreement, which agreement was amended in June 2019 and October 2019, under which we provide certain laboratory services to Cedars-Sinai on an ongoing basis. As more fully described below, we acquired Prometheus Laboratories in June 2019. During the year ended, December 31, 2019, Cedars-Sinai has paid us approximately $0.2 million for such services.

Shlomo Melmed, M.D., a member of our board of directors until his resignation effective September 29, 2020, is the Executive Vice President of Academic Affairs, Dean of the Medical Faculty and Professor of Medicine at Cedars-Sinai. James Laur, also a member of our board of directors, is the Vice President, Intellectual Property for Cedars-Sinai.

Prometheus Laboratories, Inc.

PLI Acquisition and Spinoff

In June 2019, we, NHS and SPN entered into a stock purchase agreement whereby we acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding equity of PLI from NHS, as well as certain intellectual property rights from SPN. In consideration for the acquisition, we issued to NHS and SPN an aggregate of 25,000,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock in connection with our Series C convertible preferred stock financing described above (or approximately $25 million of stock based upon a fair market value of $1.00 per share). Under the terms of the agreement, we are also required to pay NHS $15.0 million in deferred cash payments due as follows: $5.0 million due on June 30, 2020 and $10.0 million due on June 30, 2021, which were settled as follows: $5.0 million of deferred cash payments were converted to 5,000,000 Series C convertible preferred stock in June 2020; $3.8 million of deferred cash payments were converted to 5,088,851 shares of Series D-1 convertible preferred stock in October 2020; and $6.2 million of deferred cash payments were converted to 7,219,560 shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in January 2021. Grégory Behar, a former member of our board of directors, is the Chief Executive Officer of NHS, and Martin Hendrix, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, is the Head of Global Business Development and M&A at NHS.

 

- 170 -


Table of Contents

On December 31, 2020, we completed a spinoff of PLI, by means of a pro rata distribution of all its outstanding stock to our stockholders of record on December 30, 2020.

Transition Services Agreement

In connection with the spinoff, we and PLI entered into a transition services agreement. Pursuant to this agreement, we are providing PLI certain transitional services, including general and administrative, finance and clinical operations support, and PLI is providing us with certain transitional services, including providing for the use of our current facilities under a sublease, in each case for specified monthly service fees. The initial term of the agreement is for one year, subject to earlier termination and extension thereafter.

Registration Rights Agreement

We entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement in November 2018, as amended and restated in June 2019, and as amended and restated in October 2020, with the holders of our convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. The registration rights agreement provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of their convertible preferred stock and certain additional covenants made by us. Except for the registration rights (including the related provisions pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify the parties to the investors’ rights agreement), all rights under this agreement will terminate upon closing of this offering. The registration rights will continue following this offering and will terminate seven years after the closing of this offering. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for more information regarding these registration rights.

Voting Agreement

We entered into an amended and restated voting agreement in November 2018, as amended and restated in March 2020, as further amended in August 2020, and as amended and restated in October 2020, with the holders of our convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, pursuant to which the following directors were each elected to serve as members on our board of directors and, as of the date of this prospectus, continue to so serve: Helen C. Adams, Martin Hendrix, Ph.D., James Laur, Mark C. McKenna, Joseph C. Papa, Judith Swain, M.D., Mary Szela and Tadataka Yamada, M.D. Pursuant to the voting agreement, Mr. McKenna, as our Chief Executive Officer, serves on our board of directors as the CEO director. Dr. Hendrix and Mr. Laur, as designated by NHS and Cedars-Sinai, respectively, and Dr. Swain and Ms. Szela were initially selected to serve on our board of directors as representatives of the holders of our convertible preferred stock. Ms. Adams, Mr. Papa and Dr. Yamada were initially selected to serve on our board of directors as representatives of the holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, as designated by a majority of our common and preferred stockholders, voting together as a single class.

The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and members previously elected to our board of directors pursuant to this agreement will continue to serve as directors until they resign, are removed or their successors are duly elected by holders of our common stock. The composition of our board of directors after this offering is described in more detail under “Management—Board Composition and Election of Directors.”

Equity Grants to Executive Officers and Directors

We have granted restricted stock and stock options to certain of our executive officers and non-employee directors, as more fully described in “Executive and Director Compensation” with respect to our NEOs and non-employee directors.

 

- 171 -


Table of Contents

Employment Arrangements

We have entered into employment letter agreements with our executive officers. For more information regarding these letter agreements, see the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation—Employment Letter Agreements with our NEOs.”

Director and Officer Indemnification

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director (and in certain cases their related venture capital funds) and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, we have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances. For further information, see the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 220,590 shares of common stock, or up to 3% of the shares offered by us in this offering, for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related-person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

- 172 -


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 1, 2021, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, by:

 

   

our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which a person has sole or shared voting power or investment power. Applicable percentage ownership is based on 27,296,113 shares of common stock outstanding on March 1, 2021, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 25,485,955 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and includes 54,703 shares subject to forfeiture or a right of repurchase. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to warrants, options or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Prometheus Biosciences, Inc., 9410 Carroll Park Dr., San Diego, California 92121. We believe, based on information provided to us, that each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

     Number of
Shares
Beneficially

Owned
     Percentage of
Shares Beneficially
Owned
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 

5% or Greater Stockholders

       

Cedars-Sinai Medical Center(1)

     5,008,508        18.4     14.5

Entities affiliated with Nestlé S.A.(2)

     3,730,841        13.7     10.8

Entities affiliated with Cowen Healthcare Investments III LP(3)

     2,464,032        9.0     7.1

Mutual Fund Series Trust, on behalf of Eventide Healthcare & Life Sciences Fund(4)

     2,464,032        9.0     7.1

Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd.(5)

     2,464,032        9.0     7.1

Entities affiliated with RTW Master Fund, Ltd.(6)

     2,464,031        9.0     7.1

Entities affiliated with Cormorant Global Private Healthcare Fund III, LP(7)

     1,848,022        6.8     5.3

Point72 Biotech Private Investments, LLC(8).

     1,848,024        6.8     5.3

Ascend Global Investment Fund SPC—Strategic Segregated Portfolio(9)

     1,731,680        6.3     5.0

Executive Officers and Directors

       

Mark C. McKenna(10)

     116,885        *       *  

Timothy K. Andrews

     —          *       *  

Allison Luo, M.D.(11)

     117,708        *       *  

Keith Marshall

     —          *       *  

Tadataka Yamada, M.D.(12)

     229,791        *       *  

Helen C. Adams

     —          *       *  

 

- 173 -


Table of Contents
     Number of
Shares
Beneficially

Owned
     Percentage of
Shares Beneficially
Owned
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 

Martin Hendrix, Ph.D.

     —          *       *  

James Laur

     —          *       *  

Joseph C. Papa

     —          *       *  

Judith L. Swain

     —          *       *  

Mary Szela

     —          *       *  

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)(13)

     344,383        1.2     *  

 

*

Less than 1%.

(1)

Includes 5,008,508 shares of common stock held by Cedars-Sinai Medical Center. Thomas M. Priselac, the President and Chief Executive Officer of Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, and Edward M. Prunchunas, the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, are deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Cedars-Sinai Medical Center.

(2)

Includes (i) 2,085,841 shares of common stock held by NHS and (ii) 1,645,000 shares of common stock held by SPN. Each of (a) SPN, an indirect parent of NHS, (b) NIMCO US, Inc., or NIMCO, the direct parent of NHS, (c) Nestlé US Holdco, Inc., or Nestlé US Holdco, an indirect parent of NHS, and (d) Nestlé S.A. a publicly traded company and the ultimate parent of each of NHS, NIMCO, Nestlé US Holdco and SPN, has shared voting power and shared dispositive power with respect to the 2,085,841 shares held by NHS. Each of (x) SPN and (y) Nestlé S.A. has shared voting power and shared dispositive power with respect to the 1,645,000 shares held by SPN. The principal executive office of NHS, NIMCO and Nestlé US Holdco is 1812 North Moore Street, Arlington, VA 22209 and the principal executive office of SPN and Nestlé S.A. is Avenue Nestlé 55, CH-1800, Vevey Switzerland.

(3)

Consists of (i) 2,396.891 shares held by Cowen Healthcare Investments III LP and (ii) 67,141 shares held by CHI EF III LP. CHI Advisors LLC is the investment manager of Cowen Healthcare Investments III LP and CHI EF III LP and has voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by each of the respective entities. The business address for Cowen Healthcare Investments III LP and CHI EF III LP c/o CHI Advisors LLC, 599 Lexington Avenue, 19th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

(4)

Consists of 2,464,032 shares of common stock held by Mutual Fund Series Trust, on behalf of Eventide Healthcare & Life Sciences Fund. Eventide Healthcare & Life Sciences Fund is a registered investment companies for which Eventide Asset Management, LLC acts as investment advisor. Eventide Asset Management, LLC has voting and investment power with respect to the shares.

(5)

Consists of 2,464,032 shares of common stock held by Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd. (the “Master Fund”). Perceptive Advisors LLC (“Perceptive”) is the investment manager to the Master Fund and may be deemed to beneficially own the securities directly held by the Master Fund. Joseph Edelman is the managing member of Perceptive. Perceptive and Mr. Edelman may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by the Master Fund. The address of Perceptive is 51 Astor Place, 10th Floor, New York, New York 10003.

(6)

Consists of 2,464,031 shares of common stock held in the aggregate by RTW Innovation Master Fund, Ltd., RTW Master Fund, Ltd. and RTW Venture Fund Limited. RTW Investments, LP is the manager of RTW Master Fund, Ltd., RTW Venture Fund Limited and RTW Innovation Master Fund. Roderick Wong, M.D. is the Managing Partner and Chief Investment Officer of RTW Investments, LP and as such has sole voting and investment control over such shares. Dr. Wong disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of RTW Investments, LP and Dr. Wong is 40 10th Avenue, Floor 7, New York, New York, 10014.

(7)

Consists of 1,848,024 shares of common stock held by Point72 Biotech Private Investments, LLC (Point72 Biotech). Differentiated Ventures Investments, LLC (DVI) is the managing member of Point72 Biotech and has sole voting and investment control over the shares held by Point72 Biotech. 72 Investment Holdings, LLC (72 IH) is the sole member of DVI and has sole voting and investment control over such interest held by DVI. Steven A. Cohen (SC) is the sole member of 72 IH and has sole voting and investment control over such interest held by 72 IH. SC disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any

 

- 174 -


Table of Contents
  pecuniary interest therein. The address of Point72 Biotech, DVI, 72 IH and SC is c/o Point72, L.P., 72 Cummings Point Road, Stamford, CT 06902.
(8)

Consists of (i) 1,479,158 shares of common stock held by Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund III, LP (Cormorant Fund III), (ii) 344,286 shares of common stock held by Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP (Cormorant Master Fund), and (iii) 24,578 shares held by CRMA SPV, L.P. (CRMA, and, together with Cormorant Fund III and Cormorant Master Fund, the Cormorant Funds). Cormorant Global Healthcare GP, LLC (Global GP) is the general partner of Cormorant Master Fund and Cormorant Private Healthcare III GP, LLC (Private GP) is the general partner of Cormorant Fund III. Bihua Chen serves as the managing member of both Global GP and Private GP. Cormorant Asset Management LP serves as the investment manager to Cormorant Fund III, Cormorant Master Fund and CRMA, and Ms. Chen serves as the managing member of Cormorant Asset Management GP, LLC. Ms. Chen has sole voting and investment control over the shares held by the Cormorant Funds. Ms. Chen disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of the Cormorant Funds, Global GP, Private GP, Cormorant Asset Management LP, and Ms. Chen is 200 Clarendon Street, 52nd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

(9)

Consists of 1,731,680 shares of common stock held by Ascend Global Investment Fund SPC – Strategic Segregated Portfolio, or Ascend Global. Ascend Global is managed by Ascend Capital Advisors (S) Pte. Ltd, or Ascend Capital. SJE Investments is an adviser of Ascend Capital. Shierley Widjaja is an Executive Director and Chief Investment Officer of SJE Investments and as such may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Ms. Widjaja disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(10)

Consists of 116,885 shares of common stock underlying options held by Mr. McKenna that are exercisable as of March 1, 2021 or that will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

(11)

Consists of (i) 50,000 shares of common stock held by Dr. Luo and (ii) 67,708 shares of common stock held by Dr. Sandborn, Dr. Luo’s spouse.

(12)

Consists of (i) 13,333 shares of common stock held by Dr. Yamada and (ii) 96,457 shares of common stock underlying options held by Dr. Yamada that are exercisable as of March 1, 2021 or that will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

(13)

Consists of the shares described in footnotes 10 through 12 above.

 

- 175 -


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes some of the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, the investors’ rights agreement and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and registration rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 400,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 40,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2020, there were 27,254,280 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by 31 stockholders, including 54,703 shares of restricted common stock which are subject to forfeiture or our right of repurchase, after giving effect to (i) the issuance of 93,995,300 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in January 2021 and (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 25,485,955 shares of common stock, which will automatically occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and further assuming the issuance by us of 7,353,000 shares of common stock in this offering, there will be 34,607,280 shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose, other than any directors that holders of any preferred stock we may issue may be entitled to elect. Subject to the supermajority votes for some matters, other matters shall be decided by the affirmative vote of our stockholders having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the stockholders present or represented and voting on such matter. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon is required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, several of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. See below under the heading “—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws—Amendment of Charter Provisions.”

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of or provision for all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the common stock to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering will be, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, all of our previously outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will have been converted into common stock, there will be no authorized shares of our previously outstanding

 

- 176 -


Table of Contents

convertible preferred stock, and we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 40,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the dividend, voting and other rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in our control and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

On January 24, 2020, in connection with our Loan Agreement with Oxford, we issued Oxford a warrant to purchase 112,500 Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share. In connection with this offering, the warrant will convert into a warrant to purchase 11,250 shares of common stock. The warrant contains a cashless exercise provision under which Oxford may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares of our common stock based on the fair market value of our common stock at the time of the net exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. The warrant expires ten years from its date of issuance.

Options

As of December 31, 2020, options to purchase 2,930,246 shares of our common stock were outstanding, of which 530,448 were vested and exercisable as of that date. For additional information regarding the terms of our 2017 Plan, see the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation—Other Elements of Compensation—2017 Equity Incentive Plan.”

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering holders of 26,520,955 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, will be entitled to the following rights with respect to the registration of such shares for public resale under the Securities Act, pursuant to the investors’ rights agreement by and among us and certain investors. The registration of shares of common stock as a result of the following rights being exercised would enable holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective.

Demand Registration Rights

Form S-1. If at any time beginning six months following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of at least a majority of the registrable securities request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to all or a part of the registrable securities then outstanding where the aggregate price to the public of the offering is $10.0 million or more, we may be required to provide notice to all holders of registrable securities and to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if, among other things, within the preceding 12 months, we have already effected two registrations for the holders of registrable securities in response to these demand registration rights.

 

- 177 -


Table of Contents

Form S-3. If at any time we become entitled under the Securities Act to register our shares on Form S-3, the holders of the registrable securities request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to all or a part of the registrable securities then outstanding where the price to the public of the offering is $5.0 million or more, we may be required to provide notice to all holders of registrable securities and to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if, among other things, within the preceding 12 months, we have already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the holders of registrable securities.

If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the numbers of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If at any time following the closing of this offering we propose to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares of registrable securities in the registration. If our proposed registration involves an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Indemnification

Our registration rights agreement contains customary cross indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of registrable securities in the event of material misstatements or omissions in a registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Expenses

Ordinarily, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, we will be required to pay all expenses incurred by us related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights. These expenses may include all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of our counsel, reasonable fees and disbursements of a counsel for the selling securityholders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expenses of any special audits incident to the registration.

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights terminate three years after the closing of this offering.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential

 

- 178 -


Table of Contents

ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability of our board of directors, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to 40,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our board of directors could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Staggered Board of Directors

Our amended and restated bylaws provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, with one class being elected each year by our stockholders. For more information on the classified board of directors, see “Management—Board Composition and Election of Directors.” This system of electing directors may tend to discourage a third party from attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

 

- 179 -


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, creditors or other constituents; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (v) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause or causes of action arising under the Securities Act, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant to such complaint. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by us, our officers and directors, the underwriters to any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering. In any case, stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock.

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board of directors and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

- 180 -


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

Nasdaq Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “RXDX.”

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

 

- 181 -


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and assuming (i) the issuance of 7,353,000 shares in this offering, (ii) the issuance of 93,995,300 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in January 2021, (iii) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 25,485,955 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity upon the closing of this offering, (iv) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock and (v) no exercise or vesting of outstanding options, warrants or other rights, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 34,607,280 shares of common stock.

Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering, including any shares sold under our directed share program, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining 27,254,280 shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these shares will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up agreements described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our securities have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days, after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions, we or they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to sell, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, request or demand that we file a registration statement related to our common stock or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the common stock. Upon expiration of the lock-up period, certain of our stockholders will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act. See the section titled “—Registration Rights” below and “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

SVB Leerink LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the lock-up period, in certain cases without public notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our stockholders who will execute a lock-up agreement providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans

Following the closing of this offering, certain of our officers, directors and significant stockholders may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell

 

- 182 -


Table of Contents

shares of our common stock on a periodic basis to diversify their assets and investments. Under these 10b5-1 trading plans, a broker may execute trades pursuant to parameters established by the officer, director or stockholder when entering into the plan, without further direction from such officer, director or stockholder. Such sales would not commence until the expiration of the applicable lock-up agreements entered into by such officer, director or stockholder in connection with this offering.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 346,072 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and Nasdaq concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our

 

- 183 -


Table of Contents

equity incentive plans and employee stock purchase plan. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to these stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering holders of 26,520,955 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock into 25,485,955 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act upon the closing of this offering. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchase by our affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

 

- 184 -


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the IRS), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income and the alternative minimum tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

   

banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

 

   

brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans; and

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

 

- 185 -


Table of Contents

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (ii) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). If a Non-U.S. Holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other intermediary, the Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the intermediary, which then will be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

 

- 186 -


Table of Contents

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest, or USRPI, by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the Non-U.S. Holder is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market (such as the Nasdaq), and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder,

 

- 187 -


Table of Contents

regardless of whether such distributions constitute dividends or whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections are commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (ii) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in clause (i) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would also have applied to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock on or after January 1, 2019, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

- 188 -


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

SVB Leerink LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below and as joint bookrunning managers for this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares
 

SVB Leerink LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     7,353,000  
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of the shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and subject to other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Discounts and Commissions

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share. After the initial offering of the shares, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed by the representatives.

The following table shows the initial public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     Without
Option
     With
Option
 

Initial public offering price

   $                $                $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $            $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $            $        $    

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $3.5 million. We also have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $40,000 for their FINRA counsel fee. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, this reimbursed fee is deemed underwriting compensation for this offering.

 

- 189 -


Table of Contents

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,102,950 additional shares at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and all of our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of SVB Leerink LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC on behalf of the underwriters. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;

 

   

otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;

 

   

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock, whether any such swap, agreement or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The restrictions described in the paragraph above relating to the officers, directors, and our shareholders do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions (including no filing requirements and the transfer of the lock-up restrictions), to transfers:

 

   

as a bona fide gift or gifts;

 

   

to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or the immediate family of the lock-up party (for purposes of the lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin);

 

   

as a distribution or other transfer by a partnership to its partners or former partners or by a limited liability company to its members or retired members or by a corporation to its stockholders or former stockholders or to any wholly-owned subsidiary of such corporation;

 

   

if the lock-up party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, in connection with the sale or other bona fide transfer in a single transaction of all or substantially all of the lock-up party’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the lock-up party’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this agreement;

 

   

to the lock-up party’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the lock-up party;

 

   

pursuant to a court or regulatory agency order, a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

- 190 -


Table of Contents
   

by will or intestate succession upon the death of the lock-up party;

 

   

if the lock-up party is a trust, to a trustor, trustee (or co-trustee) or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of the beneficiary of such trustor; or

 

   

to us in satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation.

The lock-up provisions apply to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. They also apply to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the lock-up agreement or for which the person executing the lock-up agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Nasdaq Global Market Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “RXDX.”

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

   

the present state of our development; and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering, our common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not

 

- 191 -


Table of Contents

greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option granted to them under the underwriting agreement described above. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us and our affiliates, for which they may in the future receive customary fees, commissions and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 220,590 shares of common stock, or up to 3% of the shares offered by us in this offering, for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons.

 

- 192 -


Table of Contents

The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. Other than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to shares of common stock sold pursuant to the directed share program. We will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the shares reserved for the directed share program. Fidelity Investments® will administer our directed share program.

Selling Restrictions

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

The Shares are not intended to be offered, sold or otherwise made available to and should not be offered, sold or otherwise made available to any retail investor in the European Economic Area (“EEA”). For these purposes, a retail investor means a person who is one (or more) of: (i) a retail client as defined in point (11) of Article 4(1) of Directive 2014/65/EU (as amended, “MiFID II”); or (ii) a customer within the meaning of Directive (EU) 2016/97 (as amended, the “Insurance Distribution Directive”), where that customer would not qualify as a professional client as defined in point (10) of Article 4(1) of MiFID II; or (iii) not a qualified investor as defined in Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (the “Prospectus Regulation”). Consequently no key information document required by Regulation (EU) No 1286/2014 (as amended, the “PRIIPs Regulation”) for offering or selling the Shares or otherwise making them available to retail investors in the EEA has been prepared and therefore offering or selling the Shares or otherwise making them available to any retail investor in the EEA may be unlawful under the PRIIPs Regulation.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

The Shares are not intended to be offered, sold or otherwise made available to and should not be offered, sold or otherwise made available to any retail investor in the United Kingdom (“UK”). For these purposes, a retail investor means a person who is one (or more) of: (i) a retail client, as defined in point (8) of Article 2 of Regulation (EU) No 2017/565 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (“EUWA”); (ii) a customer within the meaning of the provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) and any rules or regulations made under the FSMA to implement Directive (EU) 2016/97, where that customer would not qualify as a professional client, as defined in point (8) of Article 2(1) of Regulation (EU) No 600/2014 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the EUWA; or (iii) not a qualified investor as defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the EUWA. Consequently no key information document required by Regulation (EU) No 1286/2014 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the EUWA (the “UK PRIIPs Regulation”) for offering or selling the Shares or otherwise making them available to retail investors in the UK has been prepared and therefore offering or selling the Shares or otherwise making them available to any retail investor in the UK may be unlawful under the UK PRIIPs Regulation.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation,

 

- 193 -


Table of Contents

provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

This document is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the shares. The shares may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act (“FinSA”) and no application has or will be made to admit the shares to trading on any trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares constitutes a prospectus pursuant to the FinSA, and neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australia’s Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia:

You confirm and warrant that you are either:

 

   

a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

 

   

a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the Company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made; or

 

   

a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act.

To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.

You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the shares issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those securities being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”)

This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC, and no securities may be offered or sold, or will be offered or sold, to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as

 

- 194 -


Table of Contents

principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong (the “SFO”) and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong (the “CO”), or which do not constitute an offer to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968 (the “Securities Law”), and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In the State of Israel, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the shares is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with section 15A of the Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum (the “Addendum”), to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors will be required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended) (the “FIEL”) and the underwriters will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means, unless otherwise provided herein, any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or the invitation for subscription or purchase of the securities may not be issued, circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA) (ii) to a relevant person as defined under Section 275(2), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

- 195 -


Table of Contents

Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

   

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined under Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

   

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

   

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

   

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

   

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

   

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

   

as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

 

- 196 -


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, San Diego, California. Latham & Watkins LLP and certain attorneys and investment funds affiliated with the firm collectively own an aggregate of 10,000 shares of our common stock and 500,001 shares of our convertible preferred stock, which will convert into an aggregate of 49,999 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering. The underwriters are being represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for each of the years then ended included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and our common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon the closing of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available at the website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.prometheusbiosciences.com. Upon the closing of this offering, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on our website, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.

 

- 197 -


Table of Contents

PROMETHEUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Discontinued Operations

As described in Note 6, in December 2020, the Company completed a spin-off of Prometheus Laboratories, Inc., which has been presented as discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

San Diego, California

February 19, 2021, except for the “Reverse Stock Split” paragraph of Note 15, as to which the date is March 8, 2021

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share data and par value)

 

    December 31,  
    2019     2020  
             

Assets

   

Current assets

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 4,450     $ 54,201  

Accounts receivable

    —       1,086  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    482       2,169  

Current assets of discontinued operations

    32,602       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    37,534       57,456  

Equipment, net

    321       447  

Deferred financing costs

   
—  
 
    1,730  

Non-current assets of discontinued operations

    12,628       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 50,483     $ 59,633  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   

Current liabilities

   

Accounts payable

  $ 1,404     $ 958  

Accrued compensation

    984       2,722  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    1,601       2,894  

Amounts due to Nestlé, current—related party

    4,703       5,675  

Payable to PLI.

   
—  
 
    1,130  

Deferred revenue

    1,542       1,876  

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

    21,642       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    31,876       15,255  

Amounts due to Nestlé, non-current—related party

    8,335       —    

Long-term debt, net

    —       7,399  

Deferred revenue, non-current

    —         4,597  

Preferred stock purchase right liability

    —       3,900  

Acquisition-related consideration held in escrow

    3,500       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    43,711       31,151  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

   

Convertible preferred stock—$0.0001 par value; 91,645,867 shares and 254,983,985 shares authorized at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively; 61,645,867 shares issued at December 31, 2019 and 58,145,867 shares outstanding at December 31, 2019; 160,864,434 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020; liquidation preferences of $43,990 and $130,487 at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

    43,740       126,023  

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

   

Common stock—$0.0001 par value; 125,000,000 shares and 325,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively; 1,582,063 shares and 1,768,325 shares issued at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively; and 1,351,380 shares and 1,713,622 shares outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively;

    —         —    

Additional-paid in capital

    483       1,605  

Accumulated deficit

    (37,451     (99,146
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (36,968     (97,541
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 50,483     $ 59,633  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Collaboration revenue

   $ 1,118     $ 1,229  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     10,958       19,147  

General and administrative

     6,128       11,089  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expense

     17,086       30,236  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15,968     (29,007

Other income (expense), net:

    

Interest income

     9       13  

Interest expense

     (770     (2,130

Other

     —         (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (761     (2,132
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (16,729     (31,139

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (12,994     (5,999
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (29,723   $ (37,138
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted:

    

Continuing operations

   $ (14.90   $ (20.78

Discontinued operations

     (11.57     (4.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (26.47   $ (24.78
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     1,122,696       1,498,973  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2018

    28,561,076     $ 17,500       958,511     $ —     $ 90     $ (7,728   $ (7,638

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $22

    13,084,791       9,792       —       —       —       —       —  

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock in acquisition, net of issuance costs of $52

    16,500,000       16,448       —       —       —       —       —  

Issuance of common stock in exchange for services

    —       —       50,253       —       146     —       146

Vesting of common shares issued to founders

    —       —       166,875       —       —       —       —  

Vesting of common shares issued for licensing rights

    —       —         111,666       —       1     —       1

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    —       —       39,688       —       8     —       8

Vesting of early exercised stock options

    —       —       24,387       —       11     —       11

Stock-based compensation

    —       —       —       —       227     —       227

Net loss

    —       —       —       —       —       (29,723     (29,723
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

    58,145,867       43,740       1,351,380       —         483       (37,451     (36,968

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $74

    28,063,500       27,989       —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock upon release of escrow of acquisition-related contingent consideration

    3,500,000       3,500       —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock for deferred purchase price

    5,000,000       5,000       —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $305

    61,066,216       41,948       —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock for deferred purchase price

    5,088,851       3,846       —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of common stock in exchange for services

    —         —         36,200       —         112       —         112  

Vesting of common shares issued to founders

    —         —         48,750       —         1       —         1  

Vesting of common shares issued for licensing rights

    —         —         111,667       —         1       —         1  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    —         —         131,002       —         156       —         156  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

    —         —         34,623       —         12       —         12  

Impact of spinoff of diagnostic services business

    —         —         —         —         —         (24,557     (24,557

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         840       —         840  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         (37,138     (37,138
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

    160,864,434     $ 126,023       1,713,622     $ —       $ 1,605     $ (99,146   $ (97,541
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (29,723   $ (37,138

Loss from continuing operations

     (16,729     (31,139
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (12,994     (5,999

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     35       109  

Stock-based compensation expenses

     206       739  

Common stock issued in exchange for services

     146       113  

Noncash interest expense

     770       1,589  

Other

     —         (15

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

    

Accounts receivable

     —         (1,086

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (332     (1,802

Accounts payable

     591       (480

Accrued compensation

     781       1,738  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,377       1,108  

Payments to PLI

     (4,293     (6,866

Payable to PLI

     —         1,130  

Deferred revenue

     1,542       4,931  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities – continuing operations

     (15,906     (29,931

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities – discontinued operations

     (4,291     1,913  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (20,197     (28,018

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (279     (204
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities – continuing operations

     (279     (204

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities – discontinued operations

     8,212       (859
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     7,933       (1,063

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     9,792       73,826  

Payments of stock issuance costs

     (75     (23

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs

     —         7,338  

Deferred financing costs

     —         (1,452

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon stock option exercises

     38       197  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     9,755       79,886  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,509     50,805  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year – continuing operations

     10,880       4,450  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year – discontinued operations

     —         3,921  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents cash at end of year

     8,371       59,176  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year – discontinued operations

     3,921       4,975  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year – continuing operations

   $ 4,450     $ 54,201  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures

    

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 5     $ 7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest expense for Oxford debt

   $ —       $ 519  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Convertible preferred stock issued in acquisition of PLI

   $ 16,500     $ —    

Acquisition-related consideration held in escrow

   $ 3,500     $ (3,500

Deferred purchase price payments related to PLI acquisition

   $ 12,269     $ —    

Net assets acquired in acquisition of PLI

   $ 31,662     $ —    

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock for deferred purchase price

   $
—  
 
  $ 5,000  

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock for deferred purchase price

   $
—  
 
  $ 3,846  

Preferred stock purchase right liability

   $
—  
 
  $ 3,900  

Vesting of unvested issued common stock

   $ 13     $ 38  

Costs incurred, but not paid, in connection with capital expenditures included in accounts payable

   $ 49     $ 181

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PROMETHEUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.

Organization

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on October 26, 2016 under the name Precision IBD, Inc. and is headquartered in San Diego, California. The Company changed its name to Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. on October 1, 2019. The Company’s business is focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of therapeutic and companion diagnostic products for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD).

In June 2019, the Company acquired Prometheus Laboratories, Inc. (PLI) and the related intangible assets used by PLI. PLI was wholly owned by Nestlé Health Science US Holdings, Inc. and the related intangible assets were owned by Societé Des Produits Nestlé S.A (together, Nestlé) (see Note 6). PLI markets and conducts several laboratory developed tests useful to gastroenterologists in monitoring their IBD patients’ disease state and informing their therapeutic decisions.

On December 31, 2020, the Company completed the spinoff of PLI by making an in-kind distribution of 100% of its interest in PLI to the Company’s stockholders of record on December 30, 2020 (see Note 6).

Liquidity

The Company has incurred net losses since inception, experienced negative cash flows from operations, and as of December 31, 2020, has an accumulated deficit of $99.1 million. The Company has historically financed its operations primarily through private placements of convertible preferred stock. The Company expects operating losses and negative cash flows from operations to continue for the foreseeable future. The Company believes its current capital resources, which include gross proceeds of approximately $73.8 million from the sale of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in January 2021, will be sufficient for the Company to continue as a going concern for at least one year from the issuance date of these consolidated financial statements.

The Company will be required to raise additional capital, however, there can be no assurance as to whether additional financing will be available on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. If sufficient funds on acceptable terms are not available when needed, it would have a negative impact on the Company’s financial condition and could force the Company to delay, limit, reduce, or terminate product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates or testing products that the Company would otherwise plan to develop.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Although these estimates are based on the Company’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, actual results may materially differ from these estimates and assumptions.

On December 31, 2020, the Company completed the spinoff of PLI. The results of operations for all periods presented and the assets and liabilities of PLI at December 31, 2019 have been presented as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements in accordance with ASC 205-20, Presentation of Financial Statements—Discontinued Operations. Unless otherwise noted, discussion within these notes to the

 

F-7


Table of Contents

consolidated financial statements relates to continuing operations (see Note 6 for additional information on discontinued operations).

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, primarily related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, fair value of common stock, fair value of the convertible preferred stock, fair value of the preferred stock purchase right liability, and accrued research and development costs. These estimates are based on historical data and experience, as well as various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Estimates relating to the valuation of stock require the selection of appropriate valuation methodologies and models, and significant judgment in evaluating ranges of assumptions and financial inputs.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and until December 31, 2020, the date at which the spinoff was completed, its wholly-owned subsidiary, Prometheus Laboratories, Inc. and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Segment Reporting

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is considered to be the chief operating decision maker (CODM), reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about operating segments for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the CODM in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

Prior to the spinoff of PLI in December 2020, the Company determined its operating segments to be the therapeutics and diagnostic services businesses. The therapeutics business derives substantially all of its revenue from collaboration agreements and devotes all of its efforts to development of product candidates and companion diagnostics in the IBD space. The diagnostic services business, which is recorded as a discontinued operations, derives its revenue from diagnostic services in the IBD space generated from the conduct of laboratory developed tests. Subsequent to the spinoff, the Company operates in one segment. The Company operates solely in the United States.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The cash and cash equivalents balance at December 31, 2019 and 2020 represents cash in readily available checking and money market accounts.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. Management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the depository institutions in which those deposits are held.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Equipment, Net

Equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which ranges from three to five years. Repairs and maintenance charges that do not increase the useful life of the assets are charged to operating expenses as incurred.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company’s long-lived assets are comprised principally of its equipment.

If the Company identifies a change in the circumstances related to its long-lived assets that indicates the carrying value of any such asset may not be recoverable, the Company will perform an impairment analysis. A long-lived asset is not recoverable when the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset (or asset group) are less than the asset’s carrying amount. Any required impairment loss would be measured as the amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, and would be recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and a charge to operating expense.

Deferred Financing Costs

Financing costs, consisting of legal, accounting, printer and filing fees related to the planned initial public offering (IPO), are deferred and will be offset against proceeds from the IPO upon the completion of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, all deferred financing costs will be expensed. As of December 31, 2020, $1.7 million of deferred financing costs were recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. There were no deferred financing costs recorded as of December 31, 2019.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606). In accordance with ASC 606, the Company performs the following steps in determining the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized as it fulfills its obligations under each of these agreements: (i) identification of the promised goods or services in the contract; (ii) determination of whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies each performance obligation. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and determines those that are performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.

To date, all of the Company’s collaboration revenue has been derived from its collaboration agreement with Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a subsidiary of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited (collectively, Takeda) and its collaboration agreement with Dr. Falk Pharma GmbH as described in Note 5. The terms of these arrangements include the following types of payments to the Company: non-refundable, up-front license fees; development, regulatory and commercial milestone payments; payments for research and development services provided by the Company; and royalties on net sales of licensed products. At the initiation of an agreement, the Company analyzes whether each unit of account results in a contract with a customer under ASC 606 or in an arrangement with a collaborator subject to guidance under ASC 808, Collaborative Arrangements (ASC 808).

The Company considers a variety of factors in determining the appropriate estimates and assumptions under these arrangements, such as whether the elements are distinct performance obligations, whether there are

 

F-9


Table of Contents

observable stand-alone prices, and whether any licenses are functional or symbolic. The Company evaluates each performance obligation to determine if it can be satisfied and recognized as revenue at a point in time or over time. Typically, license fees, non-refundable upfront fees, and funding of research activities are considered fixed, while milestone payments are identified as variable consideration which must be evaluated to determine if it is constrained and, therefore, excluded from the transaction price. The Company estimates the amount of variable consideration using the most likely amount, as milestone payments typically only have two possible outcomes. The Company recognizes revenue for sales-based royalty promised in exchange for the license of intellectual property only when the subsequent sale occurs.

The Company may allocate transaction price using a number of methods including estimating standalone selling price of performance obligations and using the residual approach when the standalone selling price of the license is highly variable or uncertain, and observable standalone selling prices exist for the other goods or services promised in the contract.

The Company receives payments from its collaborators based on terms established in each contract. Upfront payments and other payments may require deferral of revenue recognition to a future period until the Company is unconditional. The Company does not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component if the expectation at contract inception is such that the payment by the customer is akin to a deposit for research and development services.

Research and Development and Clinical Trial Accruals

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. Research and development expenses include certain payroll and personnel expenses, laboratory supplies, consulting costs, external contract research and development expenses, and allocated overhead, including rent, equipment depreciation and utilities. Advance payments for goods or services for future research and development activities are deferred and expensed as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed.

The Company estimates preclinical studies and clinical trial expenses based on the services performed pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage preclinical studies and trials on the Company’s behalf. In addition, clinical study and trial materials are manufactured by contract manufacturing organizations. In accruing for these services, the Company estimates the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. These estimates are based on communications with the third-party service providers and the Company’s estimates of accrued expenses and on information available at each balance sheet date. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, the Company will adjust the accrual accordingly.

Patent Costs

Costs related to filing and pursuing patent applications are recorded as general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and are expensed as incurred since recoverability of such expenditures is uncertain.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company expenses stock-based compensation to employees and non-employees over the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis, net of actual forfeitures during the period,

 

F-10


Table of Contents

based on the estimated grant-date fair value of the awards. The Company estimates the fair value of stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, and the assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent management’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.

For restricted stock awards, the fair value of the award is the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date, as determined by the Company’s board of directors.

Valuation of Common Stock

Given the absence of a public trading market for the Company’s common stock, its board of directors exercised their judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of the Company’s common stock, such as: contemporaneous valuations performed by independent third-party specialists, its stage of development, including the status of its research and development efforts of its product candidates, the material risks related to its businesses and industry, its results of operations before discontinued operations and financial position, including its levels of capital resources, the prices at which its sold shares of its convertible preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of its convertible preferred stock relative to those of its common stock, the conditions in the biotechnology industry and the economy in general, the stock price performance and volatility of comparable life sciences public companies, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies, the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of its common stock or convertible preferred stock, such as an IPO or a sale of the Company given prevailing market conditions, trends and developments in its industry, external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, and the lack of liquidity of its common stock, among other factors.

After the completion of the IPO, the Company’s board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock as reported by the then applicable trading market on the date of the grant. The Company’s board of directors intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of its common stock underlying those options on the grant date.

Preferred Stock Purchase Right Liabilities

From time to time, the Company enters into convertible preferred stock financings where, in addition to the initial closing, investors agree to buy, and the Company agrees to sell, additional shares of that convertible preferred stock at a fixed price in the event that certain conditions are met or agreed upon milestones are achieved. The Company evaluates this purchase right and assesses whether it meets the definition of a freestanding instrument and, if so, determines the fair value of the purchase right liability and records it on the balance sheet with the remainder of the proceeds raised allocated to convertible preferred stock. The preferred stock purchase right liability is revalued at each reporting period with changes in the fair value of the liability recorded as change in fair value of preferred stock purchase right liability in the statements of operations. The preferred stock purchase right liability is revalued at settlement and the resultant fair value, if any, is then reclassified to convertible preferred stock at that time.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The Company recognizes net deferred tax assets to the extent that the Company believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If management determines that the Company would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, management would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) management determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, management recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense. Any accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. The Company has excluded 358,585 and 145,046 weighted-average shares subject to repurchase or forfeiture from the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Dilutive common stock equivalents are comprised of convertible preferred stock and options outstanding under the Company’s stock option plan.

Basic and diluted net loss attributable to common holders per share is presented in conformity with the two- class method required for participating securities as the convertible preferred stock are considered participating securities. The Company’s participating securities do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. As such, the net loss was attributed entirely to common stockholders. Accordingly, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, there is no difference in the number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted shares outstanding.

Potentially dilutive securities not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because to do so would be anti-dilutive are as follows (in common stock equivalent shares):

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Convertible preferred stock outstanding

     5,814,576        16,086,426  

Common stock options issued and outstanding

     1,384,332        2,930,246  

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock outstanding

     —          11,250  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,198,908        19,027,922  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive Loss

Net loss and comprehensive loss were the same for the period presented; therefore, a separate statement of comprehensive loss is not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Standards

From time to time, new accounting standards are issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The primary focus of the standard is to improve the effectiveness of the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2020 with no material impact on its financial statements or related disclosures

New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In April 2012, the Jump-Start Our Business Startups Act (the JOBS Act) was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an emerging growth company. As an emerging growth company, the Company may elect to adopt new or revised accounting standards when they become effective for non-public companies, which typically is later than when public companies must adopt the standards. The Company has elected to take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act and, as a result, will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for emerging growth companies, which are the dates included below.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes FASB ASC Topic 840, Leases (Topic 840), and provides principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method for finance leases or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease for operating leases. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of classification. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases. The Company anticipates implementing the accounting guidance for leases beginning with the annual reporting period ending December 31, 2022 and interim reporting periods in 2023. The Company is still assessing the impact that the new leasing standard will have on operations and financial position.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses: Measurement of credit Losses on Financial Instruments (ASU 2016-13), which amends the impairment model by requiring entities to use a forward looking approach based on expected losses to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments, including trade receivables and available-for sale debt securities. The standard is effective for the company beginning in the first quarter of 2023, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the expected impact of ASU 2016-13 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

3.

Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The accounting guidance defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use

 

F-13


Table of Contents

in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the accounting guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1   Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2   Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3   Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, prepaid and other assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities are considered to be representative of their respective fair values because of the short-term nature of those instruments. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, which is considered a Level 2 input, the Company believes that the fair value of long-term debt approximates its carrying value.

The Company’s financial instruments that are carried at fair value consist of Level 3 liabilities. There were no transfers within the hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. Level 3 liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis consists of the acquisition-related consideration held in escrow issued in connection with the acquisition of PLI, warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock and a preferred stock purchase right liability.

Acquisition-related Consideration Held in Escrow

The fair value of the Acquisition-related consideration held in escrow represents contingent consideration recorded in connection with the acquisition of PLI and consisted of 3,500,000 shares of the Company’s Series C preferred stock and was included in the purchase price consideration. The fair value of the Series C preferred shares was determined based on recent financing transactions involving the same securities. There were no changes to the fair value during the period the obligation remained outstanding (see Note 11).

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The Series C convertible preferred stock warrant liability was recorded at fair value utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model using significant unobservable inputs consistent with the inputs used for the Company’s stock-based compensation expense adjusted for the preferred stock warrants’ expected term and the fair value of the underlying preferred stock.

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of the Series C convertible preferred stock warrant liability at December 31, 2020 were as follows:

 

Fair value of underlying preferred stock

   $ 0.83  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.70 %

Expected volatility

     70.00

Expected term (in years)

     9.2  

Expected dividend yield

     —  

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock Purchase Right Liability

The preferred stock purchase right liability was determined using a valuation model that considered: (i) the risk-free rate commensurate with the expected milestone timing of 0.09%; (ii) the probability of the Series D-2 tranche of 80.0%; (iii) volatility of 80.0%; (iv) consideration received for the Series D-1 preferred stock; (v) the number of shares to be issued to satisfy the preferred stock purchase right and at what price; and (vi) certain implied and provided assumptions needed to calibrate the Series D-1 value and the Series D-2 purchase right. Significant changes in the assumptions could have a material impact on the value of the preferred stock purchase right liability.

 

Activity

of Liabilities Using Fair Value Level 3 Measurements

The following table summarizes the activity of the financial instruments valued using Level 3 inputs (in thousands):

 

     Acquisition-
related
Consideration
Held in Escrow
    Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
Warrant Liability
    Series D
Convertible
Preferred
Stock Purchase
Right Liability
 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ —       $ —       $ —    

Fair value of acquisition-related consideration recorded in connection with acquisition of PLI

     3,500       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

     3,500       —         —    

Acquisition-related consideration released from escrow

     (3,500     —         —    

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock warrants

     —             79           —    

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock purchase right liability

     —         —         3,900  

Change in fair value

     —         (15     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

   $ —       $ 64     $ 3,900  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

4.

Balance Sheet Details

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
        2019           2020    

Deposits

   $   125      $ —    

Prepaid research and development

     168        1,894  

Other prepaid expenses

     189        275  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 482      $ 2,169  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Equipment, Net

Equipment, net, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
       2019          2020    

Laboratory equipment

   $   337      $ 572  

Office equipment and furniture

     24        24  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     361        596  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (40      (149
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 321      $ 447  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $35,000 and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Accrued Compensation

Accrued compensation consist of the following (in thousands).

 

     December 31,  
       2019          2020    

Accrued salaries and payroll taxes

   $   172      $ 402  

Accrued vacation

     68        102  

Accrued bonuses

     744        1,556  

Accrued severance

     —          662  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 984      $ 2,722  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
       2019          2020    

Accrued research and development

   $ 1,047      $ 1,940  

Accrued legal expenses

     232        490  

Unvested early exercise liability

     29        67  

Accrued other

     293        397  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,601      $ 2,894  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5.

Collaboration and License Agreements

Cedars-Sinai Medical Center

In September 2017, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement (License Agreement) with Cedars-Sinai Medical Center (Cedars-Sinai), a related party. Under the terms of the License Agreement, Cedars-Sinai granted the Company an exclusive, worldwide, royalty bearing license with respect to certain patent rights, information and materials related to therapeutic targets and companion diagnostic products, in each case to conduct research, develop, and commercialize therapeutic and diagnostic products for the diagnosis and treatment of IBD. The licensed technology includes information and materials arising out of Cedars-Sinai’s database and biobank, as well as exclusive access to this database and biobank to develop diagnostic and therapeutic products for human use, which biobank is an integral part of the Company’s Prometheus360 platform.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

As consideration for the license rights, in September 2017 the Company issued (i) 257,500 shares of fully vested common stock, and (ii) 335,000 shares of unvested restricted common stock. The fair value of all of the shares were measured at the date of issuance. The shares of unvested restricted common stock had vesting conditions tied to continuing services required of certain Cedars-Sinai employees pursuant to consulting agreements with the Company. One third of the restricted shares were released from restriction annually on the anniversary of the Agreement over a three-year period. Additionally, the Company is obligated to pay Cedars-Sinai low- to mid-single digit percentage royalties on net sales of products covered under the License Agreement. The term of, and the Company’s royalty obligations under, the License Agreement expires on a licensed product-by-product and country-by-country basis on the later of ten years from the date of first commercial sale or when there is no longer a valid patent claim covering such licensed product in such country.

In 2017, the Company and Cedars-Sinai also entered into Research agreements, under which the parties can provide research services to each other at pricing specified in individual statements of work. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, no services were provided under the agreements.

Collaboration Agreement with Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a subsidiary of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited

In March 2019, the Company entered into a Companion Diagnostics Development and Collaboration Agreement (the Takeda Collaboration Agreement) with Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Takeda. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company established a strategic collaboration under which it will develop a companion diagnostic product (Diagnostic Product) for one selected drug target, with the option for Takeda to select an additional drug target (each, a Collaboration Target). Under the Takeda Agreement, Takeda is responsible for the development and commercialization of any therapeutic clinical candidates that it develops directed against a Collaboration Target for the treatment of IBD (Takeda Drugs), and we are responsible for development and commercialization of the Diagnostic Product(s).

In consideration of the rights granted to Takeda under the agreement, the Company received a one-time upfront payment of $1.5 million and is eligible to receive future development and regulatory milestone payments of up to $47.9 million for each Collaboration Target, commercial milestone payments of up to $25.0 million in connection with each Collaboration Target for successful commercialization of the applicable Takeda Drug and the associated Diagnostic Product, and sales milestone payments of up to $75.0 million in connection with each Collaboration Target, provided that regulatory approval for the applicable Takeda Drug includes use of the associated Diagnostic Product. In addition, the Company is eligible to receive low-single digit percentage royalties on net sales of all Takeda Drugs. In addition, Takeda is obligated to pay the Company for certain research expenses incurred under the agreement up to $1.8 million. The term of, and the royalty obligations under, the Takeda Agreement expires on a Takeda Drug-by-Takeda Drug and country-by-country basis on the later of (i) ten years from the date of first commercial sale, (ii) when there is no longer a valid patent claim covering a Takeda Drug in such country, and (iii) expiration of any applicable regulatory exclusivity for such Takeda Drug.

At inception and through December 31, 2020, the Company has identified one performance obligation per each target for all the deliverables under the agreement since the delivered elements are not distinct within the context of the contract. Accordingly, the Company will recognize revenue for the transaction price in an amount proportional to the collaboration expenses incurred and the total estimated collaboration expenses over the three-year period over which it expects to satisfy its performance obligations. The Company included one milestone in the transaction price as it was deemed not probable of significant reversal at the inception of the agreement. Due to the uncertainty in the achievement of the developmental and commercial milestones, the variable consideration associated with these future milestone payments has been fully constrained (excluded) from the transaction price until such time that the Company concludes that it is probable that a significant reversal of previously recognized revenue will not occur. These estimates will be re-assessed at each reporting period. In connection with the Takeda Collaboration Agreement, the Company recognized revenue of $1.1 million and

 

F-17


Table of Contents

$0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and had deferred revenue of $1.5 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

A reconciliation of deferred revenue related to the Takeda Collaboration Agreement is as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ —    

Amounts received in 2019

     2,660  

Revenue recognized in 2019

     (1,118
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

     1,542  

Amounts received in 2020

     960  

Revenue recognized in 2020

     (792
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

   $ 1,710  
  

 

 

 

The Company expects to recognize $0.9 million of the deferred revenue balance in 2021.

Dr. Falk Pharma GmbH Collaboration Agreement

In July 2020, the Company entered into a Co-Development and Manufacturing Agreement (the Co-Development Agreement) with Dr. Falk Pharma GMBH (Falk), pursuant to which the parties will co-develop and commercialize, exclusively in their respective territories, therapeutic product candidates targeting members of the TNF super family for the treatment of UC and CD under the Company’s PR600 program. The Company is responsible for regulatory approvals and commercialization of any products in the United States and the rest of the world, other than the Falk territory. Falk is responsible for regulatory approvals and commercialization of any products in the European Union, United Kingdom, Switzerland, the countries of the European Economic Area (excluding Malta and the Republic of Cyprus), Australia and New Zealand (Falk territory).

In consideration of the rights granted to Falk under the Co-Development Agreement, the Company received two upfront payments of $2.5 million each. The first upfront payment was paid upon execution of the Co-Development Agreement and the second was paid when the underlying development plan was finalized, which occurred in December 2020. All non-internal development costs through both the pre-clinical and clinical phases will be funded 25% by Falk and 75% by the Company. In addition, the Co-Development Agreement includes two pre-clinical milestone payments totaling $15.0 million and the Company is eligible to receive low-single to low-double digit percentage royalties on net sales of all products incorporating antibodies covered by the agreement in the Falk territory. The Company agreed to pay Falk a low-single digit royalty on net sales for such products in the Company’s territory. The term of, and the royalty obligations under, the Falk Agreement expires on a country-by-country basis on the later of (i) ten years from the date of first commercial sale, (ii) when there is no longer a valid patent claim covering a Falk Drug in such country, and (iii) expiration of any applicable regulatory exclusivity for such Falk Drug.

At inception and through December 31, 2020, the Company has identified one performance obligation for all the deliverables under the Co-Development Agreement. Accordingly, the Company is recognizing revenue for the transaction price allocated to the performance obligation in an amount proportional to the collaboration expenses incurred and the total estimated collaboration expenses over the seven year period over which it expects to satisfy its performance obligation. The Company included both milestone payments in the transaction price as it was deemed not probable of significant reversal at the inception of the agreement. In connection with the Co-Development Agreement, the Company recognized revenue of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and had deferred revenue of $4.8 million as of December 31, 2020. This deferred revenue balance is expected to be recognized proportionally as expenses are incurred over the estimated seven year term.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of deferred revenue related to the Falk Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2020 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

   $ —    

Amounts received in 2020

     5,200  

Revenue recognized in 2020

     (437
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

   $ 4,763  
  

 

 

 

The Company expects to recognize $1.0 million of the deferred revenue balance in 2021.

 

6.

Discontinued Operations

On June 30, 2019 (the Closing Date), the Company acquired 100% of the common stock of PLI and the related intangible assets used by PLI for total consideration of approximately $31.7 million, consisting of the issuance of 16.5 million shares of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock with a fair value of $16.5 million, the present value of $15.0 million in deferred cash payments due as follows: $5.0 million due on June 30, 2020 and $10.0 million due on June 30, 2021, and acquisition-related contingent consideration consisting of 3,500,000 shares of the of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock with a fair value of $3.5 million. The deferred cash payments totaling $15.0 million are not contingent upon any event and to reflect the interest component were discounted at 12%. On June 30, 2020, $5.0 million of deferred cash payments were converted to 5,000,000 Series C convertible preferred stock and in October 2020, $3.8 million of deferred cash payments were converted to 5,088,851 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock. As of December 31, 2020, a total of $5.7 million is recorded as Amounts due to Nestlé, current—related party in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The acquisition-related contingent consideration stipulated certain revenue thresholds for the Anser® test during the first calendar year following the acquisition. The shares were released from escrow on June 30, 2020. As part of the acquisition, the Company acquired PLI’s Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (CLIA) laboratory.

Total transaction costs incurred in connection with this acquisition totaled $0.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Consideration transferred was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of the acquisition date. Management estimated the fair value of tangible and intangible assets and liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for business combinations and utilized the assistance of third-party valuation specialists. The significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the acquired intangible assets included projected cash flows, discount rates, net working capital and long-term growth rate.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The allocation of the purchase price was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value  

Cash

   $ 8,917  

Accounts receivable

     11,989  

Indemnification receivable from Nestlé—related party

     6,975  

Receivables from Nestlé—related party

     4,318  

Assets related to divested therapeutic product

     22,473  

Diagnostic testing supplies

     2,852  

Other current assets

     1,666  

Property and equipment

     6,910  

Intangible assets

     5,900  

Goodwill

     724  

Current liabilities

     (10,891

Payable to Nestlé—related party

     (400

Liabilities associated with terminated compensation plans

     (2,040

Liabilities associated with divested therapeutic product

     (27,225

Deferred income tax liabilities

     (506
  

 

 

 

Total estimated purchase price allocation

   $ 31,662  
  

 

 

 

The sales and purchase agreement, as amended, contained an indemnification clause in which Nestlé agreed to reimburse the Company certain amounts for certain claims that existed at the Closing Date. Included in the allocation of the purchase price was a liability of approximately $9.0 million related to state government rebates for pharmaceutical products previously divested by PLI. In addition, the initial allocation of the purchase price included an indemnification asset of approximately $7.0 million for the expected reimbursement the Company expected to receive from Nestlé as these rebates were settled by the Company, in accordance with the purchase agreements, as amended.

In addition, the Company recorded a receivable from Nestlé totaling approximately $4.3 million related to liabilities resulting from the termination of certain Nestlé compensation plans at the time of the acquisition. Pursuant to the terms of the acquisition, Nestlé was obligated to reimburse the Company for these costs. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company received and settled $3.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively, related to this arrangement.

Additionally, the Company recorded acquired assets and liabilities related to pharmaceutical products divested by PLI prior to the acquisition by the Company. All these assets and liabilities were settled prior to December 31, 2019, other than the liabilities related to accrued rebates and sales returns.

The Company acquired intangible assets that consisted of developed technology, trademarks and tradenames and customer relationships, which had an estimated fair value in total of $5.9 million. The fair values of these assets were determined using a multi-period income approach, which was based on the present value of projected cash flows. The intangible asset recorded for developed technology was amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful lives. The intangible assets recorded for customer relationships and trademarks and tradenames were amortized using an accelerated method of amortization representing the expected pattern of economic benefit.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The intangible assets acquired and included in Non-current assets of discontinued operations as of December 31, 2019 consist of the following (in thousands, except years):

 

     Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period

(in years)
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Intangible
assets, net
 

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

           

Developed technology

     10.0      $ 2,600      $ 130      $ 2,470  

Trademarks and tradenames

     6.0        800        108        692  

Customer relationships

     7.0        2,500        250        2,250  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangibles subject to amortization

     7.3      $ 5,900      $ 488      $ 5,412  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $0.5 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and is included in Loss from discontinued operations.

The excess of the fair value of the total purchase price consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill reflects the Company’s expectations to leverage the acquired intellectual property and related know-how to help the Company develop companion diagnostics for multiple therapeutic product candidates for the treatment of IBD. The goodwill associated with the acquisition of PLI is not deductible for tax purposes. During the year ended December 31, 2020, as a result of the annual impairment analysis, Management concluded that goodwill was impaired and recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $0.7 million, which is included as a component of discontinued operations.

In December 2020, in order to achieve the Company’s strategic objectives, the Company’s board of directors approved the spinoff of PLI by making an in-kind distribution of 100% of its interest in PLI to the Company’s stockholders of record on December 30, 2020.

In connection with the spinoff, which was effected on December 31, 2020, the Company assigned PLI specific intellectual property to PLI; entered into a transition services agreement whereby the Company agreed to provide PLI with certain transition services including general and administrative, finance and clinical operations support; and entered into a sublease agreement under which the Company will continue to occupy approximately 40,000 square feet in the PLI facility for a term of one year.

Post spinoff, the Company retained obligations under the Oxford loan and for the deferred cash payments to Nestlé.

The following is a summary of the assets and liabilities included in the spinoff (in thousands):

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,975  

Other current assets

     17,324  

Property and equipment, net

     6,025  

Intangible assets, net

     4,233  

Current liabilities

     (8,000

Cancellation of intercompany balances

     (11,281
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,276  
  

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The major line items constituting the loss of PLI, which are reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as discontinued operations, are as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2019      2020  

Diagnostic services revenue

   $ 22,674      $ 36,593  

Operating expenses:

     

Cost of diagnostic services revenue

     8,864        12,625  

Research and development

     3,479        4,956  

Sales and marketing

     10,036        10,993  

General and administrative

     7,847        9,885  

Restructuring

     5,484        2,260  

Amortization of intangible assets

     488        1,179  

Goodwill impairment charge

     —          724  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     36,198        42,622  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations of discontinued operations

     (13,524      (6,029

Interest income

     29        30  

Income tax benefit

     (501      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

   $ (12,994    $ (5,999
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The assets and liabilities of PLI that were classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,921  

Accounts receivable, net

     11,947  

Amounts due from Nestle, a related party

     11,292  

Diagnostic testing supplies

     1,934  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,508  
  

 

 

 

Current assets of discontinued operations

   $ 32,602  
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 6,492  

Intangible assets, net

     5,412  

Goodwill

     724  
  

 

 

 

Non-current assets of discontinued operations

   $ 12,628  
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable

   $ 3,004  

Accrued compensation

     3,813  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,730  

Accrued rebates and sales returns

     12,618  

Amounts due Nestlé, a related party

     27  

Deferred revenue

     450  
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

   $ 21,642  
  

 

 

 

The following accounting policies and disclosures relate to the discontinued operations.

Prior to the spinoff, PLI revenues were derived from its diagnostic services and its Master Services Agreement with Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Diagnostic Services Revenue

The diagnostic services business, provided clinical testing services to gastroenterologists. This service was a single performance obligation that was satisfied and recognized as revenue upon completion of the testing process, when results are reported. The customers that paid for these services consisted of the following groups: client payors (i.e., hospitals, other laboratories, etc.), healthcare insurers, government payors (primarily Medicare and Medicaid), and patient self-pay. The healthcare professionals who ordered the Company’s testing products and to whom test results were reported were generally not responsible for payment for these products. The portfolio approach was utilized to estimate the amount of consideration PLI expected to be entitled to receive from each customer group in exchange for providing services. These estimates included the impact of contractual allowances, including payor denials, and price concessions, as discussed below. There was no significant financing component due to the period of time between performance of services and collection of consideration.

The process for estimating revenue and the ultimate collection of accounts receivable involved significant judgment and estimation, including historical denial and collection experience and other factors (including the period the receivables have been outstanding).

The following were PLI’s diagnostic services business’ portfolios:

Client Payors

Client payors include hospitals and commercial laboratories and were billed based on negotiated fee schedules. Credit risk and ability to pay were more of a consideration for these payors than healthcare insurers and government payors. Collection of consideration expected to be received generally occured within 60 to 90 days of billing. In establishing the allowances for doubtful accounts, specific account reviews, historical collection experience and other factors were considered in addition to the period the receivables were outstanding.

Healthcare Insurers and Government Payors

Healthcare insurers and government payors were billed at PLI’s list price. Net revenue recognized consisted of amounts billed net of allowances for differences between amounts billed and the estimated consideration expected to be received from such payors. The process for estimating revenue and the ultimate collection of accounts receivable involved significant judgment and estimation. Consideration was given to historical denial and collection experience, insurance reimbursement policies and other factors, in order to estimate allowances and implicit price concessions. The transaction price was estimated using an expected value method on a portfolio basis. The portfolios were grouped per payor (i.e. each individual third-party insurance, Medicare, patient self-pay, etc.) and per test basis. Collection of net revenue from healthcare insurers and government payors was normally a function of providing complete and correct billing information to the healthcare insurers and government payors and generally occured within 30 to 150 days of billing.

As of December 31, 2019, unbilled receivables totaled $0.8 million and is included in Current assets of discontinued operations. The unbilled receivables are amounts that will become due for which an unconditional right to consideration exists.

Master Services Agreement with Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited

The Master Service Agreement with Takeda was entered into in December 2019 and provides Takeda a license to commercialize one of PLI’s diagnostic products, as well as an obligation by PLI to administer the diagnostic tests and report the results of tests performed, including customer service support, logistics and quality assurance activities.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, payments to be received were based on the number of tests performed and reimbursement for defined expenses, including set up fees and annual maintenance fees. Additionally, two milestone payments, each for $0.5 million, were to be received upon the achievement of defined results in 2020. As of December 31, 2019, activities under the agreement had not commenced, no consideration had been received, and no revenue was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019.

The Agreement included two performance obligations, one related to the pre-commercialization phase and one related to the post-commercialization phase, since the delivered elements were distinct. The total transaction price of the arrangement was allocated based on the relative fair values of each. Revenue recognized for the transaction price allocated to each performance obligation was based on the level of efforts expended as each performance obligation is satisfied. During the year ended December 31, 2020, $1.4 million of the transaction price allocated to the pre-commercialization phase performance obligation was recognized as revenue and is included in the Loss from discontinued operations.

Restructuring Costs

During the year ended December 31, 2019, restructuring charges of $5.5 million were recognized related to PLI. The charges were primarily for severance and other personnel costs resulting from workforce reduction initiatives associated with the integration and restructuring activities of PLI after the acquisition. The $5.5 million accrued was paid as of December 31, 2019.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, restructuring charges of $2.3 million were recognized related to PLI. The charges were primarily for severance and other personnel costs resulting from workforce reduction initiatives associated with the impact of COVID-19 on the diagnostic business operations. The restructuring liability amount was fully paid in 2020.

Accrued Rebates and Sales Returns

At December 31, 2019, accrued rebates and sales returns included in Current liabilities of discontinued operations consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

Accrued rebates

   $ 10,381  

Accrued sales returns

     2,237  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,618  
  

 

 

 

Included in the fair value of the PLI assets acquired and liabilities assumed upon the acquisition of PLI was a liability of approximately $9.0 million related to state government rebates for pharmaceutical products previously divested by PLI and recorded a corresponding indemnification asset of approximately $7.0 million for the expected reimbursement to be received from Nestlé as rebates are settled. No payments were made or reimbursements received during the year ended December 31, 2019 related to this liability and asset. PLI plans to dispute a portion of this liability with state governments; however, it is uncertain that it will be successful. If PLI is successful, no material impact is expected on the consolidated statements of operations in the future. Also included in the December 31, 2019 balance of Current liabilities of discontinued operations is approximately $1.4 million related to accrued rebate amounts that full reimbursement from the entity that acquired the pharmaceutical products divested by PLI was expected. A corresponding receivable was included in Current assets of discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.

There were also liabilities assumed related to returns of previously divested pharmaceutical products. The return window for the product returns ended on October 31, 2020. The expected returns were estimated using historical sales and returns information.

The accrued rebates and returns liabilities remained with PLI post spinoff on December 31, 2020.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Commitments and Contingencies

At the acquisition date, PLI was involved with several legal proceedings and claims against it. All claims against PLI remained obligations of PLI and effective upon the spinoff, the Company has no remaining obligations with respect to these claims.

 

7.

Long Term Debt

As of December 31, 2020, long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 

Long-term debt

   $ 7,500  

Final payment

     300  
  

 

 

 
     7,800  

Less debt discount

     (461
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net

   $ 7,399  
  

 

 

 

In January 2020, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Oxford Finance LLC and its affiliates (Oxford) (the Oxford Loan) which provides for total borrowings of up to $25.0 million, of which $7.5 million was drawn upon execution of the agreement. Interest accrues at an annual rate at the greater of (a) the 30-day U.S. LIBOR rate reported the last business day of the month that immediately precedes the month in which the interest will accrue, or (b) 2.01%, plus 5.98%, with a minimum annual rate of 7.99%. From March 1, 2020, through February 28, 2023, the Company is required to make interest only payments. Beginning March 1, 2023, in addition to interest payments, the monthly payments will include an amount equal to the outstanding principal divided by 24 months. At maturity (or earlier prepayment), the Company is also required to make a final payment equal to 4.0% of the original principal amount borrowed and 3% of the future amount to be funded. At December 31, 2020, no amounts remain available for borrowing under the Oxford Loan due to the expiration of the provision that allowed for additional borrowings.

The Oxford Loan is collateralized by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company’s current and future assets, other than its intellectual property, and contains customary conditions of borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness and make distributions to holders of the Company’s capital stock. Should an event of default occur, including the occurrence of a material adverse change, the Company could be liable for immediate repayment of all obligations under the Oxford Loan. In December 2020, the Oxford Loan Agreement was amended to allow the PLI spinoff and to release PLI from all obligations pursuant to the Oxford Loan.

In addition, warrants to purchase 112,500 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock were issued to Oxford in conjunction with the execution of the agreement at an exercise price of $1.00 per share. The warrants have a ten-year life and are exercisable immediately. The warrants contain anti-dilution protection in the event an issuance of common stock is lower than the if converted Series C convertible preferred stock, subject to customary exceptions as set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. The fair value of the warrant, the debt issuance costs and the final payment totaling approximately $0.6 million are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the debt.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Future minimum principal and interest payments under the Oxford Loan including the final payment, as of December 31, 2020, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2021

   $ 608  

2022

     608  

2023

     3,637  

2024

     3,966  

2025

     931  
  

 

 

 
     9,750  

Less interest and final payment

     (2,250
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 7,500  
  

 

 

 

 

8.

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Amended Articles of Incorporation

In March 2020, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation to authorize 138,630,900 shares of common stock and 101,645,867 shares of convertible preferred stock, designated as 14,979,200 shares of Series A, 26,666,667 shares of Series B and 60,000,000 shares of Series C.

In October 2020, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation to authorize 325,000,000 shares of common stock and 254,983,985 shares of convertible preferred stock, reducing the authorized number of shares designated as Series C to 53,176,000 and creating two new series of convertible preferred designated as Series D-1 and Series D-2 with total authorized shares of 66,155,067 and 94,007,051, respectively.

Convertible Preferred Stock

During 2019, the Company issued an additional 13,084,791 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.75 per share, raising net cash proceeds of $9.8 million.

Also during 2019, the Company issued 16,500,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a price of $1.00 per share in connection with the acquisition of PLI.

In March 2020, the Company sold 28,063,500 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and received net cash proceeds totaling $28.0 million.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

In October 2020, the Company entered into a Series D convertible preferred stock purchase agreement (Series D SPA) under which it issued 61,066,216 shares of Series D-1 convertible preferred stock, for cash, at a price of $0.7558 per share, for net proceeds of $46.2 million (the Initial Series D Closing). In addition, 5,088,851 shares of Series D-1 convertible preferred stock were issued to Nestlé in satisfaction of a deferred purchase price obligation of $3.8 million. The Series D SPA contained provisions that potentially obligates the Company to issue an additional 94,007,051 shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock at $0.8510 per share in an additional closing, 7,231,311 of which is issuable to Nestlé for satisfaction of deferred purchase price obligations of $6.2 million, upon the approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, or at the option of the investors who participated in the Initial Series D Closing, or upon the achievement of certain milestones as defined in the Series D SPA, which purchase right terminates upon certain specified events, including an initial public offering of the Company, if any. In the event that an Initial Series D Closing purchaser failed to purchase all of their required shares in the subsequent Series D closing, each of the Series D convertible preferred shares held by such purchaser automatically converted into one-tenth of a share of common stock.

The Company determined its obligation to issue additional shares of the Company’s Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in the Initial Series D Closing represented a freestanding financial instrument that required

 

F-26


Table of Contents

liability accounting. This freestanding preferred stock purchase right liability for the additional closing was recorded at fair value, with fair value changes recognized in the statements of operations. As of the Initial Series D Closing, the estimated fair value of the preferred stock purchase right liability was $3.9 million. The Company will record any changes in the fair value of the Series D convertible preferred stock purchase right liability as changes in the fair value of convertible preferred stock purchase right liability in the accompanying statements of operations. Shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock pursuant to this arrangement were issued in January 2021 (see Note 14).

The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2019 consist of the following (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Per Share
Original Issue
Price
     Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A

     14,979,200        14,979,200      $ 0.50      $ 7,490      $ 7,391  

Series B

     26,666,667        26,666,667        0.75        20,000        19,901  

Series C

     50,000,000        16,500,000        1.00        16,500        16,448  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     91,645,867        58,145,867         $ 43,990      $ 43,740  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2020 consist of the following (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Per Share
Original Issue
Price
     Liquidation
Value
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A

     14,979,200        14,979,200      $ 0.50      $ 7,490      $ 7,391  

Series B

     26,666,667        26,666,667        0.75        20,000        19,901  

Series C

     53,176,000        53,063,500        1.00        53,064        52,937  

Series D-1

     66,155,067        66,155,067        0.76        49,933        50,831  

Series D-2

     94,007,051        —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     254,983,985        160,864,434         $ 130,487      $ 131,060  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

The rights, preferences and privileges of the convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2020 were as follows:

Dividends

The Company shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock unless the holders of Series A , B, C, and D convertible preferred stock (collectively referred to as Preferred Stock) shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount equal to (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock. There have been no dividends declared by the board as of December 31, 2020.

Liquidation

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, as defined, each holder Series D Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distributions to the holders of Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock and common stock, an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Original Issue Price per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends thereon or (ii) the amount such holder would have received if such holder had converted its shares into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event. Subject to the prior payment of all amounts due to holders of Series D preferred stock, each holder of of Series C Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distributions to the holders of Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred

 

F-27


Table of Contents

stock and common stock, an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Original Issue Price per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends thereon or (ii) the amount such holder would have received if such holder had converted its shares into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event. Subject to the prior payment of all amounts due to holders of Series C preferred stock, each holder of Series A and Series B preferred stock is entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distributions to the common stockholders, an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Original Issue Price per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends thereon or (ii) the amount such holder would have received if such holder had converted its shares into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event. In the event that the assets available for distribution to the holders of preferred stock are insufficient to pay such holders the full amounts to which they are entitled, the assets available for distribution will be distributed on a pro rata basis among the holders of the preferred stock in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of such stock. After all preferential payments have been made to the holders of preferred stock, the remaining amounts would be distributed among the holders of the Preferred Stock and common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each holder. The maximum aggregate amount the holders of Series A, B, C, D-1, and D-2 preferred stock are entitled to receive is $1.50, $2.25, $3.00, 2.2674, and 2.553 per share, respectively.

Conversion

The shares of Preferred Stock are convertible into an equal number of shares of common stock, at the option of the holder, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. Each share of preferred stock is automatically converted into common stock, (A) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock for the account of the Company in which the pre-money valuation of the Company is at least $330.0 million and the aggregate gross proceeds, net of underwriting discount and commissions, to the Company is at least $75.0 million.

Voting

The holders of Preferred stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which it would convert and to vote as one class with the common stockholders on all matters. Also, the preferred stockholders have been granted certain rights with regard to the election of members of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Presentation of Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company’s Preferred Stock have been classified as temporary equity in the accompanying balance sheets in accordance with authoritative guidance for the classification and measurement of potentially redeemable securities whose redemption is based upon certain change in control events outside of the Company’s control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of control of the Company. The Company has determined not to adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the liquidation preferences of such shares because the occurrence of any such change of control event is not probable.

Common Stock

Founder Stock

During 2016 and 2017, in connection with the founding of the Company, shares of common stock were sold to certain founders (the Founder Stock) at a price of $0.01 per share, of which 742,500 shares remain outstanding for all periods presented and which are subject to vesting, generally over a period of four years. The repurchase liability for the Founder Stock was nominal for all periods presented. For accounting purposes, the unvested shares are not considered to be outstanding.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the activity of the unvested founder stock:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Unvested at beginning of year

     215,625        48,750  

Vested

     (166,875      (48,750
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unvested at end of year

     48,750        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted Shares Issued to Cedars-Sinai

As previously described in Note 5, in 2017, as consideration for a license agreement, the Company granted 335,000 shares of restricted common stock to Cedars-Sinai that vest on the anniversary date of the grant date over a three-year period.

The following table summarizes the activity of the unvested stock issued to Cedars-Sinai:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Unvested at beginning of year

     223,333        111,667  

Vested

     (111,666      (111,667
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unvested at end of year

     111,667        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer Stock Option Award

In connection with the employment of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President, the Company committed to grant options to purchase additional shares of the Company’s common stock under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan upon the achievement of specified performance conditions involving the consummation of additional equity financings. As of December 31, 2019, the performance conditions were not achieved and no expense was recorded in connection with this commitment, as the achievement of the performance conditions was not considered probable. In connection with the sale of 28,063,500 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock in March 2020, an option to purchase 132,744 shares of the Company’s common stock at $1.70 per share was granted to this officer to satisfy this commitment, for which $0.1 million of stock-based compensation expense is being recognized over the four-year vesting period. In addition, during August 2020, the Company granted the officer an option to purchase an additional 20,000 shares of common stock at $3.10 per share in connection with the issuance of additional shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. No remaining obligation to grant additional stock options exists pursuant to this agreement after the August 2020 grant.

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

In 2017, the Company adopted the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan), which as amended, has 1,750,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance. In March 2020, the common stock reserved for issuance increased by 500,000 shares to 2,250,000 shares. In October 2020, concurrent with the close of the Series D convertible preferred stock financing, the 2017 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares of common stock available for issuance by 1,348,909 shares to a total of 3,598,909 shares. Under the Plan, the Company may grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other awards to individuals who are employees, non-employee directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries. The maximum term of the options granted under the Plan is no more than ten years. Grants generally vest at 25% one year from the vesting commencement date and ratably each month thereafter for a period of 36 months, subject to continuous service. The Plan allows for the early exercise of all stock options granted if authorized by the board of directors at the time of grant. At December 31, 2019 and 2020, 220,856 shares and 373,789, respectively, remain available for future grant under the Plan.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The Company’s stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2020 is summarized in the following table:

 

     Number     Weighted-
Average

Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
(Fair Value)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

(in thousands)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

     1,384,332     $ 2.10        9.4         $ 1,104  

Granted

     1,878,044     $ 3.38         $ 2.10     

Exercised

     (154,542   $ 1.36           

Cancelled/forfeited

     (177,588   $ 2.76           
  

 

 

            

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

     2,930,246     $ 2.92        9.3         $ 2,290  
  

 

 

            

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2020

     2,930,246     $ 2.92        9.3         $ 2,290  
  

 

 

            

Exercisable at December 31, 2020

     670,390     $ 1.60        8.0         $ 1,404  
  

 

 

            

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $0.5 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

The grant date fair value of stock options was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.6–2.6     0.2–1.4

Expected volatility

     61.5–70.0     61.5–71.8

Expected term (in years)

     5.0–6.1       6.1  

Expected dividend yield

     —       —  

Expected Term—The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that the options are expected to be outstanding. Due to the lack of historical exercise history, the expected term of the Company’s employee stock options has been determined utilizing the simplified method for awards that qualify as plain-vanilla options.

Expected Volatility—The estimated volatility was based on the historical volatility of the common stock of a group of publicly traded companies deemed comparable to the Company.

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield in effect at the time of the option grant based on U.S. Treasury securities with contract maturities similar to the expected term of the Company’s stock options.

Dividend Rate—The Company has not paid any cash dividends on common stock since inception and does not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, an expected dividend yield of zero was used.

Early Exercise Liability

The unvested shares of the early-exercised options are held in escrow until the stock option becomes fully vested or until the employee’s termination, whichever occurs first. The right to repurchase these shares lapses over the four-year vesting period. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the early exercise liability was approximately $29,000 and $0.1 million, respectively. For accounting purposes, the early exercise of options is not considered to be a substantive exercise until the underlying awards vest.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the activity of the unvested common stock issued pursuant to an early exercise of stock option awards:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Unvested at beginning of year

     19,529        70,266  

Early exercised stock options during the period

     75,124        23,540  

Early exercised stock options repurchased during the period

     —          (4,480

Vested or cancelled

     (24,387      (34,623
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unvested at end of year

       70,266        54,703  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes the components of stock-based compensation expense recognized in the accompanying statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Research and development

   $ 39      $         144  

General and administrative

     167        595  

Discontinued operations

     21        101  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $         227      $ 840  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards as of December 31, 2020 was $4.0 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.6 years.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

Common stock reserved for future issuance consists of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock issued

     6,164,576        16,086,426  

Common stock options issued and outstanding

     1,384,332        2,930,246  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock in future issuance (D-2)

     —          9,400,705  

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

     —          11,250  

Equity awards available for future issuance

     220,856        373,789  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,769,764        28,802,416  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

9.

Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

Through August 2019, the Company rented office and lab space under a monthly operating rental agreement. The Company recorded $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 related to this arrangement. As a result of the acquisition of PLI, the Company shares office and laboratory space with PLI under a non-cancellable operating lease agreement, as amended (PLI Lease), that expires in December 2022. Rent expense allocated to the Company totaled zero and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

As a result of the PLI spinoff on December 31, 2020, the Company entered into a sublease agreement with PLI for approximately 40,000 square feet currently occupied in the PLI facility. The sublease agreement is for one year with an option to renew for an additional year. The monthly payment is $80,000 and total remaining payment obligations at December 31, 2020 are $1.0 million.

Litigation

From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of its business. Regardless of outcome, legal proceedings or claims can have an adverse impact on the company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained.

Indemnification Agreements

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breech of such agreements or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with officers and members of its board of directors that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is, in many cases, unlimited. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications. At December 31, 2020, no claims exist under indemnification arrangements and accordingly, no amounts have been accrued in its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020.

 

10.

Income Taxes

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the income tax expense from continuing operations was $7,000 and is recorded in general and administrative expense in the accompanying statements of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the income tax benefit was $0.5 million, all of which was related to the discontinued operations and is recorded in Loss from discontinued operations in the accompanying statements of operations.

A reconciliation of the Company’s effective tax rate and federal statutory tax rate related to continuing operations is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rates

   $ (3,513    $ (6,538

State income tax, net of federal benefit

     (726      (586

Permanent items

     189        (14

Change in valuation allowance

     5,216        7,373  

Forfeiture of state operating losses

     —          521  

Stock-based compensation

     —          82  

Purchase price accretion

     —          311  

Return to provision adjustment

     (51      293  

Research and development tax credits

     (1,115      (1,442
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of loss and credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for

 

F-32


Table of Contents

income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities related to continuing operations for federal and state income taxes are follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carryforward

   $ 6,002      $ 11,333  

Research tax credits

     1,067        2,509  

Accrued and other

     20        543  

Stock-based compensation

     29        121  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     7,118        14,506  

Less valuation allowance

     (7,104      (14,477
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     14        29  

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Property and equipment

     (14      (29
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (14      (29
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A valuation allowance is required to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. A full review of all positive and negative evidence needs to be considered. The Company has established a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2020. The valuation allowance increased by $5.2 million and $7.4 million between December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019 and between December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, respectively, due primarily to the generation of current year operating losses.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of $50.1 million and $9.8 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforwards generated prior to 2018 and state net operating loss carryforwards, if not utilized, will expire beginning in 2036. Federal net operating losses generated in 2018 and after carryover indefinitely and may generally be used to fully offset future taxable income through December 31, 2020 and 80% of future taxable income thereafter.

The Company has research credit carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $1.8 million and $1.7 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2020. The federal credits begin to expire in 2030 and the state credits can be carried forward indefinitely.

Utilization of some of the federal and state net operating loss and credit carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations due to the change in ownership provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (Internal Revenue Code) and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. The Company has not performed a study under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code to determine if a change in control did occur and, as such, is not able to determine the impact on the net operating loss carryforwards, if any, as of the date of the financial statements.

The Company recognizes a tax benefit from uncertain tax positions when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. Due to the existence of the full valuation allowance, future changes in unrecognized tax benefits will not impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company does not foresee material changes to its liability for uncertain tax benefits within the next 12 months.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the activity in the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ —        $ 300  

Increase (decrease) related to prior year positions

     49        —    

Increase related to current year positions

     251        397  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

   $         300      $         697  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, no interest or penalties were required to be recognized relating for unrecognized tax benefits.

The Company files tax returns in the United States and California. The Company is not currently under examination in any of these jurisdictions and all of the Company’s tax years remain effectively open to examination due to net operating loss carryforwards.

On March 27, 2020, the United States enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (CARES Act). The Cares Act is an emergency economic stimulus package that includes spending and tax breaks to strengthen the United States economy and fund a nationwide effort to curtail the effect of COVID-19. While the CARES Act provides sweeping tax changes in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, some of the more significant provisions which are expected to impact the Company’s financial statements include removal of certain limitations on utilization of net operating losses, increasing the loss carryback period for certain losses to five years, and increasing the ability to deduct interest expense, as well as amending certain provisions of the previously enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Due to the loss position of the U.S. entities, many provisions of the CARES Act do not impact the Company and the CARES Act did not have an impact on the Company’s income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2019 or 2020.

 

11.

Related Party Transactions

As discussed in Note 5, in September 2017, the Company entered into the Agreement with Cedars-Sinai. As consideration for the license rights, the Company issued (i) 257,500 common stock shares at par value of $0.0001 per share, and (ii) 335,000 unvested restricted common stock shares at par value of $0.0001 per share. The parties also entered into additional license agreements as well as research agreements, under which the parties can provide research services to each other at pricing specified in the individual statements of work. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, no services were provided under the research agreements. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company purchased data from Cedars-Sinai for $0.3 million and this is recorded in research and development expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Additionally, PLI has provided laboratory services to Cedars-Sinai since May 2018. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, Cedars-Sinai paid approximately $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for such services. At December 31, 2019, the Company had a receivable of $0.1 million from Cedars-Sinai included Current assets from discontinued operations, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Two members of the Company’s board of directors are employees of Cedars-Sinai.

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company incurred compensation related expenses for two employees, each of whom is an immediate family member of a different member of the Company’s board of directors. These expenses totaled $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, of which $0.1 million is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and $0.3 million is included in research and development expenses. These expenses totaled $0.8

 

F-34


Table of Contents

million for the year ended December 31, 2020, of which $0.2 million is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and $0.6 million is included in research and development expenses.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company exchanged various payments with Nestlé pursuant to the terms of the PLI acquisition agreement. At the time of the acquisition, the Company assumed liabilities in the amount of $4.3 million related to Nestlé compensation plans terminated at the time of the acquisition. Pursuant to the purchase agreement, Nestlé was contractually obligated to settle these liabilities and the Company recorded a corresponding receivable for the same amount in the initial purchase price allocation. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company received and settled $3.3 million related to this arrangement. At December 31, 2019, $0.7 million remained as an accrual and a receivable due from Nestlé related to this item included in Current assets from discontinued operations and Current liabilities from discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Additionally, at December 31, 2019, the Company recorded an accrual of $0.3 related to payments due to Nestlé for cash not distributed to the former PLI employees in accordance with the purchase agreement. All liabilities and receivables recorded at December 31, 2019 for amounts between Nestlé and the Company were settled in 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company paid Nestlé $0.4 million related to a deposit made by Nestlé on behalf of the Company at the time of the PLI acquisition.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has a $5.7 million liability recorded within Amounts due to Nestlé, current—related party in the consolidated balance sheet. As disclosed in Note 6, this amount relates to deferred consideration for the acquisition of PLI.

As a result of the PLI acquisition, the Company entered into a transition services arrangement with ProciseDx, a wholly owned subsidiary of Nestlé. During the year ended December 31, 2019, both companies provided administrative and research related services to one another. As a result of this arrangement, during the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company received payments of $1.8 million from ProciseDx and paid $23,000 to ProciseDx. At December 31, 2019, the Company had a receivable for $1.3 million from ProciseDx included in the Current assets from discontinued operations and a payable of $27,000 included in the Current liabilities from discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Company has an ongoing collaboration with Regents of the University of California, where a member of its Board of Directors is employed. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company incurred $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively, in expense related to this collaboration that was recorded in Loss from discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

As a result of the PLI spinoff on December 31, 2020, the Company entered into a transition services agreement under which it assumed a $1.1 million liability related to the payout of the PLI bonus for the year ended December 31, 2020. This amount is included in the amount payable to PLI in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Additionally, pursuant to this agreement, the Company will be providing PLI certain transitional services, including general and administrative, finance and clinical operations support, and PLI is providing the Company with certain transitional services, including providing for the use of facilities under a sublease, in each case for specified monthly service fees. The initial term of the agreement is for one year, subject to earlier termination and extension thereafter. Nothing has been recognized under this agreement during the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

12.

401(K) Plan

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) plan available to eligible employees. Employee contributions are voluntary and are determined on an individual basis, limited to the maximum amount allowable under federal tax regulations. The Company, at its discretion, may make certain

 

F-35


Table of Contents

contributions to the 401(k) plan. Company contributions made during each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 were $45,000.

 

13.

COVID-19 Outbreak

The current COVID-19 pandemic, which is impacting worldwide economic activity, poses the risk that the Company or its employees, contractors, suppliers, and other partners may be prevented from conducting business activities for an indefinite period of time, including due to shutdowns that may be requested or mandated by governmental authorities. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company has not experienced significant impact from the pandemic. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will impact the Company’s business will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time.

 

14.

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events for financial statement purposes occurring through February 19, 2021, the date when these financial statements are available to be issued.

Sale of Series D-2 Preferred Stock

In January 2021, the Company sold 86,775,740 shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock and received gross proceeds totaling $73.8 million. In addition, 7,219,560 shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock were issued to Nestlé in satisfaction of a deferred purchase price obligation of $6.2 million.

2020 Stock Option Grants

In January 2021, the common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan increased from 3,598,909 shares to 5,524,355 shares. Through February 19, 2021, the Company granted options to purchase 2,116,870 shares of common stock to employees and consultants at exercise prices ranging from $3.70 to $6.70 per share.

 

15.

Reverse Stock Split

On March 5, 2021 the Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock (the Reverse Stock Split). The par value and the authorized shares of the common stock were not adjusted as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. All issued and outstanding common stock and the conversion prices and ratio of the convertible preferred stock have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

 

 

7,353,000 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

SVB Leerink

Credit Suisse

Stifel

Guggenheim Securities

 

 

 

Through and including            , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.

 

     Amount paid or
to be paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 16,606  

FINRA filing fee

     23,331  

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

     235,000  

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     700,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     1,950,000  

Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses

     3,500  

Printing and engraving expenses

     450,000  

Miscellaneous

     71,563  
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ 3,450,000  
  

 

 

 

 

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be


Table of Contents

made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

 

Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding unregistered securities issued by us since January 1, 2017. Also included is the consideration received by us for such securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

 

  (a)

Issuances of Securities

 

  1.

From September to October 2017 we issued an aggregate of 14,979,200 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock to investors at a purchase price of $0.50 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $7.5 million.

 

  2.

From November 2018 to May 2019 we issued an aggregate of 26,666,667 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock to investors at a purchase price of $0.75 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $20 million.

 

  3.

In June 2019 and June 2020, as partial consideration for our acquisition of Prometheus Laboratories, Inc., we issued an aggregate of 25,000,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock.


Table of Contents
  4.

In March 2020 we issued an aggregate of 28,063,500 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock to investors at a purchase price of $1.00 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $28.1 million.

 

  5.

In January 2020, we issued to a lender a warrant to purchase 112,500 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share in connection with our entry into a loan and security agreement.

 

  6.

In October 2020, we issued an aggregate of 66,155,067 shares of Series D-1 convertible preferred stock to investors at a purchase price of $0.7558 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $46.2 million, and as partial consideration for our acquisition of Prometheus Laboratories, Inc.

 

  7.

In January 2021, we issued an aggregate of 93,995,300 shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock to investors at a purchase price of $0.8510 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $73.8 million, and as partial consideration for our acquisition of Prometheus Laboratories, Inc.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All holders of securities described above represented to us in connection with their purchase or issuance that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the securities for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The holders received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.    

 

  (b)

Grants of Stock Options

 

  1.

From January 2017 through March 1, 2021, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 5,548,058 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.14 per share, to certain of our employees, consultants and directors in connection with services provided to us by such persons. 340,688 of these options have been exercised and 211,354 have been cancelled through February 15, 2021.

The stock options and common stock issuable upon exercise of such options as described in this section (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees and directors, in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or the exemption set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

 

Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (c)

Exhibits. See Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

  (d)

Financial Statement Schedules. Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.


Table of Contents
Item 17.

Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (currently in effect)
  3.2*    Bylaws (currently in effect)
  3.3*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering)
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering)
  4.1    Specimen stock certificate evidencing the shares of common stock
  4.2*    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated October  30, 2020, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders
  4.3*    Warrant issued to Oxford Finance LLC, dated January 24, 2020
  5.1    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
10.1#*    Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, including form of stock option agreement thereunder
10.2#    Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan and form of stock option grant notice and stock option agreement thereunder
10.3#    Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.4#    Non-Employee Director Compensation Program
10.5#*    Amended and Restated Employment Letter Agreement, dated February 17, 2021, by and between Mark C. McKenna and the Registrant
10.6#*    Amended and Restated Employment Letter Agreement, dated February  17, 2021, by and between Keith W. Marshall, Ph.D. and the Registrant
10.7#*    Amended and Restated Employment Letter Agreement, dated February 17, 2021, by and between Allison Luo, M.D. and the Registrant
10.8#*    Amended and Restated Employment Letter Agreement, dated February 17, 2021, by and between Timothy K. Andrews and the Registrant
10.9#    Employment Letter Agreement, dated February 7, 2021, by and between Mark Stenhouse and the Registrant
10.10#*    Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers
10.11*    Loan and Security Agreement, dated January  24, 2020, by and among Oxford Finance LLC, Prometheus Laboratories, Inc. and the Registrant, as amended
10.12*    Sublease Agreement, dated December 31, 2020, by and between Prometheus Laboratories Inc. and the Registrant
10.13†*    Exclusive License Agreement, dated September 1, 2017, by and between Cedars-Sinai Medical Center and the Registrant, as amended
10.14†*    Exclusive License Agreement, dated March 22, 2019, by and between Cedars-Sinai Medical Center and the Registrant
10.15†*    Exclusive License Agreement, dated March 22, 2019, by and between Cedars-Sinai Medical Center and the Registrant
10.16†*    Companion Diagnostics Development and Collaboration Agreement, dated as of March  25, 2019, by and between Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and the Registrant


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on this 8th day of March, 2021.

 

PROMETHEUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:   

/s/ Mark C. McKenna

 

Mark C. McKenna

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Mark C. McKenna

Mark C. McKenna

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)   March 8, 2021

*

Keith W. Marshall, Ph.D.

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial and accounting officer)

  March 8, 2021

*

Tadataka Yamada, M.D.

   Chairman of the Board   March 8, 2021

*

James Laur

   Director   March 8, 2021

*

Helen C. Adams

   Director   March 8, 2021

*

Martin Hendrix, Ph.D.

   Director   March 8, 2021


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Jospeh C. Papa

  

Director

 

March 8, 2021

*

Judith L. Swain, M.D.

  

Director

  March 8, 2021

*

Mary Szela

  

Director

  March 8, 2021

 

*By:  

/s/ Mark C. McKenna

  Mark C. McKenna
  Attorney-in-Fact

Exhibit 1.1

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc.

(a Delaware corporation)

[•] Shares of Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[•], 2021

SVB Leerink LLC

and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o SVB Leerink LLC

1301 Avenue of the Americas, 12th Floor New York, NY 10019

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC Eleven Madison Avenue New York, NY 10010

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), confirms its agreement with SVB Leerink LLC (“SVB Leerink”), Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (“Credit Suisse”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for which SVB Leerink and Credit Suisse are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) set forth in Schedule A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [•] additional shares of Common Stock. The aforesaid [•] shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [•] shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are herein called, collectively, the “Securities.”

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Underwriting Agreement (this “Agreement”) has been executed and delivered.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that up to 5% of the Initial Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters (the “Reserved Securities”) shall be reserved for sale by the Underwriters to certain persons designated by the Company (the “Invitees”), as part of the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Company solely determined, without any direct or indirect participation by the Underwriters, the Invitees who will purchase Reserved Securities (including the amount to be purchased


by such persons) sold by the Underwriters. To the extent that such Reserved Securities are not orally confirmed for purchase by Invitees by 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the first business day after the date of this Agreement, such Reserved Securities may be offered to the public as part of the public offering contemplated hereby.

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-253323), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 424(b) (“Rule 424(b)”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time such registration statement became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is herein called the “Rule 430A Information.” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.” The final prospectus, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities is herein called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“EDGAR”).

As used in this Agreement:

“Applicable Time” means [•] P.M., New York City time, on [•], 2021 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.

“General Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the most recent preliminary prospectus that is distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule B-1 hereto, all considered together.

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 405”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show for an offering that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “bona fide electronic

 

2


road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (a “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule B-2 hereto.

“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

“Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act.

“Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act.

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties.

(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company. The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

a) Registration Statement and Prospectuses. Each of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued by the Commission under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued by the Commission and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted by the Commission or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

The Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and the filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus with the Commission have been duly authorized by and on behalf of the Company, and the Registration Statement has been duly executed pursuant to such authorization.

b) Accurate Disclosure. Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, none of (A) the General Disclosure Package, (B) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, nor (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order

 

3


to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto, including any prospectus wrapper) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting—Commissions and Discounts,” the information in the first, second, third and fourth paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting—Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” and the information under the heading “Underwriting—Electronic Distribution” in each case contained in the Prospectus (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified. The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Securities. Any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the 1933 Act or that was prepared by or behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Except for the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule B-2 hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to the Representatives before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without the prior consent of the Representatives, prepare, use or refer to, any issuer free writing prospectus.

d) Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company (A) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act and (B) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule B-3 hereto.

e) Company Not Ineligible Issuer. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an

 

4


“ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

f) Emerging Growth Company Status. From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any individual or entity authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

g) Independent Accountants. The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

h) Financial Statements; Non-GAAP Financial Measures. The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, comply as to form in all material respects with Regulation S-X under the 1933 Act and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and Item 10 of Regulation S-K, to the extent applicable.

i) Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) which the Company is required to comply with as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (taking into account all exemptions and phase-in periods provided under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act and otherwise under applicable law).

j) No Material Adverse Change in Business. Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse

 

5


Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company, (C) there have been no material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, entered into by the Company and (D) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

k) Good Standing of the Company. The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

l) Subsidiaries. The Company does not own an interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other business entity.

m) Capitalization. The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, (A) pursuant to this Agreement, (B) pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (C) pursuant to the conversion of convertible securities or exercise of options referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus). The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

n) Authorization of Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

o) Authorization and Description of Securities. The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The Common Stock conforms, in all material respects, to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same. No holder of Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder.

p) Registration Rights. There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement, other than those rights that have been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and have been waived.

 

6


q) Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts. Company is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company or any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company.

r) Listing. The Securities have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject to notice of issuance.

s) Absence of Labor Dispute. No labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

t) Absence of Proceedings. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity (including, without limitation, any action, suit proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) or the European Medicines Agency (the “EMA”)) now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company, which if determined adversely to the Company, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect its properties or assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company is a party or of which any of its properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the

 

7


Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

u) Accuracy of Exhibits. There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.

v) Absence of Further Requirements. No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (A) such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA and (B) such as have been obtained under the laws and regulations of jurisdictions outside the United States in which the Reserved Securities were offered.

w) Possession of Licenses and Permits. The Company possesses such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by it (including, without limitation, all such Governmental Licenses required by the FDA, the EMA, or any other federal, state, local or foreign agencies or bodies engaged in the regulation of clinical or preclinical studies, pharmaceuticals, biologics, biohazardous substances or activities related to the business now operated by the Company), except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has fulfilled and performed all of its material obligations with respect to the Governmental Licenses and, to the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Company as a holder of any permit, except where the failure to so fulfill or perform, or the occurrence of such event, would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except where the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not received any written notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

x) Title to Property. The Company has good and marketable title to all real property owned by it and good title to all other properties owned by it, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company, and under which the Company holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and the Company does not have

 

8


any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

y) Intellectual Property. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (A) the Company owns or has the right to use all patents, copyrights, know how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, social media identifiers and accounts, software and all similar types of intellectual property and proprietary rights (including all registrations and applications for registration of any of the foregoing and all goodwill associated with any of the foregoing) (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”) used or held for use in any material respect, in the conduct, or the proposed conduct, of the business of the Company in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (B) all Intellectual Property owned by the Company is solely and exclusively owned by the Company and the Company holds all of its rights under all Intellectual Property owned by, or licensed to, the Company free and clear of all liens or encumbrances; (C) none of the Intellectual Property owned by, and to the Company’s knowledge, none of the Intellectual Property exclusively licensed to, the Company, has been adjudged invalid or unenforceable and, to the knowledge of the Company, all such Intellectual Property is valid, enforceable and subsisting; (D) there is no pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by any third party in writing alleging that the Company has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property of any third party, including with respect to any use of the Company’s discoveries, inventions, products, product candidates, services or processes except any such pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; (E) to the knowledge of the Company, the Company has not infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property of any third party in any material respect, and neither the sale, use nor other exploitation of any of the discoveries, inventions, products, product candidates, services or processes of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus do or will infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property of any third party in any respect that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; (F) to the knowledge of the Company, none of the Intellectual Property or technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company in material violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company; (G) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation or other violation in any material respect by any third parties of any Intellectual Property owned by, or exclusively licensed to, the Company and there is no pending, or the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by the Company alleging any such infringement, misappropriation or other violation; (H) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by any third party in writing challenging the Company’s rights in or to any Intellectual Property owned by, or exclusively licensed to, the Company or the validity, enforceability or scope of any Intellectual Property owned by the Company except any such pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; (I) the Company has taken commercially reasonable actions in accordance with customary industry practice to maintain and protect all trade secrets, know-how and other confidential information of the Company; and (J) to the knowledge of the Company, all persons (including founders and current and former employees, consultants, contractors, representatives and agents) involved in the development of any material Intellectual Property for or on behalf of the Company have executed written and enforceable

 

9


confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with the Company pursuant to which they assigned all of their right, title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property to the Company, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no such agreement has been breached or violated.

z) Patents and Patent Applications. All patents and patent applications owned by or licensed to the Company or under which the Company has any rights have, to the knowledge of the Company, been duly and properly filed and maintained with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”) and all applicable foreign and international patent authorities; the Company, and to the knowledge of the Company, the parties prosecuting such patent applications, have complied with any applicable duty of candor and disclosure to the USPTO or any foreign or international patent authority in connection with such applications; and the Company is not aware of any material facts required to be disclosed to the USPTO or any such foreign or international patent authorities that were not so disclosed and which would preclude the grant of a patent in connection with any such application or would reasonably be expected to form the basis of a finding of invalidity or unenforceability with respect to any patents that have issued with respect to such applications.

aa) FDA Compliance. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and except as would not, in each case, whether individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company: (A) is and at all times has been in compliance with all statutes, rules or regulations of the FDA and other comparable Governmental Entities applicable to the ownership, testing, development, manufacture, packaging, processing, use, distribution, marketing, labeling, promotion, sale, offer for sale, storage, import, export or disposal of any product under development, manufactured or distributed by the Company (“Applicable Laws”); (B) has not received any FDA Form 483, notice of adverse finding, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or written notice from the FDA or any Governmental Authority alleging or asserting noncompliance with any Applicable Laws or any licenses, certificates, approvals, clearances, exemptions, authorizations, permits and supplements or amendments thereto required by any such Applicable Laws (“Authorizations”); (C) possesses all Authorizations and such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and the Company is not in violation of any term of any such Authorizations; (D) has not received written notice of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from the FDA or any Governmental Authority or third party alleging that any product operation or activity is in violation of any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and has no knowledge that the FDA or any Governmental Authority or third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding; (E) has not received notice that the FDA or any Governmental Authority has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any material Authorizations and has no knowledge that the FDA or any Governmental Authority is considering such action; and (F) has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments as required by any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and that all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were materially complete and correct on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission).

bb) Compliance with Health Care Laws. The Company has operated and currently is in compliance with all applicable health care laws, rules and regulations (except where such failure to operate or non-compliance would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect), including, without limitation, (i) the Federal, Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. §§ 301 et seq.); (ii) all applicable federal, state, local and all applicable foreign healthcare related fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the U.S. Physician Payments Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h), the civil False Claims

 

10


Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 3729 et seq.), the criminal False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), all criminal laws relating to healthcare fraud and abuse, including but not limited to 18 U.S.C. Sections 286 and 287, the healthcare fraud criminal provisions under the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) (42 U.S.C. Section 1320d et seq.), the exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), and the civil monetary penalties law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a); (iii) HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic Clinical Health Act (42 U.S.C. Section 17921 et seq.); (iv) the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws; and (v) any other similar local, state, federal, or foreign laws (collectively, the “Health Care Laws”). The Company has not received written notice or other correspondence of any claim, action, suit, audit, survey, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action (“Action”) from any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority or third party alleging that any product operation or activity is in violation of any Health Care Laws, in any material respect, and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action is threatened. The Company is not a party to and does not have any ongoing reporting obligations pursuant to any corporate integrity agreement, deferred prosecution agreement, monitoring agreement, consent decree, settlement order, plan of correction or similar agreement imposed by any governmental or regulatory authority. Additionally, neither the Company, nor to the Company’s knowledge, any of its employees, officers or directors, has been excluded, suspended or debarred from participation in any U.S. state or federal health care program or human clinical research or, to the knowledge of the Company, is subject to a governmental inquiry, investigation, proceeding, or other similar action that could reasonably be expected to result in debarment, suspension, or exclusion.

cc) Environmental Laws. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Company is not in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) the Company has all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and is in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company threatened, administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company and (D) there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

dd) Accounting Controls. The Company maintains effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13-a15 and 15d-15 under the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act Regulations”)) and a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain

 

11


accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ee) Tests and Preclinical and Clinical Trials. The studies, tests and preclinical and clinical trials conducted by or, to the Company’s knowledge, on behalf of the Company were and, if still ongoing, are being conducted in all material respects in accordance with all Authorizations and Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; the descriptions of the results of such studies, tests and trials contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are, to the Company’s knowledge, accurate and complete in all material respects and fairly present the data derived from such studies, tests and trials; except to the extent disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of any studies, tests or trials, the results of which the Company believes reasonably call into question the study, test, or trial results described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus when viewed in the context in which such results are described and the clinical state of development; and, except to the extent disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company has not received any written notices or correspondence from the FDA or any Governmental Entity requiring the termination or suspension of any studies, tests or preclinical or clinical trials conducted by or on behalf of the Company, other than ordinary course communications with respect to modifications in connection with the design and implementation of such trials.

ff) Payment of Taxes. All United States federal income tax returns of the Company required by law to be filed have been filed and all United States federal income taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in conformity with GAAP. The United States federal income tax returns of the Company through the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 have been settled and no assessment in connection therewith has been made against the Company. The Company has filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by it pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and have paid all material taxes (other than United States federal income taxes) due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been established by the Company. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are, in conformity with GAAP, adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

gg) Insurance. The Company carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be

 

12


able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

hh) Investment Company Act. The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

ii) Absence of Manipulation. Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

jj) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. None of the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company has and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

kk) Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

ll) OFAC. None of the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or representative of the Company is an individual or entity (“Person”) currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the Swiss Secretariat of Economic Affairs or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions; and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partners or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with

 

13


any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

mm) Sales of Reserved Securities. In connection with any offer and sale of Reserved Securities outside the United States, each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus, any prospectus wrapper and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time it was filed, complied and will comply in all material respects with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the same is distributed. The Company has not offered, or caused the Representatives to offer, Reserved Securities to any person with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company or any of its affiliates to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with any such entity or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or any of its affiliates, or their respective businesses or products.

nn) Lending Relationship. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material lending or other relationship with any banking or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

oo) Statistical and Market-Related Data. Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

pp) Maintenance of Rating. The Company has no debt securities or preferred stock that is rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act).

qq) Privacy and Data Protection. Except as would not, in each case, whether individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company has been, and is in, and has taken reasonably appropriate steps to ensure, compliance with (A) United States federal, state, local and non-United States privacy, data security and data protection laws and regulations applicable to the Company’s collection, use, transfer, protection, disposal, disclosure, handling, storage, analysis or other exploitation of personal data; (B) internal and external policies and procedures designed to ensure (i) the integrity and security of the data collected, used, transferred, disposed, handled, stored, analyzed or otherwise processed in connection with the Company’s businesses and (ii) compliance with all Health Care Laws and other applicable laws that govern privacy and data security; and (C) contractual obligations of the Company, and industry standards, related to its collection, use, transfer, protection, disposal, disclosure, handling, storage, analysis or other processing of personal data. The Company has taken commercially reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of personally identifiable information, protected health information, consumer information and other confidential information owned, collected, used, transferred, disposed, handled, stored, analyzed or otherwise processed by the Company (“Sensitive Company Data”). The tangible or digital information technology systems (including computers, screens, servers, workstations, routers, hubs, switches, networks, data communications lines, technical data and hardware), software and telecommunications systems used or held for use by the Company (the “Company IT Assets”) are

 

14


(x) adequate and operational in all material respects for the respective businesses of the Company as now operated and as currently proposed to be conducted as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (y) operate and perform in all material respects in accordance with their documentation and functional specifications. The Company has used commercially reasonable efforts to establish, and has established, commercially reasonable disaster recovery and security plans, procedures and facilities for the business consistent with industry standards and practices in all material respects, including, without limitation, for the Company IT Assets and Sensitive Company Data. To the knowledge of the Company, the Company has not suffered or incurred any security breaches, violations, outages, compromises or incidents with respect to, unauthorized or illegal use, distribution, destruction, loss, disablement or modification of or access to any Company IT Asset or Sensitive Company Data (“Security Incident”), except where such Security Incident would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not been required to notify any individual of any Security Incident involving any Company IT Assets or Sensitive Company Data. There is no pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by or before any Governmental Entity or other third party related to the Company’s collection, use, transfer, protection, disposal, disclosure, handling, storage, analysis or other processing of any Sensitive Company Data.

rr) No Broker Fees. Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the offering of the Securities contemplated hereby.

(b) Officer’s Certificates. Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing.

(a) Initial Securities. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, that number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(b) Option Securities. In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [•] shares of Common Stock, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but any Date of Delivery after the Closing Time shall not be later than seven full business days nor earlier than two full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all

 

15


or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(c) Payment. Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates or security entitlements for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the second (third, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”). Delivery of the Initial Securities at the Closing Time shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates or security entitlements for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company. Delivery of the Option Securities on each such Date of Delivery shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company, against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates or security entitlements for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for their accounts, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. Each of SVB Leerink and Credit Suisse, individually and not as representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests. The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representatives as soon as practicable, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The

 

16


Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(b) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representatives notice of such event, (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representatives with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or the 1934 Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

(c) Delivery of Registration Statements. The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(d) Delivery of Prospectuses. The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the

 

17


1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(e) Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may reasonably designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(f) Rule 158. The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earning statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

(g) Use of Proceeds. The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in all material respects in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds.”

(h) Listing. The Company will use its best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the Nasdaq Global Market.

(i) Restriction on Sale of Securities. During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file or confidentially submit any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing, (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) publicly announce an intention to effect any such swap, agreement or other transaction described in clauses (i) and (ii). The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder; (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a convertible security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (D) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any existing non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; or (E) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto.

(j) Lock-Up Release or Waiver. If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 5(i) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the

 

18


impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(k) Reporting Requirements. The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the 1933 Act.

(l) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representatives will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule B-2 hereto and any road show that is a “written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Representatives. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representatives as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement which has not been superseded or modified, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

(m) Compliance with FINRA Rules. The Company hereby agrees that it will ensure that the Reserved Securities will be restricted as required by FINRA or the FINRA rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of this Agreement. The Underwriters will notify the Company as to which persons will need to be so restricted. At the request of the Underwriters, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place a stop transfer restriction upon such securities for such period of time. Should the Company release, or seek to release, from such restrictions any of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for any reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, legal expenses) they incur in connection with such release.

(n) Testing-the-Waters Materials. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(o) Emerging Growth Company Status. The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(i).

 

19


SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses.

(a) Expenses. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates or security entitlements for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of a “Blue Sky Survey” and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged by the Company in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants (it being understood and agreed that the Underwriters will pay all of the travel, lodging and other expenses of the Underwriters or any of their employees or representatives incurred by them in connection with the road show and the Underwriters will pay 50% of the costs of any aircraft or other transportation chartered in connection with the road show, the other 50% of which will be paid by the Company), (viii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters (such fees, together with any fees incurred pursuant to clause (v) not to exceed $40,000) in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the Nasdaq Global Market, and (x) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the third sentence of Section 1(a)(ii) and (xi) all costs and expenses of the Underwriters, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, in connection with matters related to the Reserved Securities which are designated by the Company for sale to Invitees.

(b) Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i), Section 9(a)(iii) or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their reasonably documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters; provided however, that if this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives pursuant to Section 10, the Company shall have no obligation to reimburse any out of pocket expense of the Underwriters that have failed to purchase the Securities that they have agreed to purchase hereunder.

SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Company delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information. The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and, at the Closing

 

20


Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinion and the negative assurance letter, each dated the Closing Time, of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Company, together with the opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, special counsel for the Company with respect to intellectual property matters, each in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of each such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(c) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinion, and negative assurance letter, each dated the Closing Time, of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letters for each of the other Underwriters in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Company and certificates of public officials.

(d) Officers’ Certificate. At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the principal executive officer of the Company and of the principal financial officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

(e) Accountant’s Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from BDO USA, LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(f) Bring-down Comfort Letter. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from BDO USA, LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements

 

21


made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

(g) Approval of Listing. At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(h) No Objection. FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

(i) Lock-up Agreements. At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto signed by all of the Company’s directors, officers and securityholders.

(j) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities. In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

(i) Officers’ Certificate. A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the principal executive officer of the Company and of the principal financial officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(d) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

(ii) Opinion of Counsel for Company. If requested by the Representatives, the opinion, and negative assurance letter, of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Company, together with the opinion of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, a Professional Corporation, special counsel for the Company with respect to intellectual property matters, each in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinions and negative assurance letter required by Section 5(b) hereof.

(iii) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. If requested by the Representatives, the opinion, and negative assurance letter, of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion and negative assurance letter required by Section 5(c) hereof.

(iv) Bring-down Comfort Letter. If requested by the Representatives, a letter from BDO USA, LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

(k) Additional Documents. At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any), counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such other documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in

 

22


connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

(l) Termination of Agreement. If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15 and 16 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“Marketing Materials”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

 

23


provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers. Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(c) Actions against Parties; Notification. Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

(e) Indemnification for Reserved Securities. In connection with the offer and sale of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters, their Affiliates and selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either

 

24


Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending, investigating or settling any such action or claim), as incurred, (i) arising out of the violation of any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Reserved Securities have been offered, (ii) arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any prospectus wrapper or other material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Invitees in connection with the offering of the Reserved Securities or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (iii) caused by the failure of any Invitee to pay for and accept delivery of Reserved Securities which have been orally confirmed for purchase by any Invitee by 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the first business day after the date of the Agreement or (iv) related to, or arising out of or in connection with, the offering of the Reserved Securities.

SECTION 7. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

25


Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement.

(a) Termination. The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the judgment of the Representatives, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in U.S. or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq Global Market, or (iv) if trading generally on the NYSE MKT or the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Global Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or with respect to Clearstream or Euroclear systems in Europe, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

(b) Liabilities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15 and 16 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

26


SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters. If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

a) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

b) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

SECTION 11. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to SVB Leerink at 1301 Avenue of the Americas, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10019, attention of Stuart R. Nayman and to Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010-3629, Facsimile: (212) 325-4296, Attention: IBCM-Legal.

SECTION 12. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, or its stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that

 

27


differ from those of the Company and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the Company has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

SECTION 13. Parties. This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

SECTION 14. Waiver of Trial by Jury. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 15. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

SECTION 16. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be instituted in (i) the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan or (ii) the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court, as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

SECTION 17. TIME. TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

SECTION 18. Partial Unenforceability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

 

28


SECTION 19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery” and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement or any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.

SECTION 20. QFC Stay Rules.

a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

c) As used in this Section 20:

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

SECTION 21. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 22. Entire Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and

 

29


understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

 

30


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,

 

PROMETHEUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

By:  

         

  Name:
  Title:

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED
    As of the date first above written:
SVB LEERINK LLC
By:  

         

  Name:
  Title:
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
By:  

         

  Name:
  Title:

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT]


SCHEDULE A

The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[•].

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $[•], being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $[•] per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Name of Underwriter    Number of
Initial Securities
 

SVB Leerink LLC

     [ •] 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

     [ •] 

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.

     [ •] 

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

     [ •] 
  

 

 

 

Total

     [ •] 
  

 

 

 


SCHEDULE B-1

Pricing Terms

1. The Company is selling [•] shares of Common Stock.

2. The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [•] shares of Common Stock.

3. The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[•].


SCHEDULE B-2

Free Writing Prospectuses

None


SCHEDULE B-3

List of Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

[None]


Exhibit A

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

🌑 ], 2021

SVB Leerink LLC

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o SVB Leerink LLC

1301 Avenue of the Americas, 12th Floor

New York, NY 10019

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

 

  Re:

Proposed Public Offering by Prometheus Biosciences, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, a stockholder, officer and/or director of Prometheus Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), understands that SVB Leerink LLC (“SVB Leerink”) and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (“Credit Suisse” and together with SVB Leerink, “the Representatives”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with the Company providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of shares (the “Securities”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”). In recognition of the benefit that such an offering will confer upon the undersigned as a stockholder, an officer and/or a director of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each underwriter to be named in the Underwriting Agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”) that, during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the date that is 180 days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”), or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the Lock-Up Securities, or file or cause to be filed any registration statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (1) the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (2) the


Company will agree in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (i) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer or otherwise dispose of Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Representatives, provided, in each case, that (1) in the case of transfers pursuant to clauses (i) – (vi) and (viii) below, Representatives receive a signed lock-up agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Period from each donee, trustee, distributee, or transferee, as the case may be; (2) in the case of transfers pursuant to clauses (i) – (iii) and (vi) – (viii) below, any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; (3) in the case of transfers pursuant to clauses (i) – (v) and (viii) below, such transfers are not required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); (4) in the case of any transfer described in clauses (vi), (vii) and (ix) below, if the undersigned is required to file a report with the SEC on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act, during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer is being made in connection with the circumstances described in such clause; and (5) in the case of transfer pursuant to clauses (i) – (ix) below, the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period):

 

  (i)

as a bona fide gift or gifts;

 

  (ii)

to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin);

 

  (iii)

as a distribution or other transfer by a partnership to its partners or former partners or by a limited liability company to its members or retired members or by a corporation to its stockholders or former stockholders or to any wholly-owned subsidiary of such corporation;

 

  (iv)

if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, in connection with the sale or other bona fide transfer in a single transaction of all or substantially all of the undersigned’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the undersigned’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this agreement;

 

  (v)

to the undersigned’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned;

 

  (vi)

pursuant to a court or regulatory agency order, a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

  (vii)

by will or intestate succession upon the death of the undersigned;

 

-2-


  (viii)

if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor, trustee (or co-trustee) or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of the beneficiary of such trustor; or

 

  (ix)

to the Company in satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation.

Furthermore, no provision in this letter shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit (1) the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities to the Company in connection with the termination of the undersigned’s services to the Company, provided that any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act made in connection with such transfer shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (1); (2) the exercise or exchange by the undersigned of any option or warrant to acquire any shares of Common Stock or options to purchase shares of Common Stock, in each case for cash or on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, pursuant to any stock option, stock bonus or other stock plan or arrangement; provided, however, that the underlying shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter and that any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act made in connection with such exercise or exchange shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that (a) the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (2) and (b) no shares were sold by the reporting person; (3) the transfer of Lock-Up Securities upon the completion of a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s securities involving a change of control of the Company; provided, however, that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, such securities held by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter; (4) the conversion of outstanding preferred stock of the Company into shares of Common Stock, provided that any such shares received upon such conversion shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter; and (5) transactions relating to Common Stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock acquired in the Public Offering (including any issuer-directed Securities if the undersigned is not an officer or director of the Company) or in open market transactions after completion of the Public Offering, provided that no such transaction is required to be, or is, publicly announced (whether on Form 4, Form 5 or otherwise) during the Lock-Up Period.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall prevent the undersigned from establishing a 10b5-1 trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“10b5-1 Trading Plan”) or from amending an existing 10b5-1 Trading Plan so long as there are no sales of Lock-Up Securities under any such 10b5-1 Trading Plan during the Lock-Up Period; provided that, the establishment of a 10b5-1 Trading Plan or the amendment of a 10b5-1 Trading Plan shall only be permitted if (i) the establishment or amendment of such plan is not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or otherwise during the Lock-Up Period and (ii) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding the establishment or amendment of such plan during the Lock-Up Period.

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions. This lock-up agreement shall automatically terminate, and the undersigned shall be released from the undersigned’s obligations hereunder, upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (i) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company advises the Representatives in writing that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering; (ii) the Company files an application to withdraw the registration statement related to the Public Offering; (iii) the Underwriting Agreement is executed but is terminated prior to the closing of the Public Offering (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination), or (iv) April 30, 2021, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by such date, subject to a one-time 90-day extension at the option of the Company at any time prior to April 30, 2021.

 

-3-


This agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-4-


Very truly yours,

 

 

Name of Security Holder (Print exact name)

 

By:    
  Signature

 

If not signing in an individual capacity:

 

 

Name of Authorized Signatory (Print)

 

 

Title of Authorized Signatory (Print)

(indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOCK-UP AGREEMENT]


Exhibit B

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO SECTION 3(j)

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc.

[Date]

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that SVB Leerink LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, the joint book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [•] shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [•] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [•], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PROMETHEUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1.    That the name of this corporation is Prometheus Biosciences, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on October 26, 2016 under the name Precision IBD, Inc.

2.    That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 325,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) 254,983,985 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.


A.    COMMON STOCK

1.    General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2.    Voting. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Restated Certificate”) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Restated Certificate or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Restated Certificate) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

B.    PREFERRED STOCK

14,979,200 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as a series known as Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), 26,666,667 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as a series known as Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), 53,176,000 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as a series known as Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), 66,155,067 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as a series known as Series D-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series D-1 Preferred Stock”), and 94,007,051 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as a series known as Series D-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series D-2 Preferred Stock,” and together with the Series D-1 Preferred Stock, the “Series D Preferred Stock,” and together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D-1 Preferred Stock, the “Preferred Stock”), with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

1.    Dividends.

The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents

 

2


required elsewhere in this Restated Certificate) the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (A) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (ii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Preferred Stock determined by (A) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (B) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Preferred Stock dividend. The “Series A Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.50 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock. The “Series B Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.75 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The “Series C Original Issue Price” shall mean $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock. The “Series D-1 Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.7558 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D-1 Preferred Stock. The “Series D-2 Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.8510 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D-2 Preferred Stock. Each of the Series A Original Issue Price, Series B Original Issue Price, Series C Original Issue Price, Series D-1 Original Issue Price and Series D-2 Original Issue Price are sometimes referred to herein as the “Original Issue Price.”

2.    Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

2.1    Preferential Payments to Holders of Series D Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock the

 

3


full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section 2.1, the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.2    Preferential Payments to Holders of Series C Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series C Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section 2.2, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.3    Preferential Payments to Holders of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section 2.3, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.4    Distribution of Remaining Assets. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the

 

4


Restated Certificate immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event; provided, however, that if the aggregate amount which the holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive under Sections 2.3 and 2.4 shall exceed $1.50 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification, or similar event affecting the Series A Preferred Stock) (the “Series A Maximum Participation Amount”), each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive only up to the Series A Maximum Participation Amount pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 2.4. The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Sections 2.3 and 2.4 is hereinafter referred to as the “Series A Liquidation Amount.” Provided further, that if the aggregate amount which the holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive under Sections 2.3 and 2.4 shall exceed $2.25 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification, or similar event affecting the Series B Preferred Stock) (the “Series B Maximum Participation Amount”), each holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive only up to the Series B Maximum Participation Amount pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 2.4. The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Sections 2.3 and 2.4 is hereinafter referred to as the “Series B Liquidation Amount.” Provided further, that if the aggregate amount which the holders of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to receive under Sections 2.2 and 2.4 shall exceed $3.00 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification, or similar event affecting the Series C Preferred Stock) (the “Series C Maximum Participation Amount”), each holder of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive only up to the Series C Maximum Participation Amount pursuant to Sections 2.2 and 2.4. The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series C Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Sections 2.2 and 2.4 is hereinafter referred to as the “Series C Liquidation Amount.” Provided further, that if the aggregate amount which the holders of Series D-1 Preferred Stock are entitled to receive under Sections 2.1 and 2.4 shall exceed $2.2674 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification, or similar event affecting the Series D-1 Preferred Stock) (the “Series D-1 Maximum Participation Amount”), each holder of Series D-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive only up to the Series D-1 Maximum Participation Amount pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.4. The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series D-1 Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Sections 2.1 and 2.4 is hereinafter referred to as the “Series D-1 Liquidation Amount.” Provided further, that if the aggregate amount which the holders of Series D-2 Preferred Stock are entitled to receive under Sections 2.1 and 2.4 shall exceed $2.553 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification, or similar event affecting the Series D-2 Preferred Stock) (the “Series D-2 Maximum Participation Amount”), each holder of Series D-2 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive only up to the Series D-2 Maximum Participation Amount pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.4. The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series D-2 Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Sections 2.1 and 2.4 is hereinafter referred to as the “Series D-2 Liquidation Amount.”

2.5    Deemed Conversion. Notwithstanding Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 above, for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted) such holder’s

 

5


shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Liquidation Event if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such holder did not convert such Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock. If any such holder shall be deemed to have converted shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to this Section 2.5, then such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution that would otherwise be made to holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 above.

2.6    Deemed Liquidation Events.

2.6.1    Definition. Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class, on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), including the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class, on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) (collectively, the “Requisite Holders”), elect otherwise:

(a)    a merger or consolidation in which:

(i)    the Corporation is a constituent party, or

(ii)    a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation; or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; or

(b)    the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

2.6.2    Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.

(a)    The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Section 2.6.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “Merger Agreement”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5 hereof.

 

6


(b)    In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Section 2.6.1(a)(ii) or 2.6.1(b), if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90th) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if the Requisite Holders so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “Available Proceeds”), on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “Redemption Date”), to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series A Liquidation Amount, Series B Liquidation Amount, Series C Liquidation Amount, Series D-1 Liquidation Amount or Series D-2 Liquidation Amount, as applicable (the “Redemption Price”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall ratably redeem each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Section 2.6.2(b), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

(c)    Redemption Notice. In connection with the redemption of Preferred Stock as set forth in this Section 2.6.2, the Corporation shall send written notice of such redemption (the “Redemption Notice”) to each holder of record of Preferred Stock not less than forty (40) days prior to the Redemption Date. Each Redemption Notice shall state: (i) the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date; (ii) the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price; (iii) the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Section 4.1); and (iv) for holders of shares in certificated form, that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

(d)    Surrender of Certificates; Payment. On or before the Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4, shall, if a holder of shares in certificated form, surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the

 

7


Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate, instrument, or book entry representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

(e)    Rights Subsequent to Redemption. If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that any certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock shall cease to be owed by the Corporation after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of any such certificate or certificates therefor.

2.6.3    Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed. The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including at least one of the Series D Directors.

2.6.4    Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 2.6.1(a)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Section 2.6.4, consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

3.    Voting.

3.1    General. On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or

 

8


by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Restated Certificate, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

3.2    Election of Directors. The holders of record of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (together, the “Series D Directors”), holders of record of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation, and the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation. Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3.2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock voting on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.2, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Section 3.2.

3.3    Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Restated Certificate) the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

 

9


3.3.1    declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions on any capital stock of the Corporation;

3.3.2    redeem or repurchase capital stock of the Corporation except in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, consultants, officers and directors upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, which agreements were authorized by the Board of Directors;

3.3.3    take any action which would result in a Liquidation Event or a Deemed Liquidation Event;

3.3.4    increase or decrease the total number of authorized members of the Board of Directors;

3.3.5    authorize, create or issue (whether by merger, consolidation, reclassification, amendment of this Restated Certificate, sale or otherwise) shares of any class or series of stock not authorized herein having rights, preferences or privileges superior to or on parity with any series of Preferred Stock;

3.3.6    take any action (whether by merger, consolidation, reclassification, amendment or waiver of this Restated Certificate, sale or otherwise) which would change the rights, preferences or privileges expressly afforded any series of Preferred Stock;

3.3.7    increase or decrease the total number of authorized shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock or any series of Preferred Stock;

3.3.8    take any action which would result in the incurrence of indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of $1,000,000, either individually or cumulatively for all such indebtedness, unless such action is approved by the Board of Directors; or

3.3.9    enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing.

3.4    Series D Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, at any time when shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Restated Certificate) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class (the “Requisite Series D Holders”), and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.4.1    authorize, create or issue (whether by merger, consolidation, reclassification, amendment of this Restated Certificate, sale or otherwise) shares of any class or series of stock not authorized herein having rights, preferences or privileges superior to or on parity with the Series D Preferred Stock;

 

10


3.4.2    take any action (whether by merger, consolidation, reclassification, amendment or waiver of this Restated Certificate, sale or otherwise) which would adversely change the rights, preferences or privileges expressly afforded the Series D Preferred Stock;

3.4.3    increase or decrease the total number of authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock; or

3.4.4    enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing.

4.    Optional Conversion.

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

4.1    Right to Convert.

4.1.1    Conversion Ratio. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The Conversion Price per share for the Series A Preferred Stock shall initially be equal to $0.50, the Conversion Price per share for the Series B Preferred Stock shall initially be equal to $0.75, the Conversion Price per share for the Series C Preferred Stock shall initially be equal to $1.00, the Conversion Price per share for the Series D-1 Preferred Stock shall initially be equal to $0.7558 (the “Series D-1 Conversion Price”) and the Conversion Price per share for the Series D-2 Preferred Stock shall initially be equal to $0.8510 (as applicable, the “Conversion Price”). Such initial Conversion Prices, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

4.1.2    Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

4.2    Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

11


4.3    Mechanics of Conversion.

4.3.1    Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall (a) provide written notice to the Corporation’s transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) that such holder elects to convert all or any number of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent and (b), if such holder’s shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent). Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

4.3.2    Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Restated Certificate. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the applicable Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted applicable Conversion Price.

 

12


4.3.3    Effect of Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Section 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

4.3.4    No Further Adjustment. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5    Taxes. The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

4.4    Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

4.4.1    Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)    “Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b)    “Series D Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series D Preferred Stock was issued.

(c)    “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(d)    “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series D Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):

 

13


(i)    shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

(ii)    shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8;

(iii)    shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to employees, officers, directors, outside consultants or contractors of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors;

(iv)    shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options outstanding as of the date hereof or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the date hereof;

(v)    shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with the Corporation obtaining lease financing, whether issued to a lessor, guarantor or other person, provided that such issuance is pursuant to an agreement or arrangement duly approved by the Board of Directors;

(vi)    shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with any borrowings, direct or indirect, from a bank or other financial institution by the Corporation, provided that such issuance is pursuant to an agreement or arrangement duly approved by the Board of Directors;

(vii)    shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with the acquisition of all or a substantial portion of the assets or the business of another entity by the Corporation, provided that such issuance is pursuant to an agreement or arrangement duly approved by the Board of Directors, including at least one of the Series D Directors;

(viii)    shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with any corporate partnering transaction or collaboration, strategic alliance, license, technology transfer or similar transaction between the Corporation and any other person, provided that such issuance is pursuant to an agreement or arrangement duly approved by the Board of Directors, including at least one of the Series D Directors; or

(ix)    shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued pursuant to that certain Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated on or after the filing date of this Restated Certificate, among the Corporation and the Investors named therein, or shares of Common Stock issued on conversion thereof (the “Purchase Agreement”).

4.4.2    No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the applicable Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of

 

14


Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the Requisite Holders agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price of the Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series D-2 Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the Requisite Series D Holders agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

4.4.3    Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(a)    If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b)    If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such applicable Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the applicable Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(c)    If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the

 

15


issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series D Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series D Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Section 4.4.3(a) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(d)    Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4, the applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such applicable Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(e)    If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price provided for in this Section 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 4.4.3). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Section 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

4.4.4    Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series D Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4.4.3), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series D-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the applicable Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

16


CP2 = CP1* (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)    “CP2” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock

(b)    “CP1” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c)    “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d)    “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and

(e)    “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.5    Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 4.4, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a)    Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

(i)    insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

(ii)    insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(iii)    in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

17


(b)    Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4.4.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

(i)    The total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

(ii)    the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.6    Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than ninety (90) days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

4.5    Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this Section 4.5 shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

4.6    Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date shall make

 

18


or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the applicable Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

(1)    the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2)    the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.6 as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.7    Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.8    Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.5, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Sections 4.4, 4.6 or 4.7), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Preferred

 

19


Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the applicable Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Subsection 4.8 shall be construed as preventing the holders of Preferred Stock from seeking any appraisal rights to which they are otherwise entitled under the General Corporation Law in connection with a merger triggering an adjustment hereunder, nor shall this Subsection 4.8 be deemed conclusive evidence of the fair value of the shares of Preferred Stock in any such appraisal proceeding.

4.9    Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

4.10    Notice of Record Date. In the event:

(a)    the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b)    of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c)    of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the

 

20


Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice; provided that, in either case, such notice may be shortened and/or notice may be waived upon the Corporation’s receipt of written consent of the Requisite Holders.

5.    Mandatory Conversion.

5.1    Trigger Events. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price per share representing a pre-money valuation of the Corporation of at least $330,000,000 (calculated on a fully diluted basis) in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $75,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation (a “Qualified IPO”) or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the Requisite Holders (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), then (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Section 4.1.1 and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

5.2    Procedural Requirements. All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Section 5.2. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay cash as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share

 

21


of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

5.3    Special Mandatory Conversion.

(i)    Trigger Event. In the event that any holder of Series D-1 Preferred Stock is deemed to be a Defaulting Purchaser (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, then each share of Preferred Stock held by such Defaulting Purchaser and its Affiliates (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (or each share of Common Stock issued upon conversion of any share of Series D-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4) shall automatically, and without any further action on the part of such Defaulting Purchaser, its Affiliates, or the Corporation, be converted into 0.1 shares of Common Stock. Such conversion is referred to as a “Special Mandatory Conversion.”

(ii)    Procedural Requirements. Upon a Special Mandatory Conversion, each holder of shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5.3(i) shall be sent written notice of such Special Mandatory Conversion and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5.3(ii). Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of such shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that any such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Series D-1 Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5.3(i), including the rights, if any, to receive notices, elect directors and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the time of the Special Mandatory Conversion (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates for such shares at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders therefor (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement), to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Section 5.3(ii). As soon as practicable after the Special Mandatory Conversion and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series D-1 Preferred Stock so converted, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay cash as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Series D-1 Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

22


6.    Redemption. The shares of Preferred Stock are not redeemable except in accordance with Section 2.6.2.

7.    Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

8.    Waiver. Except as otherwise set forth herein, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Holders.

9.    Notices. Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Restated Certificate or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Restated Certificate, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

23


Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which the General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not (a) adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification, or (b) increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s Restated Certificate or Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten (10) days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction; provided that, the provisions of this Article

 

24


Twelfth will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction; and provided further that, if and only if the Court of Chancery dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. If any provision or provisions of this Article Twelfth shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article Twelfth (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article Twelfth containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

THIRTEENTH: For purposes of Section 500 of the California Corporations Code (to the extent applicable), in connection with any repurchase of shares of Common Stock permitted under this Restated Certificate from employees, officers, directors, advisors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation in connection with a termination of employment or services pursuant to agreements or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors (in addition to any other consent required under this Restated Certificate), such repurchase may be made without regard to any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code). Accordingly, for purposes of making any calculation under California Corporations Code Section 500 in connection with such repurchase, the amount of any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined therein) shall be deemed to be zero (0).

*    *    *

3.    That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4.    That this Restated Certificate, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 30th day of October, 2020.

 

By:  

/s/ Mark McKenna

Name: Mark McKenna
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. (the “Corporation”), which originally filed its Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 26, 2016 under the name Precision IBD, Inc. and is organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1.    That the Board of Directors of said Corporation duly adopted resolutions proposing and declaring advisable the following amendments of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the “Certificate”) of said Corporation. The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendments are as follows:

RESOLVED, that the first two sentences of Article Fourth of the Certificate are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

“The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 325,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) 254,983,985 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

Effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, a 1-for-10 reverse stock split for each share of Common Stock outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to such time shall automatically and without any action on the part of the holders thereof occur (the “Reverse Stock Split”). The par value of the Common Stock shall remain $0.0001 per share. This conversion shall apply to all shares of Common Stock. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the Reverse Stock Split or otherwise. In lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock to which the stockholder would otherwise be entitled upon the Reverse Stock Split, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of the Common Stock as determined by the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

All certificates representing shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the filing of this Certificate of Amendment shall immediately after the filing of this Certificate of Amendment represent instead the number of shares of Common Stock as provided above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any holder of Common Stock may (but shall not be required to) surrender his, her or its stock certificate or certificates to the Corporation, and upon such surrender the holder may request that the Corporation issue a certificate for the correct number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder is entitled under the provisions of this Certificate of Amendment. Shares of Common Stock that were outstanding prior to the filing of this Certificate of Amendment, and that are not outstanding after and as a result of the filing of this Certificate of Amendment, shall resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock.

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.”


2.    That thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and in lieu of a meeting of stockholders, the stockholders gave their approval of said amendment by written consent in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3.    That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4.    That said amendment shall be executed, filed and recorded in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Amendment has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 5th day of March, 2021.

 

By:   /s/ Mark C. McKenna
Name:   Mark C. McKenna
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS# ADD 3 ADD 2 ADD 1 ADD 4 ANY) (IFDE SIGNATION SAMPLE MR Louisville, 505006, BOX PO 5006-40233KY COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $0.0001
Certificate Number ZQ00000000 THIS CERTIFIES THAT PROMETHEUS BIOSCIENCES, INC. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE ** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David
Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr MR. Alexander.David SAMPLE Sample****Mr. Alexander David & Sample MRS****Mr. Alexander. SAMPLE David Sample****Mr. Alexander & David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample ****
Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample
**** Mr. Alexander David MR Sample****.Mr. SAMPLE Alexander David Sample****Mr. & Alexander MRS David Sample.**** SAMPLE Mr. Alexander David Sample**** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander
David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample ****
Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample
COMMON STOCK
Shares
* * 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
CUSIP 74349U 10 8
Transaction Total 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 Numbers Certificate DTC Shares of Number Value Insurance ID Holder CUSIP/IDENTIFIER is the owner of **000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares***
*000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****
000000**Shares 000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares

****000000**Shares****0 THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN
00000**Shares 000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** hares****000000**Shares****00
CITIES DESIGNATED BY THE TRANSFER
0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND
000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000 AGENT, AVAILABLE ONLINE AT
00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000 Shares****00000
0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000 Shares****000000 www.computershare.com
**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000*ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO***
*Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**
Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares
****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S
FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
7666555444333222111 Total. Denom. Num/No 1234567890123451234567812345600.1,000,000 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Chief Financial Officer General Counsel & Secretary S IO S C B U I RPORA E H E T N O C T C E E E S M , I O N R C P 10/26/2016 . D E E R LAWA DATED DD-MMM-YYYY COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: COMPUTER SHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, By AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


LOGO

PROMETHEUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.
THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM—as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT Custodian (Cust) (Minor) TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State)
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT -. Custodian (until age )
and not as tenants in common (Cust) under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (Minor) (State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated: 20
Signature:
Signature:
Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.
Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
The IRS requires that the named transfer agent (“we”) report the cost basis of certain shares or units acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares or units are covered by the legislation, and you requested to sell or transfer the shares or units using a specific cost basis calculation method, then we have processed as you requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, then we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis.
If you do not keep in contact with the issuer or do not have any activity in your account for the time period specified by state law, your property may become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.

Exhibit 5.1

 

  12670 High Bluff Drive,
  San Diego, California 92130
  Tel: +1.858.523.5400 Fax: +1.858.523.5450
LOGO   www.lw.com
  FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES
  Abu Dhabi    Milan
  Barcelona    Moscow
  Beijing    Munich
  Boston    New Jersey
  Brussels    New York
  Chicago    Orange County
  Doha    Paris
  Dubai    Riyadh
  Düsseldorf    Rome
March 8, 2021   Frankfurt    San Diego
  Hamburg    San Francisco
  Hong Kong    Shanghai
  Houston    Silicon Valley
Prometheus Biosciences, Inc.   London    Singapore
9410 Carroll Park Drive   Los Angeles    Tokyo
San Diego, California 92121   Madrid    Washington, D.C.

 

  Re:

Registration Statement No. 333-253323; 8,455,950 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Prometheus Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the proposed issuance of up to 8,455,950 shares (including up to 1,102,950 shares subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Shares”). The Shares are included in a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on February 19, 2021 (File No. 333-253323) (as amended, the “Registration Statement”). The term “Shares” shall include any additional shares of common stock registered by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement. This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related Prospectus, other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Shares.

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter. With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters. We are opining herein as to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws.

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof, when the Shares shall have been duly registered on the books of the transfer agent and registrar therefor in the name or on behalf of the purchasers, and have been issued by the Company against payment therefor in the circumstances contemplated by the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the issue and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. In rendering the foregoing opinion, we have assumed that the Company will comply with all applicable notice requirements regarding uncertificated shares provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


March 8, 2021

Page 2

 

LOGO

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.” We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) with respect to the Shares. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP

Exhibit 10.2

 

PROMETHEUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2021 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSE

The Plan’s purpose is to enhance the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company by providing these individuals with equity ownership opportunities. Capitalized terms used in the Plan are defined in Article XI.

ARTICLE II.

ELIGIBILITY

Service Providers are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan, subject to the limitations described herein.

ARTICLE III.

ADMINISTRATION AND DELEGATION

3.1 Administration. The Plan is administered by the Administrator. The Administrator has authority to determine which Service Providers receive Awards, grant Awards and set Award terms and conditions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the Plan. The Administrator also has the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the Plan, to interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal Plan administrative rules, guidelines and practices as it deems advisable. The Administrator may correct defects and ambiguities, supply omissions and reconcile inconsistencies in the Plan or any Award as it deems necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and any Awards. The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan are in its sole discretion and will be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or any Award.

3.2 Appointment of Committees. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more Committees or officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The Board may abolish any Committee or re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority at any time.

ARTICLE IV.

STOCK AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS

4.1 Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment under Article VIII and the terms of this Article IV, Awards may be made under the Plan covering up to the Overall Share Limit. As of the Plan’s effective date, the Company will cease granting awards under the Prior Plan; however, Prior Plan Awards will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan. Shares issued under the Plan may consist of authorized but unissued Shares, Shares purchased on the open market or treasury Shares.

4.2 Share Recycling. If all or any part of an Award or Prior Plan Award expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, in any case, in a manner that results in the Company acquiring Shares covered by the Award or Prior Plan Award at a price not greater than the price (as adjusted to reflect any Equity Restructuring) paid by the Participant for such Shares or not issuing any Shares covered by the Award or Prior Plan Award,


the unused Shares covered by the Award or Prior Plan Award will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. Further, Shares delivered (either by actual delivery or attestation) to the Company by a Participant to satisfy the applicable exercise or purchase price of an Award or Prior Plan Award and/or to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligation (including Shares retained by the Company from the Award or Prior Plan Award being exercised or purchased and/or creating the tax obligation) will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards or Prior Plan Awards shall not count against the Overall Share Limit.    

4.3 Incentive Stock Option Limitations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no more than 50,000,000 Shares may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

4.4 Substitute Awards. In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with the Company or the Company’s acquisition of an entity’s property or stock, the Administrator may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted before such merger or consolidation by such entity or its affiliate. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Administrator deems appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Substitute Awards will not count against the Overall Share Limit (nor shall Shares subject to a Substitute Award be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above), except that Shares acquired by exercise of substitute Incentive Stock Options will count against the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan (and Shares subject to such Awards shall not be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above); provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Employees or Directors prior to such acquisition or combination.

4.5 Non-Employee Director Compensation. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may establish compensation for non-employee Directors from time to time, subject to the limitations in the Plan. The Administrator will from time to time determine the terms, conditions and amounts of all such non-employee Director compensation in its discretion and pursuant to the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, provided that, commencing with the first calendar year following the year in which the Company’s initial public offering occurs, the sum of any cash compensation, or other compensation, and the value (determined as of the grant date in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of Awards granted to a non-employee Director as compensation for services as a non-employee Director during any calendar year of the Company may not exceed $1,000,000 (which limit shall not apply to the compensation for any non-employee Director of the Company who serves in any capacity in addition to that of a non-employee Director for which he or she receives additional compensation or any compensation paid to any non-employee Director during the calendar year in which the effective date occurs). The Administrator may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee Directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the Administrator may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee Director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other contemporaneous compensation decisions involving non-employee Directors.

 

2


ARTICLE V.

STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

5.1 General. The Administrator may grant Options or Stock Appreciation Rights to Service Providers subject to the limitations in the Plan, including any limitations in the Plan that apply to Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator will determine the number of Shares covered by each Option and Stock Appreciation Right, the exercise price of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right. A Stock Appreciation Right will entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right) to receive from the Company upon exercise of the exercisable portion of the Stock Appreciation Right an amount determined by multiplying the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price per Share of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, subject to any limitations of the Plan or that the Administrator may impose and payable in cash, Shares valued at Fair Market Value or a combination of the two as the Administrator may determine or provide in the Award Agreement.

5.2 Exercise Price. The Administrator will establish each Option’s and Stock Appreciation Right’s exercise price and specify the exercise price in the Award Agreement. The exercise price will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the grant date of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

5.3 Duration. Each Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable at such times and as specified in the Award Agreement, provided that the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right will not exceed ten years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the end of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, violates the non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or other similar restrictive covenant provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the right of the Participant and the Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Stock Appreciation Right issued to the Participant shall terminate immediately upon such violation, unless the Company otherwise determines.

5.4 Exercise. Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised by delivering to the Company a written notice of exercise, in a form the Administrator approves (which may be electronic), signed by the person authorized to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, together with, as applicable, payment in full (i) as specified in Section 5.5 for the number of Shares for which the Award is exercised and (ii) as specified in Section 9.5 for any applicable taxes. Unless the Administrator otherwise determines, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

5.5 Payment Upon Exercise. Subject to Section 10.8, any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) and Applicable Laws, the exercise price of an Option must be paid by:

(a) cash, wire transfer of immediately available funds or by check payable to the order of the Company, provided that the Company may limit the use of one of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted;

(b) if there is a public market for Shares at the time of exercise, unless the Company otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including electronically or telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or (B) the Participant’s delivery to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator;

 

3


(c) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of Shares owned by the Participant valued at their fair market value;

(d) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, surrendering Shares then issuable upon the Option’s exercise valued at their fair market value on the exercise date;

(e) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery of a promissory note or any other property that the Administrator determines is good and valuable consideration; or

(f) to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the above payment forms approved by the Administrator.

ARTICLE VI.

RESTRICTED STOCK; RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

6.1 General. The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock, or the right to purchase Restricted Stock, to any Service Provider, subject to the Company’s right to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price from the Participant (or to require forfeiture of such shares) if conditions the Administrator specifies in the Award Agreement are not satisfied before the end of the applicable restriction period or periods that the Administrator establishes for such Award. In addition, the Administrator may grant to Service Providers Restricted Stock Units, which may be subject to vesting and forfeiture conditions during the applicable restriction period or periods, as set forth in an Award Agreement. The Administrator will determine and set forth in the Award Agreement the terms and conditions for each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Award, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the Plan.

6.2 Restricted Stock.

(a) Dividends. Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to all ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise in the Award Agreement. In addition, unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if any dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, or consist of a dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock of property other than an ordinary cash dividend, the Shares or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(b) Stock Certificates. The Company may require that the Participant deposit in escrow with the Company (or its designee) any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, together with a stock power endorsed in blank.

6.3 Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Settlement. The Administrator may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units will occur upon or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Restricted Stock Units vest or will instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the Participant’s election, in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A.

 

4


(b) Stockholder Rights. A Participant will have no rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to any Restricted Stock Unit unless and until the Shares are delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit.

(c) Dividend Equivalents. If the Administrator provides, a grant of Restricted Stock Units may provide a Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, settled in cash or Shares and subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which the Dividend Equivalents are granted and subject to other terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement.

ARTICLE VII.

OTHER STOCK OR CASH BASED AWARDS

Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be granted to Participants, including Awards entitling Participants to receive Shares to be delivered in the future and including annual or other periodic or long-term cash bonus awards (whether based on specified Performance Criteria or otherwise), in each case subject to any conditions and limitations in the Plan. Such Other Stock or Cash Based Awards will also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other Awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be paid in Shares, cash or other property, as the Administrator determines. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock or Cash Based Award, including any purchase price, performance goal (which may be based on the Performance Criteria), transfer restrictions, and vesting conditions, which will be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII.

ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK

AND CERTAIN OTHER EVENTS

8.1 Equity Restructuring(a) . In connection with any Equity Restructuring, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VIII, the Administrator will equitably adjust each outstanding Award as it deems appropriate to reflect the Equity Restructuring, which may include adjusting the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and/or the Award’s exercise price or grant price (if applicable), granting new Awards to Participants, and making a cash payment to Participants. The adjustments provided under this Section 8.1 will be nondiscretionary and final and binding on the affected Participant and the Company; provided that the Administrator will determine whether an adjustment is equitable.

8.2 Corporate Transactions. In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, amalgamation, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, Change in Control, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, other similar corporate transaction or event, other unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the Company or its financial statements or any change in any Applicable Laws or accounting principles, the Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event (except that action to give effect to a change in Applicable Law or accounting principles may be made within a reasonable period of time after such change) and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to (x) prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award granted or issued under the Plan, (y) to facilitate such transaction or event or (z) give effect to such changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles:

 

5


(a) To provide for the cancellation of any such Award in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights under the vested portion of such Award, as applicable; provided that, if the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, in any case, is equal to or less than zero, then the Award may be terminated without payment; and provided further that, Awards held by members of the Board will be settled in Shares on or immediately prior to the applicable event if the Administrator takes action under this clause (a);

(b) To provide that such Award shall vest and, to the extent applicable, be exercisable as to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Award;

(c) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and/or applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;

(d) To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards and/or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Article IV hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued) and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards;

(e) To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or

(f) To provide that the Award will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the applicable event.

8.3 Effect of Non-Assumption in a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.2, if a Change in Control occurs and a Participant’s Awards are not continued, converted, assumed, or replaced with a substantially similar award by (a) the Company, or (b) a successor entity or its parent or subsidiary (an “Assumption”), and provided that the Participant has not had a Termination of Service, then, immediately prior to the Change in Control, such Awards shall become fully vested, exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, and all forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions on such Awards shall lapse, in which case, such Awards shall be canceled upon the consummation of the Change in Control in exchange for the right to receive the Change in Control consideration payable to other holders of Common Stock (i) which may be on such terms and conditions as apply generally to holders of Common Stock under the Change in Control documents (including, without limitation, any escrow, earn-out or other deferred consideration provisions) or such other terms and conditions as the Administrator may provide, and (ii) determined by reference to the number of shares subject to such Awards and net of any applicable exercise price; provided that to the extent that any Awards constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” that may not be paid upon the Change in Control under Section 409A without the imposition of taxes thereon under Section 409A, the timing of such payments shall be governed by the applicable Award Agreement (subject to any deferred consideration provisions applicable under the Change in Control documents); and provided, further, that if the amount to which a Participant would be entitled upon the settlement or exercise of such Award at the time of the Change in Control is equal to or less than zero, then such Award may be terminated without payment. The Administrator shall determine whether an Assumption of an Award has occurred in connection with a Change in Control.

 

6


8.4 Administrative Stand Still. In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other extraordinary transaction or change affecting the Shares or the share price of Common Stock, including any Equity Restructuring or any securities offering or other similar transaction, for administrative convenience, the Administrator may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award for up to sixty days before or after such transaction.

8.5 General. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no Participant will have any rights due to any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, dividend payment, increase or decrease in the number of Shares of any class or dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or other corporation. Except as expressly provided with respect to an Equity Restructuring under Section 8.1 above or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of Shares of any class, or securities convertible into Shares of any class, will affect, and no adjustment will be made regarding, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the Award’s grant or exercise price. The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder will not affect or restrict in any way the Company’s right or power to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger, consolidation dissolution or liquidation of the Company or sale of Company assets or (iii) any sale or issuance of securities, including securities with rights superior to those of the Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares. The Administrator may treat Participants and Awards (or portions thereof) differently under this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX.

GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

9.1 Transferability. Except as the Administrator may determine or provide in an Award Agreement or otherwise for Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, Awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to the Administrator’s consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, will be exercisable only by the Participant. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, will include references to a Participant’s authorized transferee that the Administrator specifically approves.

9.2 Documentation. Each Award will be evidenced in an Award Agreement, which may be written or electronic, as the Administrator determines. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

9.3 Discretion. Except as the Plan otherwise provides, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award to a Participant need not be identical, and the Administrator need not treat Participants or Awards (or portions thereof) uniformly.

9.4 Termination of Status. The Administrator will determine how the disability, death, retirement, authorized leave of absence or any other change or purported change in a Participant’s Service Provider status affects an Award and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may exercise rights under the Award, if applicable.

 

7


9.5 Withholding. Each Participant must pay the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with such Participant’s Awards by the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Company may deduct an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations based on the applicable statutory withholding rates (or such other rate as may be determined by the Company after considering any accounting consequences or costs) from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant. In the absence of a contrary determination by the Company (or, with respect to withholding pursuant to clause (ii) below with respect to Awards held by individuals subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, a contrary determination by the Administrator), all tax withholding obligations will be calculated based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates. Subject to Section 10.8 and any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods), Participants may satisfy such tax obligations (i) in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, by check made payable to the order of the Company, provided that the Company may limit the use of one of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted, (ii) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, in whole or in part by delivery of Shares, including Shares delivered by attestation and Shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their fair market value, (iii) if there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligations are satisfied, unless the Company otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including electronically or telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to satisfy the tax obligations, or (B) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator, or (iv) to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the foregoing payment forms approved by the Administrator. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of Shares which may be so delivered or retained pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery or retention no greater than the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the maximum individual statutory tax rate in the applicable jurisdiction at the time of such withholding (or such other rate as may be required to avoid the liability classification of the applicable award under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America)); provided, however, to the extent such Shares were acquired by Participant from the Company as compensation, the Shares must have been held for the minimum period required by applicable accounting rules to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes; provided, further, that, any such Shares delivered or retained shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share to the extent rounding up to the nearest whole Share does not result in the liability classification of the applicable Award under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. If any tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under clause (ii) above by the Company’s retention of Shares from the Award creating the tax obligation and there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligation is satisfied, the Company may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to sell on the applicable Participant’s behalf some or all of the Shares retained and to remit the proceeds of the sale to the Company or its designee, and each Participant’s acceptance of an Award under the Plan will constitute the Participant’s authorization to the Company and instruction and authorization to such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described in this sentence.

9.6 Amendment of Award; Repricing. The Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including by substituting another Award of the same or a different type, changing the exercise or settlement date, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action will be required unless (i) the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Award, or (ii) the change is permitted under Article VIII or pursuant to Section 10.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, reduce the exercise price per share of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or cancel outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, other Awards or Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with an exercise price per share that is less than the exercise price per share of the original Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

8


9.7 Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Shares under the Plan or remove restrictions from Shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all Award conditions have been met or removed to the Company’s satisfaction, (ii) as determined by the Company, all other legal matters regarding the issuance and delivery of such Shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy any Applicable Laws. The Company’s inability to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which the Administrator determines is necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any securities, will relieve the Company of any liability for failing to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority has not been obtained.

9.8 Acceleration. The Administrator may at any time provide that any Award will become immediately vested and fully or partially exercisable, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise fully or partially realizable.

9.9 Additional Terms of Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options only to employees of the Company, any of its present or future parent or subsidiary corporations, as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code. If an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, the exercise price will not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the Option’s grant date, and the term of the Option will not exceed five years. All Incentive Stock Options will be subject to and construed consistently with Section 422 of the Code. By accepting an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant agrees to give prompt notice to the Company of dispositions or other transfers (other than in connection with a Change in Control) of Shares acquired under the Option made within (i) two years from the grant date of the Option or (ii) one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant, specifying the date of the disposition or other transfer and the amount the Participant realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, in such disposition or other transfer. Neither the Company nor the Administrator will be liable to a Participant, or any other party, if an Incentive Stock Option fails or ceases to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. Any Incentive Stock Option or portion thereof that fails to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code for any reason, including becoming exercisable with respect to Shares having a fair market value exceeding the $100,000 limitation under Treasury Regulation Section 1.422-4, will be a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

ARTICLE X.

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 No Right to Employment or Other Status. No person will have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award will not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan or any Award, except as expressly provided in an Award Agreement.

 

9


10.2 No Rights as Stockholder; Certificates. Subject to the Award Agreement, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary will have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under an Award until becoming the record holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless the Administrator otherwise determines or Applicable Laws require, the Company will not be required to deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares may be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator). The Company may place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan that the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws.

10.3 Effective Date and Term of Plan. Unless earlier terminated by the Board, the Plan will become effective on the Pricing Date and will remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Board adopted the Plan or (ii) the date the Company’s stockholders approved the Plan, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date in accordance with the Plan. If the Plan is not approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Plan will not become effective, no Awards will be granted under the Plan and the Prior Plan will continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. The Plan will be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s adoption of the Plan.

10.4 Amendment of Plan. The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided that no amendment, other than an increase to the Overall Share Limit, may materially and adversely affect any Award outstanding at the time of such amendment without the affected Participant’s consent. No Awards may be granted under the Plan during any suspension period or after Plan termination. Awards outstanding at the time of any Plan suspension or termination will continue to be governed by the Plan and the Award Agreement, as in effect before such suspension or termination. The Board will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

10.5 Provisions for Foreign Participants. The Administrator may modify Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.

10.6 Section 409A.

(a) General. The Company intends that all Awards be structured to comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A, such that no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A apply. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may, without a Participant’s consent, amend this Plan or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and retroactive actions) as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of Awards, including any such actions intended to (A) exempt this Plan or any Award from Section 409A, or (B) comply with Section 409A, including regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after an Award’s grant date. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to an Award’s tax treatment under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company will have no obligation under this Section 10.6 or otherwise to avoid the taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with respect to any Award and will have no liability to any Participant or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute noncompliant “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A.

 

 

10


(b) Separation from Service. If an Award constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A, any payment or settlement of such Award upon a termination of a Participant’s Service Provider relationship will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A, be made only upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A), whether such “separation from service” occurs upon or after the termination of the Participant’s Service Provider relationship. For purposes of this Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms means a “separation from service.”

(c) Payments to Specified Employees. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” required to be made under an Award to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A and as the Administrator determines) due to his or her “separation from service” will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, be delayed for the six-month period immediately following such “separation from service” (or, if earlier, until the specified employee’s death) and will instead be paid (as set forth in the Award Agreement) on the day immediately following such six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter (without interest). Any payments of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under such Award payable more than six months following the Participant’s “separation from service” will be paid at the time or times the payments are otherwise scheduled to be made.

10.7 Limitations on Liability. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan or any Award, and such individual will not be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument executed in his or her capacity as an Administrator, director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, other employee and agent of the Company or any Subsidiary that has been or will be granted or delegated any duty or power relating to the Plan’s administration or interpretation, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Administrator’s approval) arising from any act or omission concerning this Plan unless arising from such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

10.8 Lock-Up Period. The Company may, at the request of any underwriter representative or otherwise, in connection with registering the offering of any Company securities under the Securities Act, prohibit Participants from, directly or indirectly, selling or otherwise transferring any Shares or other Company securities during a period of up to one hundred eighty days following the effective date of a Company registration statement filed under the Securities Act, or such longer period as determined by the underwriter.

10.9 Data Privacy. As a condition for receiving any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this section by and among the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates exclusively for implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including the Participant’s name, address and telephone number; birthdate; social security, insurance number or other identification number; salary; nationality; job title(s); any Shares held in the Company or its Subsidiaries and affiliates; and Award details, to implement, manage and administer the Plan and Awards (the “Data”). The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary to implement, administer and manage a Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data to third parties assisting the Company with Plan implementation, administration and management. These recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, to implement, administer and manage

 

11


the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any required Data transfer to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data that the Company holds regarding such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data regarding such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data regarding the Participant or refuse or withdraw the consents in this Section 10.9 in writing, without cost, by contacting the local human resources representative. The Company may cancel Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents in this Section 10.9. For more information on the consequences of refusing or withdrawing consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

10.10 Severability. If any portion of the Plan or any action taken under it is held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had been excluded, and the illegal or invalid action will be null and void.

10.11 Governing Documents. If any contradiction occurs between the Plan and any Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company (or any Subsidiary) that the Administrator has approved, the Plan will govern, unless it is expressly specified in such Award Agreement or other written document that a specific provision of the Plan will not apply.

10.12 Governing Law. The Plan and all Awards will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding any state’s choice-of-law principles requiring the application of a jurisdiction’s laws other than the State of Delaware.

10.13 Claw-back Provisions. All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit the Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt or exercise of any Award or the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) will be subject to any claw-back policy adopted by the Company (or any Subsidiary) to comply with Applicable Laws (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder) as set forth in such claw-back policy or the Award Agreement.

10.14 Titles and Headings. The titles and headings in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, if any conflict, the Plan’s text, rather than such titles or headings, will control.

10.15 Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan and all Awards will be administered only in conformance with Applicable Laws. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Plan and all Award Agreements will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.

10.16 Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan will be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except as expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

 

12


10.17 Broker-Assisted Sales. In the event of a broker-assisted sale of Shares in connection with the payment of amounts owed by a Participant under or with respect to the Plan or Awards, including amounts to be paid under the final sentence of Section 9.5: (a) any Shares to be sold through the broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the payment first becomes due, or as soon thereafter as practicable; (b) such Shares may be sold as part of a block trade with other Participants in the Plan in which all participants receive an average price; (c) the applicable Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and by accepting an Award, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale; (d) to the extent the Company or its designee receives proceeds of such sale that exceed the amount owed, the Company will pay such excess in cash to the applicable Participant as soon as reasonably practicable; (e) the Company and its designees are under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price; and (f) in the event the proceeds of such sale are insufficient to satisfy the Participant’s applicable obligation, the Participant may be required to pay immediately upon demand to the Company or its designee an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any remaining portion of the Participant’s obligation.

ARTICLE XI.

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases will have the following meanings:

11.1 “Administrator” means the Board or a Committee to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee.

11.2 “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where Awards are granted.

11.3 “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock or Cash Based Awards.

11.4 “Award Agreement” means a written agreement evidencing an Award, which may be electronic, that contains such terms and conditions as the Administrator determines, consistent with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

11.5 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

11.6 “Cause” with respect to a Participant, means “Cause” (or any term of similar effect) as defined in such Participant’s employment or consulting agreement with the Company if such an agreement exists and contains a definition of Cause (or term of similar effect), or, if no such agreement exists or such agreement does not contain a definition of Cause (or term of similar effect), then Cause shall include, but not be limited to: (i) the Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company or any willful breach of a written agreement or covenant between the Participant and the Company, including without limitation a material breach of any employment, confidentiality, non-compete, non-solicit or similar agreement; (ii) the Participant’s commission of, indictment for or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Participant to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude (or any similar crime in any jurisdiction outside the United States); (iii) the Participant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or the Participant’s willful or repeated failure or refusal to substantially perform duties and responsibilities to the Company or deliberate violation of a Company policy; (iv) any act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation or dishonesty committed by the Participant against the Company; or (v) any acts, omissions or statements by a Participant which the Company reasonably determines to be materially detrimental or damaging to the reputation, operations, prospects or business relations of the Company.

 

13


11.7 “Change in Control” means and includes each of the following:

(a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a transaction or series of transactions that meets the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (c) below) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

(b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in subsections (a) or (c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(i) which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or portion of any Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b) or (c) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

14


The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

11.8 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.

11.9 “Committee” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board, which may include one or more Company directors or executive officers, to the extent Applicable Laws permit. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3, it is intended that each member of the Committee will be, at the time the Committee takes any action with respect to an Award that is subject to Rule 16b-3, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3; however, a Committee member’s failure to qualify as a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 will not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

11.10 “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

11.11 “Company” means Prometheus Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor.

11.12 “Consultant” means any person, including any adviser, engaged by the Company or its parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity if the consultant or adviser: (i) renders bona fide services to the Company; (ii) renders services not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and does not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (iii) is a natural person.

11.13 “Designated Beneficiary” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries the Participant designates, in a manner the Administrator determines, to receive amounts due or exercise the Participant’s rights if the Participant dies or becomes incapacitated. Without a Participant’s effective designation, “Designated Beneficiary” will mean the Participant’s estate.

11.14 “Director” means a Board member.

11.15 “Disability” means a permanent and total disability under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as amended.

11.16 “Dividend Equivalents” means a right granted to a Participant under the Plan to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares.

11.17 “Employee” means any employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

11.18 “Equity Restructuring” means a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares (or other Company securities) or the share price of Common Stock (or other Company securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

11.19 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

15


11.20 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Common Stock as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (ii) if the Common Stock is not traded on a stock exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; or (iii) in any case the Administrator may determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted on the Pricing Date, the Fair Market Value shall mean the initial public offering price of a Share as set forth in the Company’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

11.1 “Good Reason” shall mean (a) a change in the Participant’s position with the Company (or its subsidiary employing the Participant) that materially reduces the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities, (b) a material diminution in the Participant’s level of base compensation, except in connection with a general reduction in the base compensation of the Company’s personnel with similar status and responsibilities or (c) a relocation of the Participant’s place of employment by more than 50 miles, provided that such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Company (or its subsidiary employing the Participant) without the Participant’s consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Good Reason shall only exist if Participant shall have provided the Company with written notice within sixty (60) days of the initial occurrence of any of the foregoing events or conditions, and the Company or any successor or affiliate fails to eliminate the conditions constituting Good Reason within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of such event or condition from Participant. Participant’s resignation from employment with the Company for “Good Reason” must occur within six (6) months following the initial occurrence of one of the foregoing events or conditions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant is a party to a written employment or consulting agreement with the Company (or its subsidiary) in which the term “good reason” is defined, then “Good Reason” shall be as such term is defined in the applicable written employment or consulting agreement.

11.21 “Greater Than 10% Stockholder” means an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporation, as defined in Section 424(e) and (f) of the Code, respectively.

11.22 “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

11.23 “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option not intended or not qualifying as an Incentive Stock Option.

11.24 “Option” means an option to purchase Shares.

11.25 “Other Stock or Cash Based Awards” means cash awards, awards of Shares, and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or are otherwise based on, Shares or other property.

11.26 “Overall Share Limit” means the sum of (i) 3,600,000 Shares; (ii) any shares of Common Stock which are subject to Prior Plan Awards which become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Article IV; and (iii) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning January 1, 2022 and ending on and including January 1, 2031, equal to the lesser of (A) 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) such smaller number of Shares as is determined by the Board.

 

16


11.27 “Participant” means a Service Provider who has been granted an Award.

11.28 “Performance Criteria” mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Administrator may select for an Award to establish performance goals for a performance period, which may include the following: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the Company’s performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of the Company or a Subsidiary, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies. The Committee may provide for exclusion of the impact of an event or occurrence which the Committee determines should appropriately be excluded, including (a) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual, infrequently occurring or non-recurring charges or events, (b) asset write-downs, (c) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (d) acquisitions or divestitures, (e) reorganization or change in the corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, (f) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company, Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit or not within the reasonable control of management, (g) foreign exchange gains and losses, (h) a change in the fiscal year of the Company, (i) the refinancing or repurchase of bank loans or debt securities, (j) unbudgeted capital expenditures, (k) the issuance or repurchase of equity securities and other changes in the number of outstanding shares, (l) conversion of some or all of convertible securities to Common Stock, (m) any business interruption event (n) the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or (o) the effect of changes in other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results.

11.29 “Plan” means this 2021 Incentive Award Plan.

11.30 “Pricing Date” means the date upon which the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the registered underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock becomes effective.

11.31 “Prior Plan” means the Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

17


11.32 “Prior Plan Award” means an award outstanding under the Prior Plan as of the Pricing Date.

11.33 “Restricted Stock” means Shares awarded to a Participant under Article VI subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

11.34 “Restricted Stock Unit” means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one Share or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Administrator to be of equal value as of such settlement date, subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

11.35 “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

11.36 “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder.

11.37 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

11.38 “Service Provider” means an Employee, Consultant or Director.

11.39 “Shares” means shares of Common Stock.

11.40 “Stock Appreciation Right” means a stock appreciation right granted under Article V.

11.41 “Subsidiary” means any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

11.42 “Substitute Awards” shall mean Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, in each case by a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines.

11.43 “Termination of Service” means the date the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

* * * * *

 

18


PROMETHEUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2021 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) have the meanings given to them in the 2021 Incentive Award Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) of Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”).

The Company has granted to the participant listed below (“Participant”) the stock option described in this Grant Notice (the “Option”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement attached as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”), both of which are incorporated into this Grant Notice by reference.

 

Participant:   
Grant Date:   
Exercise Price per Share:   
Shares Subject to the Option:   
Final Expiration Date:   
Vesting Commencement Date:   
Vesting Schedule:    [To be specified in individual award agreements]
Type of Option    [Incentive Stock Option/Non-Qualified Stock Option]

By Participant’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement.

 

PROMETHEUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.      PARTICIPANT
By:  

                     

    

 

Name:  

 

     [Participant Name]
Title:  

 

    


STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the Grant Notice or, if not defined in the Grant Notice, in the Plan.

ARTICLE XII.

GENERAL

12.1 Grant of Option. The Company has granted to Participant the Option effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Grant Date”).

12.2 Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control.

ARTICLE XIII.

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

13.1 Commencement of Exercisability. The Option will vest and become exercisable according to the vesting schedule in the Grant Notice (the “Vesting Schedule”) except that any fraction of a Share as to which the Option would be vested or exercisable will be accumulated and will vest and become exercisable only when a whole Share has accumulated. The Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional Shares. Notwithstanding anything in the Grant Notice, the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, unless the Administrator otherwise determines, the Option will immediately expire and be forfeited as to any portion that is not vested and exercisable as of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason.

13.2 Duration of Exercisability. The Vesting Schedule is cumulative. Any portion of the Option which vests and becomes exercisable will remain vested and exercisable until the Option expires. The Option will be forfeited immediately upon its expiration.

13.3 Expiration of Option. Subject to Section 5.3 of the Plan, the Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after, and will expire on, the first of the following to occur:

(a) The final expiration date in the Grant Notice, which shall in no event be more than ten (10) years from the Grant Date;

(b) If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the Participant, at the time the Option was granted, was a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, the expiration of five (5) years from the Grant Date;

(c) Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, the expiration of three (3) months from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service, unless Participant’s Termination of Service is for Cause or by reason of Participant’s death or Disability;

(d) Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, the expiration of one (1) year from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of Participant’s death or Disability; and

(e) Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, Participant’s Termination of Service for Cause.


(f) With respect to any unvested portion of the Option, the date that is thirty (30) days following Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason other than as a result of Participant’s discharge by the Company for Cause, or such shorter period as may be determined by the Administrator.

ARTICLE XIV.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

14.1 Person Eligible to Exercise. During Participant’s lifetime, only Participant may exercise the Option. After Participant’s death, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time the Option expires, be exercised by Participant’s Designated Beneficiary as provided in the Plan.

14.2 Partial Exercise. Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised, in whole or in part, according to the procedures in the Plan at any time prior to the time the Option or portion thereof expires, except that the Option may only be exercised for whole Shares.

14.3 Tax Withholding.

(a) The Company has the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat Participant’s failure to provide timely payment in accordance with the Plan of any withholding tax arising in connection with the Option as Participant’s election to satisfy all or any portion of the withholding tax by requesting the Company retain Shares otherwise issuable under the Option.

(b) Participant acknowledges that Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Option, regardless of any action the Company or any Subsidiary takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Option. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding, vesting or exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of Shares. The Company and the Subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

ARTICLE XV.

OTHER PROVISIONS

15.1 Adjustments. Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan.

15.2 Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company must be in writing and addressed to the Company in care of the Company’s Secretary at the Company’s principal office or the Secretary’s then-current email address or facsimile number. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to Participant must be in writing and addressed to Participant (or, if Participant is then deceased, to the person entitled to exercise the Option) at Participant’s last known mailing address, email address or facsimile number in the Company’s personnel files. By a notice given pursuant to this Section, either party may designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice will be deemed duly given when actually received, when sent by email, when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited with postage prepaid in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, when delivered by a nationally recognized express shipping company or upon receipt of a facsimile transmission confirmation.

15.3 Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.


15.4 Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws and, to the extent Applicable Laws permit, will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.

15.5 Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Plan, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

15.6 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Option will be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, this Agreement will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

15.7 Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including any exhibit hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

15.8 Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision of the Grant Notice or this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the provision will be severable from, and the illegality or invalidity of the provision will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

15.9 Limitation on Participant’s Rights. Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and may not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Option, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to the Option, as and when exercised pursuant to the terms hereof.

15.10 Not a Contract of Employment. Nothing in the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement confers upon Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or interferes with or restricts in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and Participant.

15.11 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one instrument.

15.12 Incentive Stock Options. If the Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option:

(a) Participant acknowledges that to the extent the aggregate fair market value of shares (determined as of the time the option with respect to the shares is granted) with respect to which stock options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Code, including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by Participant during any calendar year exceeds $100,000 or if for


any other reason such stock options do not qualify or cease to qualify for treatment as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Code, such stock options (including the Option) will be treated as non-qualified stock options. Participant further acknowledges that the rule set forth in the preceding sentence will be applied by taking the Option and other stock options into account in the order in which they were granted, as determined under Section 422(d) of the Code. Participant acknowledges that amendments or modifications made to the Option pursuant to the Plan that would cause the Option to become a Non-Qualified Stock Option will not materially or adversely affect Participant’s rights under the Option, and that any such amendment or modification shall not require Participant’s consent. Participant also acknowledges that if the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after Participant’s Termination of Service as an Employee, other than by reason of death or Disability, the Option will be taxed as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(b) Participant will give prompt written notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any Shares acquired under this Agreement if such disposition or other transfer is made (a) within two (2) years from the Grant Date or (b) within one (1) year after the transfer of such Shares to Participant. Such notice will specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

* * * * *

Exhibit 10.3

 

PROMETHEUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Plan is to assist Eligible Employees of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries in acquiring a stock ownership interest in the Company.

The Plan consists of two components: (i) the Section 423 Component and (ii) the Non-Section 423 Component. The Section 423 Component is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code and shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. The Non-Section 423 Component authorizes the grant of rights which need not qualify as rights granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. Rights granted under the Non-Section 423 Component shall be granted pursuant to separate Offerings containing such sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures as may be adopted by the Administrator and designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for Eligible Employees and Designated Subsidiaries but shall not be intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator or provided herein, the Non-Section 423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the Section 423 Component. Offerings intended to be made under the Non-Section 423 Component will be designated as such by the Administrator at or prior to the time of such Offering.

For purposes of this Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan in which Eligible Employees will participate. The terms of these Offerings need not be identical, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Period(s) in each such Offering are identical, provided that the terms of participation are the same within each separate Offering under the Section 423 Component (as determined under Section 423 of the Code). Solely by way of example and without limiting the foregoing, the Company could, but shall not be required to, provide for simultaneous Offerings under the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component of the Plan.

ARTICLE II.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

2.1 “Administrator” means the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article XI.

2.2 Agent” means the brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution, entity or person(s), if any, engaged, retained, appointed or authorized to act as the agent of the Company or an Employee with regard to the Plan.

2.3 Applicable Law” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which Shares are listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where rights under this Plan are granted.

2.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


2.5 “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.

2.6 “Common Stock” means common stock of the Company and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted therefore.

2.7 “Company” means Prometheus Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor.

2.8 “Compensation” of an Eligible Employee means, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the gross base compensation or wages received by such Eligible Employee as compensation for services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, excluding overtime payments, sales commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, expense reimbursements, income received in connection with any compensatory equity awards, fringe benefits and other special payments.

2.9 “Designated Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary designated by the Administrator in accordance with Section 11.2(b), such designation to specify whether such participation is in the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component. A Designated Subsidiary may participate in either the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component, but not both; provided that a Subsidiary that, for U.S. tax purposes, is disregarded from the Company or any Subsidiary that participates in the Section 423 Component shall automatically constitute a Designated Subsidiary that participates in the Section 423 Component.

2.10 “Effective Date” means the Pricing Date, provided that the Board has adopted the Plan prior to or on such date.

2.11 “Eligible Employee” means:

(a) an Employee who does not, immediately after any rights under this Plan are granted, own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of Shares and other securities of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary (as determined under Section 423(b)(3) of the Code). For purposes of the foregoing, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of stock ownership shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an individual, and stock that an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the Employee.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may provide in an Offering Document that an Employee shall not be eligible to participate in an Offering Period under the Section 423 Component if: (i) such Employee is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code; (ii) such Employee has not met a service requirement designated by the Administrator pursuant to Section 423(b)(4)(A) of the Code (which service requirement may not exceed two years); (iii) such Employee’s customary employment is for twenty hours per week or less; (iv) such Employee’s customary employment is for less than five months in any calendar year; and/or (v) such Employee is a citizen or resident of a foreign jurisdiction and the grant of a right to purchase Shares under the Plan to such Employee would be prohibited under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction or the grant of a right to purchase Shares under the Plan to such Employee in compliance with the laws of such foreign jurisdiction would cause the Plan to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, further, that any exclusion in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) shall be applied in an identical manner under each Offering Period to all Employees, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e).

 

2


(c) Further notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Non-Section 423 Component, the first sentence in this definition shall apply in determining who is an “Eligible Employee,” except (i) the Administrator may limit eligibility further within the Company or a Designated Subsidiary so as to only designate some Employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary as Eligible Employees, and (ii) to the extent the restrictions in the first sentence in this definition are not consistent with applicable local laws, the applicable local laws shall control.

2.12 “Employee” means any individual who renders services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary in the status of an employee, and, with respect to the Section 423 Component, a person who is an employee within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code. For purposes of an individual’s participation in, or other rights under the Plan, all determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive, notwithstanding that any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or Designated Subsidiary and meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2). Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately following such three (3)-month period.

2.13 “Enrollment Date” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period; provided that, the Enrollment Date for the Initial Offering Period shall be the Pricing Date.

2.14 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows: (i) if the Shares are listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Shares as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (ii) if the Shares are not traded on a stock exchange but are quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (iii) without an established market for the Shares, the Administrator will determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion; or (iv) with respect to the Initial Offering Period, the Fair Market Value as specified in the Offering Document approved by the Administrator with respect to the Initial Offering Period.

2.15 “Initial Offering Period” means the period commencing on the Pricing Date and ending on the date set forth in the Offering Document approved by the Administrator with respect to the Initial Offering Period.

2.16 “Non-Section 423 Component” means those Offerings under the Plan, together with the sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures, if any, adopted by the Administrator as a part of this Plan, in each case, pursuant to which rights to purchase Shares during an Offering Period may be granted to Eligible Employees that need not satisfy the requirements for rights to purchase Shares granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” that are set forth under Section 423 of the Code.

2.17 “Offering” means an offer under the Plan of a right to purchase Shares that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Article IV hereof. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator, each Offering to the Eligible Employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary shall be deemed a separate Offering, even if the dates and other terms of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical, and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by Treas. Reg. § 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each separate Offering under the Section 423 Component need not be identical, provided that the terms of the Section 423 Component and an Offering thereunder together satisfy Treas. Reg. § 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

 

3


2.18 “Offering Document” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.

2.19 “Offering Period” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.

2.20 “Parent” means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

2.21 “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who has executed a subscription agreement and been granted rights to purchase Shares pursuant to the Plan (or, with respect to the Initial Offering Period, those Participants specified in the Offering Document approved by the Administrator with respect to the Initial Offering Period).

2.22 “Payday” means the regular and recurring established day for payment of Compensation to an Employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary.

2.23 Plan” means this 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including both the Section 423 Component and Non-Section 423 Component and any other sub-plans or appendices hereto, as amended from time to time.

2.24 “Pricing Date means the date upon which the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock becomes effective.

2.25 “Purchase Date” means the last Trading Day of each Purchase Period or such other date as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Offering Document.

2.26 “Purchase Period” shall refer to one or more periods within an Offering Period, as designated in the applicable Offering Document; provided, however, that, in the event no Purchase Period is designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document, the Purchase Period for each Offering Period covered by such Offering Document shall be the same as the applicable Offering Period.

2.27 “Purchase Price” means the purchase price designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which purchase price, for purposes of the Section 423 Component, shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower); provided, however, that, in the event no purchase price is designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document, the purchase price for the Offering Periods covered by such Offering Document shall be 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower; provided, further, that the Purchase Price may be adjusted by the Administrator pursuant to Article VIII and shall not be less than the par value of a Share.

2.28 “Section 423 Component” means those Offerings under the Plan, together with the sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures, if any, adopted by the Administrator as a part of this Plan, in each case, pursuant to which rights to purchase Shares during an Offering Period may be granted to Eligible Employees that are intended to satisfy the requirements for rights to purchase Shares granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” that are set forth under Section 423 of the Code.

 

4


2.29 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.30 “Share” means a share of Common Stock.

2.31 “Subsidiary” means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in an unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain; provided, however, that a limited liability company or partnership may be treated as a Subsidiary to the extent either (a) such entity is treated as a disregarded entity under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) by reason of the Company or any other Subsidiary that is a corporation being the sole owner of such entity, or (b) such entity elects to be classified as a corporation under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) and such entity would otherwise qualify as a Subsidiary. In addition, with respect to the Non-Section 423 Component, Subsidiary shall include any corporate or non-corporate entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect equity interest or significant business relationship.

2.32 “Trading Day” means a day on which national stock exchanges in the United States are open for trading.

2.33 “Treas. Reg.” means U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations.

ARTICLE III.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1 Number of Shares. Subject to Article VIII, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall be 360,000 Shares. In addition to the foregoing, subject to Article VIII, on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2022 and ending on and including January 1, 2031, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be increased by that number of Shares equal to the lesser of (a) 1% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of Shares as determined by the Board. If any right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate without having been exercised, the Shares not purchased under such right shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the number of Shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to the rights granted under the Section 423 Component of the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of 10,000,000 Shares, subject to Article VIII.

3.2 Shares Distributed. Any Shares distributed pursuant to the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFERING PERIODS; OFFERING DOCUMENTS; PURCHASE DATES

4.1 Offering Periods. The Administrator may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of rights to purchase Shares under the Plan to Eligible Employees during one or more periods (each, an “Offering Period”) selected by the Administrator. The terms and conditions applicable to each Offering Period shall be set forth in an “Offering Document” adopted by the Administrator, which Offering Document shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate and shall be incorporated by reference into and made part of the Plan and shall be attached hereto as part of the Plan. The Administrator shall establish in each Offering Document one or more Purchase Periods during such Offering Period during which rights granted under the Plan shall be exercised and purchases of Shares carried out during such Offering Period in accordance with such Offering Document and the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings or Offering Periods under the Plan need not be identical.

 

5


4.2 Offering Documents. Each Offering Document with respect to an Offering Period shall specify (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference or otherwise):

(a) the length of the Offering Period, which period shall not exceed twenty-seven months;

(b) the length of the Purchase Period(s) within the Offering Period;

(c) the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased by any Eligible Employee during such Offering Period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation by the Administrator, shall be 100,000 Shares;

(d) in connection with each Offering Period that contains more than one Purchase Period, the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be purchased by any Eligible Employee during each Purchaser Period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation by the Administrator, shall be 100,000 Shares; and

(e) such other provisions as the Administrator determines are appropriate, subject to the Plan.

ARTICLE V.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

5.1 Eligibility. Any Eligible Employee who shall be employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on a given Enrollment Date for an Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Offering Period, subject to the requirements of this Article V and, for the Section 423 Component, the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code.

5.2 Enrollment in Plan.

(a) Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document or determined by the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in the Plan for an Offering Period by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company by such time prior to the Enrollment Date for such Offering Period (or such other date specified in the Offering Document) designated by the Administrator and in such form as the Company provides.

(b) Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, each subscription agreement shall designate a whole percentage of such Eligible Employee’s Compensation to be withheld by the Company or the Designated Subsidiary employing such Eligible Employee on each Payday during the Offering Period as payroll deductions under the Plan. The percentage of Compensation designated by an Eligible Employee may not be less than 1% and may not be more than the maximum percentage specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which percentage shall be 20% in the absence of any such designation) as payroll deductions. The payroll deductions made for each Participant shall be credited to an account for such Participant under the Plan and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company.

 

6


(c) A Participant may increase or decrease the percentage of Compensation designated in his or her subscription agreement, subject to the limits of this Section 5.2, or may suspend his or her payroll deductions, at any time during an Offering Period; provided, however, that the Administrator may limit the number of changes a Participant may make to his or her payroll deduction elections during each Offering Period in the applicable Offering Document (and in the absence of any specific designation by the Administrator, a Participant shall be allowed to decrease (but not increase) his or her payroll deduction elections one time during each Offering Period). Any such change or suspension of payroll deductions shall be effective with the first full payroll period following five business days after the Company’s receipt of the new subscription agreement (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document). In the event a Participant suspends his or her payroll deductions, such Participant’s cumulative payroll deductions prior to the suspension shall remain in his or her account and shall be applied to the purchase of Shares on the next occurring Purchase Date and shall not be paid to such Participant unless he or she withdraws from participation in the Plan pursuant to Article VII.

(d) Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document or determined by the Administrator, a Participant may participate in the Plan only by means of payroll deduction and may not make contributions by lump sum payment for any Offering Period.

5.3 Payroll Deductions. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Offering Document or determined by the Administrator, payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first Payday following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last Payday in the Offering Period to which the Participant’s authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Article VII or suspended by the Participant or the Administrator as provided in Section 5.2 and Section 5.6, respectively. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, in non-U.S. jurisdictions where participation in the Plan through payroll deductions is prohibited, the Administrator may provide that an Eligible Employee may elect to participate through contributions to the Participant’s account under the Plan in a form acceptable to the Administrator in lieu of or in addition to payroll deductions; provided, however, that, for any Offering under the Section 423 Component, the Administrator shall take into consideration any limitations under Section 423 of the Code when applying an alternative method of contribution.

5.4 Effect of Enrollment. A Participant’s completion of a subscription agreement will enroll such Participant in the Plan for each subsequent Offering Period on the terms contained therein until the Participant either submits a new subscription agreement, withdraws from participation under the Plan as provided in Article VII or otherwise becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan.

5.5 Limitation on Purchase of Shares. An Eligible Employee may be granted rights under the Section 423 Component only if such rights, together with any other rights granted to such Eligible Employee under “employee stock purchase plans” of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary, as specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, do not permit such employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such stock (determined as of the first day of the Offering Period during which such rights are granted) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time. This limitation shall be applied in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.

5.6 Suspension of Payroll Deductions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 5.5 (with respect to the Section 423 Component) or the other limitations set forth in this Plan, a Participant’s payroll deductions may be suspended by the Administrator at any time during an Offering Period. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares by reason of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, Section 5.5 or the other limitations set forth in this Plan shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date.

 

7


5.7 Foreign Employees. In order to facilitate participation in the Plan, the Administrator may provide for such special terms applicable to Participants who are citizens or residents a foreign jurisdiction, or who are employed by a Designated Subsidiary outside of the United States, as the Administrator may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Except as permitted by Section 423 of the Code, with respect to the Section 423 Component, such special terms may not be more favorable than the terms of rights granted under the Section 423 Component to Eligible Employees who are residents of the United States. Such special terms may be set forth in an addendum to the Plan in the form of an appendix or sub-plan (which appendix or sub-plan may be designed to govern Offerings under the Section 423 Component or the Non-Section 423 Component, as determined by the Administrator). To the extent that the terms and conditions set forth in an appendix or sub-plan conflict with any provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the appendix or sub-plan shall govern. The adoption of any such appendix or sub-plan shall be pursuant to Section 11.2(g). Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures, with respect to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed in non-U.S. jurisdictions, regarding the exclusion of particular Subsidiaries from participation in the Plan, eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of payroll deductions or other contributions by Participants, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, data privacy security, payroll tax, withholding procedures, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold payroll deductions or contributions.

5.8 Leave of Absence. During leaves of absence approved by the Company meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2) under the Code, a Participant may continue participation in the Plan by making cash payments to the Company on his or her normal Payday equal to the Participant’s authorized payroll deduction.

ARTICLE VI.

GRANT AND EXERCISE OF RIGHTS

6.1 Grant of Rights. On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted a right to purchase the maximum number of Shares specified under Section 4.2, subject to the limits in Section 5.5, and shall have the right to buy, on each Purchase Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price), such number of whole Shares as is determined by dividing (a) such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Purchase Date and retained in the Participant’s account as of the Purchase Date, by (b) the applicable Purchase Price (rounded down to the nearest Share). The right shall expire on the earliest of: (x) the last Purchase Date of the Offering Period, (y) the last day of the Offering Period, and (z) the date on which the Participant withdraws in accordance with Section 7.1 or Section 7.3.

6.2 Exercise of Rights. On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions and any other additional payments specifically provided for in the applicable Offering Document will be applied to the purchase of whole Shares, up to the maximum number of Shares permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering Document, at the Purchase Price. No fractional Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of rights granted under the Plan, unless the Offering Document specifically provides otherwise. Any cash in lieu of fractional Shares remaining after the purchase of whole Shares upon exercise of a purchase right will be credited to a Participant’s account and carried forward and applied toward the purchase of whole Shares for the next following Offering Period, unless the Administrator provides that such amounts should be returned to the Participant in one lump sum payment in a subsequent payroll check. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator may determine and may be issued in certificated form or issued pursuant to book-entry procedures.

 

8


6.3 Pro Rata Allocation of Shares. If the Administrator determines that, on a given Purchase Date, the number of Shares with respect to which rights are to be exercised may exceed (a) the number of Shares that were available for issuance under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (b) the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan on such Purchase Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion provide that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the Shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants for whom rights to purchase Shares are to be exercised pursuant to this Article VI on such Purchase Date, and shall either (i) continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (ii) terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Article IX. The Company may make pro rata allocation of the Shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional Shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date or such earlier date as determined by the Administrator.

6.4 Withholding. At the time a Participant’s rights under the Plan are exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Shares issued under the Plan is disposed of, the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, that arise upon the exercise of the right or the disposition of the Shares. At any time, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation or Shares received pursuant to the Plan the amount necessary for the Company to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Shares by the Participant.

6.5 Conditions to Issuance of 6.6 Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for, or make any book entries evidencing, Shares purchased upon the exercise of rights under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges, if any, on which the Shares are then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; (d) the payment to the Company of all amounts that it is required to withhold under federal, state or local law upon exercise of the rights, if any; and (e) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the rights as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

ARTICLE VII.

WITHDRAWAL; CESSATION OF ELIGIBILITY

7.1 Withdrawal. A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all of the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her rights under the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company in a form acceptable to the Company no later than one week prior to the end of the Offering Period (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document). All of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account during an Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of Shares shall be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions shall not resume at the beginning of the next Offering Period unless the Participant timely delivers to the Company a new subscription agreement.

 

9


7.2 Future Participation. A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period shall not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary or in subsequent Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

7.3 Cessation of Eligibility. Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee for any reason, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan pursuant to this Article VII and the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 12.4, as soon as reasonably practicable, and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated. If a Participant transfers employment from the Company or any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Section 423 Component to any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Non-Section 423 Component, such transfer shall not be treated as a termination of employment, but the Participant shall immediately cease to participate in the Section 423 Component; however, any contributions made for the Offering Period in which such transfer occurs shall be transferred to the Non-Section 423 Component, and such Participant shall immediately join the then-current Offering under the Non-Section 423 Component upon the same terms and conditions in effect for the Participant’s participation in the Section 423 Component, except for such modifications otherwise applicable for Participants in such Offering. A Participant who transfers employment from any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Non-Section 423 Component to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Section 423 Component shall not be treated as terminating the Participant’s employment and shall remain a Participant in the Non-Section 423 Component until the earlier of (i) the end of the current Offering Period under the Non-Section 423 Component or (ii) the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period in which the Participant is eligible to participate following such transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may establish different rules to govern transfers of employment between entities participating in the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component, consistent with the applicable requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

ARTICLE VIII.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN SHARES

8.1 Changes in Capitalization. Subject to Section 8.3, in the event that the Administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), change in control, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, combination, repurchase, redemption, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, as determined by the Administrator, affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any outstanding purchase rights under the Plan, the Administrator shall make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 and the limitations established in each Offering Document pursuant to Section 4.2 on the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased); (b) the class(es) and number of Shares and price per Share subject to outstanding rights; and (c) the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.

 

10


8.2 Other Adjustments. Subject to Section 8.3, in the event of any transaction or event described in Section 8.1 or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate, or of changes in Applicable Law or accounting principles, the Administrator, in its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any right under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:

(a) To provide for either (i) termination of any outstanding right in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such right had such right been currently exercisable or (ii) the replacement of such outstanding right with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;

(b) To provide that the outstanding rights under the Plan shall be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar rights covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

(c) To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding rights under the Plan and/or in the terms and conditions of outstanding rights and rights that may be granted in the future;

(d) To provide that Participants’ accumulated payroll deductions may be used to purchase Shares prior to the next occurring Purchase Date on such date as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion and the Participants’ rights under the ongoing Offering Period(s) shall be terminated; and

(e) To provide that all outstanding rights shall terminate without being exercised.

8.3 No Adjustment Under Certain Circumstances. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, no adjustment or action described in this Article VIII or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Section 423 Component of the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

8.4 No Other Rights. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares subject to outstanding rights under the Plan or the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION

9.1 Amendment, Modification and Termination. The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time; provided, however, that approval of the Company’s stockholders shall be required to amend the Plan to: (a) increase the aggregate number, or change the type, of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the Plan under Section 3.1 (other than an adjustment as provided by Article VIII) or (b) change the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees may be granted rights under the Plan.

 

11


9.2 Certain Changes to Plan. Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been adversely affected (and, with respect to the Section 423 Component of the Plan, after taking into account Section 423 of the Code), the Administrator shall be entitled to change or terminate the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld from Compensation during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of payroll withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Shares for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion to be advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

9.3 Actions In the Event of Unfavorable Financial Accounting Consequences. In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify or amend the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(a) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(b) shortening any Offering Period so that the Offering Period ends on a new Purchase Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action; and

(c) allocating Shares.

Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participant.

9.4 Payments Upon Termination of Plan. Upon termination of the Plan, the balance in each Participant’s Plan account shall be refunded as soon as practicable after such termination, without any interest thereon, or the Offering Period may be shortened so that the purchase of Shares occurs prior to the termination of the Plan.

ARTICLE X.

TERM OF PLAN

The Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date. The effectiveness of the Section 423 Component of the Plan shall be subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders within twelve months following the date the Plan is first approved by the Board. No right may be granted under the Section 423 Component of the Plan prior to such stockholder approval. The Plan shall remain in effect until terminated under Section 9.1. No rights may be granted under the Plan during any period of suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

 

12


ARTICLE XI.

ADMINISTRATION

11.1 Administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Administrator of the Plan shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board to which the Board delegates administration of the Plan). The Board may at any time vest in the Board any authority or duties for administration of the Plan. The Administrator may delegate administrative tasks under the Plan to the services of an Agent or Employees to assist in the administration of the Plan, including establishing and maintaining an individual securities account under the Plan for each Participant.

11.2 Authority of Administrator. The Administrator shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(a) To determine when and how rights to purchase Shares shall be granted and the provisions of each offering of such rights (which need not be identical).

(b) To designate from time to time which Subsidiaries of the Company shall be Designated Subsidiaries, which designation may be made without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

(c) To impose a mandatory holding period pursuant to which Employees may not dispose of or transfer Shares purchased under the Plan for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d) To construe and interpret the Plan and rights granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Administrator, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(e) To amend, suspend or terminate the Plan as provided in Article IX.

(f) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Administrator deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code for the Section 423 Component.

(g) The Administrator may adopt sub-plans applicable to particular Designated Subsidiaries or locations, which sub-plans may be designed to be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code. The rules of such sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 3.1 hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan.

11.3 Decisions Binding. The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any rights granted pursuant to the Plan, any subscription agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

 

13


ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

12.1 Restriction upon Assignment. A right granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. Except as provided in Section 12.4 hereof, a right under the Plan may not be exercised to any extent except by the Participant. The Company shall not recognize and shall be under no duty to recognize any assignment or alienation of the Participant’s interest in the Plan, the Participant’s rights under the Plan or any rights thereunder.

12.2 Rights as a Stockholder. With respect to Shares subject to a right granted under the Plan, a Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of the Company, and the Participant shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder, until such Shares have been issued to the Participant or his or her nominee following exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. No adjustments shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash securities, or other property) or distribution or other rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date of such issuance, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as determined by the Administrator.

12.3 Interest. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions or contributions of a Participant under the Plan.

12.4 Designation of Beneficiary.

(a) A Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any Shares and/or cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to a Purchase Date on which the Participant’s rights are exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such Shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse.

(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice to the Company. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such Shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such Shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

12.5 Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

12.6 Equal Rights and Privileges. Subject to Section 5.7, all Eligible Employees will have equal rights and privileges under the Section 423 Component so that the Section 423 Component of this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Subject to Section 5.7, any provision of the Section 423 Component that is inconsistent with Section 423 of the Code will, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Board or the Administrator, be reformed to comply with the equal rights and privileges requirement of Section 423 of the Code. Eligible Employees participating in the Non-Section 423 Component need not have the same rights and privileges as other Eligible Employees participating in the Non-Section 423 Component or as Eligible Employees participating in the Section 423 Component.

 

14


12.7 Use of Funds. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

12.8 Reports. Statements of account shall be given to Participants at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of Shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

12.9 No Employment Rights. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) the right to remain in the employ of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or affect the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) at any time, with or without cause.

12.10 Notice of Disposition of Shares. Each Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any Shares purchased upon exercise of a right under the Section 423 Component of the Plan if such disposition or transfer is made: (a) within two years from the Enrollment Date of the Offering Period in which the Shares were purchased or (b) within one year after the Purchase Date on which such Shares were purchased. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

12.11 Governing Law. The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding any state’s choice of law principles requiring the application of a jurisdiction’s laws other than the State of Delaware.

12.12 Electronic Forms. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law and in the discretion of the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may submit any form or notice as set forth herein by means of an electronic form approved by the Administrator. Before the commencement of an Offering Period, the Administrator shall prescribe the time limits within which any such electronic form shall be submitted to the Administrator with respect to such Offering Period in order to be a valid election.

* * * * *

 

15


PROMETHEUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

OFFERING DOCUMENT

This document (this “Offering Document”) is hereby adopted by the Board of Directors of Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”), in its capacity as Administrator of the Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) and is hereby incorporated by reference into and made a part of the Plan. A copy of this Offering Document shall be attached to the Plan. Defined terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings specified in the Plan.

This Offering Document shall apply to Offering Periods under the Section 423 Component of the Plan until this Offering Document is terminated, amended or modified by the Administrator or a new Offering Document is adopted by the Administrator for the Section 423 Component.

 

Eligibility Requirements:    Only Eligible Employees of the Company and any Designated Subsidiaries shall be eligible to participate, provided they meet the other eligibility requirements set forth in the Plan.
   An Employee shall not be an Eligible Employee if such Employee’s customary employment is for twenty hours or less per week, or such Employee’s customary employment is for less than five months in any calendar year.
Designated Subsidiaries:    None.
Offering Periods:    The Plan shall be implemented by consecutive, overlapping Offering Periods of approximately eighteen months in length commencing on each May 1 and November 1 during the term of the Plan, and terminating on the April 30 or October 31 occurring eighteen months later (or, if such days are not Trading Days, the immediately preceding Trading Day), as applicable. The “Enrollment Date” of each Offering Period shall be the first Trading Day of such Offering Period (which may be the same as the first calendar day of the Offering Period); provided, however, that the Enrollment Date for purposes of the Initial Offering Period (the “Initial Enrollment Date”) shall be the Pricing Date. Each Offering Period shall include three Purchase Periods.
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the initial Offering Period under the Plan (the “Initial Offering Period”) may be more or less than eighteen months in length and shall commence on the Pricing Date (such date, the “Initial Enrollment Date”) and shall end on October 31, 2022 (or, if such day is not a Trading Day, the immediately preceding Trading Day). The Initial Offering Period shall still consist of three Purchase Periods, as further described below.


   If the Fair Market Value on any Purchase Date (except the final scheduled Purchase Date of any Offering Period) is less than the Fair Market Value on the Enrollment Date for that Offering Period, then that Offering Period will immediately terminate on such Purchase Date after the acquisition of shares of Common Stock for the applicable Purchase Period, and each Participant shall automatically be enrolled in the Offering Period that commences on the next occurring May 1 or November 1 on the same terms and conditions as in effect under the Participant’s subscription agreement on file for the terminated Offering Period.
Purchase Periods:    With the exception of the first Purchase Period under the Initial Offering Period, Purchase Periods under the Plan will be the approximately six-month periods commencing on each May 1 and November 1 following the Effective Date and ending on the next occurring April 30 or October 31 (or, if such days are not Trading Days, the immediately preceding Trading Day), as applicable (each, a “Purchase Date”). The first Purchase Period under the Initial Offering Period shall be longer than six-months in length and shall commence on the Initial Enrollment Date and shall end on October 31, 2021 (or, if such day is not a Trading Day, the immediately preceding Trading Day).
Maximum Number of Shares That May Be Purchased By an Eligible Employee During an Offering Period:    100,000 Shares
Maximum Number of Shares That May Be Purchased By an Eligible Employee During a Purchase Period:    100,000 Shares
Purchase Price:    On each Purchase Date during an Offering Period, the purchase price for a Share will be 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Enrollment Date for such Offering Period or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower; provided, however, that the Purchase Price may be adjusted by the Administrator as provided in the Plan; provided, further, that the Purchase Price shall not be less than the par value of a Share.


Contributions:    A Participant may elect to have up to 20% of his or her Compensation deducted on each Eligible Payday on an after-tax basis for use in purchasing Common Stock pursuant to the Plan. For purposes of the first Purchase Period under the Initial Offering Period, an “Eligible Payday” shall mean each Payday relating to a payroll period that commences and ends during the Offering Period, and for purposes of the other Purchase Periods in the Initial Offering Period or any subsequent Offering Period, an “Eligible Payday” shall mean a Payday.
Enrollment:    With the exception of the Initial Offering Period, Eligible Employees must enroll in an Offering Period by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company on or prior to the Enrollment Date of such Offering Period (or such longer period prior to the Enrollment Date as may be determined by the Company).
   A Participant may participate in only one Offering Period at a given time.
First Offering Period Only:    Each Eligible Employee who is employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on the Initial Enrollment Date shall automatically become a Participant in the Plan with respect to the Initial Offering Period. Each such Participant shall be granted a right to purchase shares of Common Stock and shall be enrolled in such Initial Offering Period to the extent of 20% of his or her Compensation for the Eligible Paydays during the Initial Offering Period (or, if less, the maximum amount of contributions permitted to be made by such Participant for such Offering Period by payroll deduction under the terms of the Plan). Following the Initial Enrollment Date (but in no event prior to the date on which the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 is filed with respect to the Plan), each such Participant may, during the period designated from time to time by the Administrator for such purpose, (i) elect to make such contributions (or a lesser amount of contributions) for the Initial Offering Period by payroll deductions in accordance with the Plan, or (ii) elect to make no contributions for such Initial Offering Period; provided, however, that, to make contributions by payroll deductions, such Participant must complete the form of subscription agreement provided by the Company for the Initial Offering Period under this Plan during the time designated by the Administrator for such purpose.
   The Fair Market Value for a Share on the Initial Enrollment Date shall be the initial public offering price of a Share in the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock.
Changes in Contribution Rates:    Participants may decrease or suspend their rate of contributions once during each Purchase Period.


   Participants may increase their rate of contributions for any future Purchase Period or Offering Period. Any increase in the rate of contributions to be effective for a future Purchase Period or Offering Period must be made prior to the first day of such Purchase Period or Offering Period.
Withdrawals:    A Participant must withdraw from an Offering Period at least one week prior to the last day of the Offering Period (or such shorter or longer period as may be determined by the Company).
   If a Participant withdraws from the Plan, the Participant may elect to participate again in the Plan for any subsequent Offering Period so long as he or she is still eligible to participate in the Plan.

* * * * *

Exhibit 10.4

PROMETHEUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PROGRAM

Non-employee members of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) shall receive cash and equity compensation as set forth in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Program (this “Program”). This Program has been adopted under the Company’s 2021 Incentive Award Plan (the “Equity Plan”) and shall be effective on the effective date of the Equity Plan (the “Effective Date”). The cash and equity compensation described in this Program shall be paid or be made, as applicable, automatically and without further action of the Board, to each member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company (each, a “Non-Employee Director”) who is entitled to receive such cash or equity compensation, unless such Non-Employee Director declines the receipt of such cash or equity compensation by written notice to the Company. This Program shall remain in effect until it is revised or rescinded by further action of the Board. This Program may be amended, modified or terminated by the Board at any time in its sole discretion. The terms and conditions of this Program shall supersede any prior cash and/or equity compensation arrangements for service as a member of the Board between the Company and any of its Non-Employee Directors. No Non-Employee Director shall have any rights hereunder, except with respect to stock options granted pursuant to the Program. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed in the Equity Plan.

1. Cash Compensation.

(a) Annual Retainers.

(i) Non-Employee Director. Each Non-Employee Director (other than the Chairman) shall receive an annual retainer of $40,000 for service on the Board.

(ii) Chairman of the Board. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairman of the Board shall receive, in lieu of the annual retainer in clause (a) above, an annual retainer of $100,000 for such service.

(b) Additional Annual Retainers. In addition, each Non-Employee Director shall receive the following additional annual retainers, as applicable:

(i) (ii) Audit Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Audit Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $15,000 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Audit Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $7,500 for such service.

(iii) Compensation Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Compensation Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Compensation Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000 for such service.

(iv) Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $8,000 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $4,000 for such service.


(c) Payment of Retainers. The annual retainers described in Sections 1(a) and 1(b) shall be earned on a quarterly basis based on a calendar quarter and shall be paid by the Company in arrears not later than the fifteenth day following the end of each calendar quarter. In the event a Non-Employee Director does not serve as a Non-Employee Director, or in the applicable positions described in Sections 1(a) or 1(b), for an entire calendar quarter, the retainer paid to such Non-Employee Director shall be prorated for the portion of such calendar quarter actually served as a Non-Employee Director, or in such position, as applicable.

2. Equity Compensation. Non-Employee Directors shall be granted the equity awards described below. The awards described below shall be granted under and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Equity Plan, or any other applicable Company equity incentive plan then-maintained by the Company, and shall be granted subject to the execution and delivery of award agreements, including attached exhibits, in substantially the forms previously approved by the Board. All applicable terms of the Equity Plan apply to this Program as if fully set forth herein, and all grants of stock options hereby are subject in all respects to the terms of the Equity Plan and the applicable award agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the share numbers in this Section 2 shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the Equity Plan, including with respect to any reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock effected on or prior to the Effective Date.

(a) Initial Awards. Each Non-Employee Director who is initially elected or appointed to the Board after the Effective Date shall receive an option under the Equity Plan, or any other applicable Company equity incentive plan then-maintained by the Company, to purchase 40,000 shares of the Company’s common stock on the date of such initial election or appointment. The awards described in this Section 2(a) shall be referred to as “Initial Awards.” No Non-Employee Director shall be granted more than one Initial Award.

(b) Subsequent Awards. A Non-Employee Director who (i) is serving on the Board as of the date of any annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders after the Effective Date and has been serving as a Non-Employee Director for at least six months as of the date of such meeting, and (ii) will continue to serve as a Non-Employee Director immediately following such meeting, shall be automatically granted an option under the Equity Plan, or any other applicable Company equity incentive plan then-maintained by the Company, to purchase 20,000 of the Company’s common stock on the date of such annual meeting. The awards described in this Section 2(b) shall be referred to as “Subsequent Awards.” For the avoidance of doubt, a Non-Employee Director elected for the first time to the Board at an annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders shall only receive an Initial Award in connection with such election, and shall not receive any Subsequent Award on the date of such meeting as well.

(c) Termination of Employment of Employee Directors. Members of the Board who are employees of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company who subsequently terminate their employment with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company and remain on the Board will not receive an Initial Award pursuant to Section 2(a) above, but to the extent that they are otherwise entitled, will receive, after termination from employment with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company, Subsequent Awards as described in Section 2(b) above.

(d) Terms of Awards Granted to Non-Employee Directors.

(i) Purchase Price. The per share exercise price of each option granted to a Non-Employee Director shall equal the Fair Market Value of a share of common stock on the date the option is granted.


(ii) Vesting. Each Initial Award shall vest and become exercisable in substantially equal monthly installments over the three years following the date of the Non-Employee Director’s election or appointment to the Board, subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service on the Board through each such vesting date. Each Subsequent Award shall vest and/or become exercisable on the first to occur of (A) the first anniversary of the date of grant or (B) the next occurring annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service on the Board through such vesting date. Unless the Board otherwise determines, no portion of an Initial Award or Subsequent Award which is unvested and/or exercisable at the time of a Non-Employee Director’s termination of service on the Board shall become vested and/or exercisable thereafter. Upon a Change in Control, all outstanding equity awards granted under the Equity Plan, and any other equity incentive plan maintained by the Company, that are held by a Non-Employee Director shall become fully vested and/or exercisable, irrespective of any other provisions of the Equity Plan or any award agreement.

(iii) Term. The term of each stock option granted to a Non-Employee Director shall be ten years from the date the option is granted.

3. Compensation Limits. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Program, all compensation payable under this Program will be subject to any limits on the maximum amount of Non-Employee Director compensation set forth in the Equity Plan, as in effect from time to time.

4. Reimbursements. The Company shall reimburse each Non-Employee Director for all reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket travel and other business expenses incurred by such Non-Employee Director in the performance of his or her duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures as in effect from time to time.

* * * * *

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

February 7, 2021

Mark Stenhouse

Dear Mark:

It is with great pleasure that we offer you the position with Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. (“Prometheus” or the “Company”). This letter agreement (this “Agreement”) sets forth the terms and conditions of your employment or services to the Company.

Employment Terms:

Following the Employment Start Date (as defined below), you will serve in the position of Chief Operating Officer, performing such duties as are normally associated with this position and such duties as are assigned to you from time to time. You will report to Mark McKenna, President and Chief Executive Officer. You will perform your duties at the Company’s headquarters in San Diego, California, provided that you are permitted to work remotely up to ten (10) business days per month without prior approval of the Chief Executive Officer. This is an exempt position.

Following the Employment Start Date, you shall devote your full working time and attention to the business affairs of the Company. Subject to the terms of the Company’s Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Agreement, as described below, this shall not preclude you from (a) devoting time to personal and family investments, (b) participating in industry associations, or (c) serving on community and civic boards, provided such activities do not interfere with your duties to the Company, as determined in good faith by the President and Chief Executive Officer. You agree that you will not join any boards, other than community and civic boards (which do not interfere with your duties to the Company), without the prior approval of the President and Chief Executive Officer, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Your anticipated start date is March 1, 2021 or another mutually agreed upon date (the “Employment Start Date”), but in no event later than March 31, 2021 (the “Employment Start Date Deadline”). The employment offer contained in this Agreement will automatically expire if you have not commenced full-time employment with the Company prior to the Employment Start Date Deadline.

Associated with this opportunity, the Company offers the following compensation and benefits:

 

 

1.

Initial Salary: $425,000 U.S. Dollars on an annualized basis (the “Base Salary”), to be paid bi-weekly in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices. Compensation is subject to periodic reviews and adjustments at the Company’s discretion.


LOGO

 

 

2.

Signing Bonus: You will be eligible to receive a signing bonus of $25,000 payable within 30 days of your start date to cover temporary housing costs in San Diego.

 

 

3.

Annual Bonus Plan: You will be eligible to receive an annual performance bonus. Your initial bonus target (your “Target Bonus”) shall be 40% of your Base Salary for the applicable year. Actual bonus payments are based on your continuous performance of services to the Company, the achievement of individual and corporate goals, and the approval of Company management. Bonus payouts may be more or less than the targeted amount based on the before mentioned criteria. Except as described in Section 2 (“At-Will Employment; Severance”) of Additional Information Regarding Employment at Prometheus Following the Employment Start Date below, you must be an active employee of the Company on the date bonuses are distributed to be eligible for a bonus payout. Your annual bonus for 2021 will be pro-rated to reflect the portion of such year following your Employment Start Date.

 

 

4.

Employee Benefits: As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits. In addition, you will be entitled to paid time off in accordance with the Company’s paid time off policy, as in effect from time to time. Terms and conditions of each plan or program are subject to applicable laws, regulations and policies. Should there be a conflict between a plan document and this information, the plan document will always govern. The Company reserves the right to change, alter, or terminate any benefit plan at its sole discretion.

 

 

5.

Withholding: All amounts payable to you will be subject to appropriate payroll deductions and all required withholdings.

Consulting Terms:

 

 

1.

Consulting Terms: Commencing with your acceptance of this Agreement (the “Consulting Start Date”), you will provide consulting services to the Company on the terms and conditions set forth herein in order to support the Company prior to the Employment Start Date and the date you commence full-time employment. Your consulting services pursuant to this paragraph shall automatically terminate on the first to occur of (a) the Employment Start Date or (b) March 31, 2021. In addition, either party may terminate your consulting services upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party.

 

 

2.

Scope of Services During Consulting Period: During the term of your consulting services, you will use reasonable efforts to devote such percentage of your business time and effort to the performance of his services hereunder as shall be mutually agreed upon by you and the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and you shall provide such additional information, advice and assistance

 

Prometheus Biosciences | 9410 Carroll Park Drive, San Diego, CA 92121 | main 858.824.0895 | fax 858.332.3306 | prometheusbiosciences.com


LOGO

 

  concerning matters that are within the scope of your knowledge and expertise, provided that in no event will the Company require that you perform services under this Agreement to the extent that your performance of such services would violate any agreements, obligations or understandings that you may have with any third party. Your advice during the consulting period shall be of an advisory nature and the Company shall not have any obligation to follow such advice. You agree to perform the consulting services and any other obligations or activities hereunder in accordance with (a) the terms of this Agreement, (b) all applicable laws, and (c) all Company policies and procedures as are provided in advance and in writing to you in connection with your performance under this Agreement.

 

 

3.

Availability: In connection with your consulting services to the Company, you agree to: (a) be available for consultation by telephone, fax or e-mail on a regular basis on reasonable prior notice during regular business hours; and (b) be available to attend meetings with the Company’s executive team or persons designated by any of the members of the Company’s management team, at the Company’s headquarters or other offices, on reasonable prior notice.

 

 

4.

Status as Independent Contractor: Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, during the period of your consulting services, you acknowledge that you are and shall at all times be an independent contractor, you are not an agent or employee of the Company and you are not authorized to bind the Company or otherwise act on behalf of the Company. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to create an agency, joint venture, partnership or franchise relationship between the parties hereto. Prior to the Employment Start Date, you shall have no right under this Agreement, or as a result of your services to the Company, to participate in any employee, retirement, insurance or other benefit program of the Company, nor will the Company make any deductions from your compensation for taxes, the payment of which shall be solely your responsibility. You represent and warrant that neither this Agreement nor the performance thereof will conflict with or violate any obligation you may have to, or the right of any, third party.

 

 

5.

Other Work Activities: During the term of your consulting services, you may engage in employment, consulting or other work relationships in addition to your work for the Company, provided that such engagements do not violate the provisions of this Agreement. The Company will not be entitled to any setoff or other reduction in its payments hereunder as a result of such permitted other work activities.

 

 

6.

Compensation: Your compensation for any consulting services under this Agreement shall include the grant and vesting of the Option (as described below) and such other compensation as shall be mutually agreed between you and the Company in writing.

 

Prometheus Biosciences | 9410 Carroll Park Drive, San Diego, CA 92121 | main 858.824.0895 | fax 858.332.3306 | prometheusbiosciences.com


LOGO

 

 

7.

Stock Options: Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors or its Compensation Committee, you will be granted an option to purchase 2,400,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option”) as soon as reasonably practicable following your Consulting Start Date. The exercise price per share of the Option will be determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee when the Option is granted. The Option will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as described in the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement. You will vest in 25% of the Option shares on the one year anniversary of your Consulting Start Date, and the balance will vest in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months of continuous service, as described in the applicable Stock Option Agreement, subject to the accelerated vesting described in Section 2 (“At-Will Employment”; Severance) of Additional Information Regarding Employment at Prometheus below. In the event you do not commence employment with the Company as its Chief Operating Officer on the terms set forth in this Agreement prior to the Employment Start Date Deadline, the Option will terminate immediately, regardless of whether you continue as a consultant to the Company following such date.

Additional Information Regarding Employment at Prometheus Following the Employment Start Date:

 

 

1.

Background Check: Please understand that the offer of employment is contingent upon your successful completion of a background check, including a healthcare sanctions check. Additionally, this offer of employment and your continued employment with Prometheus is contingent on your obtaining and keeping the licenses, credentials, permits, certifications and such similar authorizations necessary to perform your job. Prometheus reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to rescind this offer based on the results of the background check.

By signing this Agreement, you are acknowledging that you have never been and are not currently debarred, excluded or banned from any federal healthcare program. You agree to immediately notify Prometheus should you become debarred, excluded or banned from any federal healthcare program or should you be convicted of a felony involving fraud or deceit.

 

 

2.

At-Will Employment; Severance: Your employment with the Company is at-will. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except in writing signed by an executive officer of the Company. You may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying the Company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause (as defined below) or advance written notice.

In the event that, following the Employment Start Date, your employment is terminated by the Company (a) for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability (as defined below), or (b) by you for Good Reason (as defined below) (a

 

Prometheus Biosciences | 9410 Carroll Park Drive, San Diego, CA 92121 | main 858.824.0895 | fax 858.332.3306 | prometheusbiosciences.com


LOGO

 

termination described in (a) or (b), a “Qualifying Termination”), subject to your continued compliance with the Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Agreement, as described below, and the effectiveness of your Release (as defined below), you will be entitled to receive, in addition to the Accrued Obligations (as defined below), the following severance benefits:

 

 

(i)

an amount equal to your monthly Base Salary as then in effect on the date of your termination (the “Separation Date”) and prior to any reduction in such Base Salary that would permit you to voluntarily terminate employment for Good Reason for the number of months in the Severance Period (as defined below) (the “Severance Payment”), to be paid in substantially equal installments over the Severance Period in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, with the first such installment commencing on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the date your Release becomes effective (which first installment will include any installments that would have occurred prior to such date in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule);

 

 

(ii)

an amount equal to (A) your Target Bonus for the fiscal year in which the Separation Date occurs, multiplied by (B) (1) 50% if your Qualifying Termination occurs prior to the first anniversary of your Employment Start Date or (2) 100% in the event your Qualifying Termination occurs on or after the first anniversary of your Employment Start Date, to be paid in a single lump sum on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the date your Release becomes effective, but in no event more than 75 days following the Separation Date (which Target Bonus to be calculated based on your annualized Base Salary rate as then in effect on the Separation Date and prior to any reduction in such Base Salary that would permit you to voluntarily terminate employment for Good Reason);

 

 

(iii)

the right to continued health care benefits under the Company’s health insurance plans pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), for you and your eligible dependents who were covered under the Company’s health insurance plans as of the Separation Date paid by the Company for a period commencing on the Separation Date and ending on the earlier of (a) the last day of the Severance Period or (b) the date on which you become eligible for healthcare insurance with a subsequent employer or (c) the date on which the applicable continuation period under COBRA expires (provided that, if any of the Company’s health benefits are self-funded as of the Separation Date, or if the Company cannot provide the foregoing benefits in a manner that is exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or that is otherwise compliant with applicable law (including, without limitation, Section

 

Prometheus Biosciences | 9410 Carroll Park Drive, San Diego, CA 92121 | main 858.824.0895 | fax 858.332.3306 | prometheusbiosciences.com


LOGO

 

  2716 of the Public Health Service Act), instead of providing the payments or reimbursements as set forth above, the Company shall instead pay to you the foregoing monthly amount as a taxable monthly payment for the foregoing period (or any remaining portion thereof)). You shall be solely responsible for all matters relating to continuation of coverage pursuant to COBRA, including, without limitation, the election of such coverage and the timely payment of premiums. You shall notify the Company immediately if you become eligible to receive the equivalent or increased healthcare coverage by means of subsequent employment or self-employment; and

 

 

(iv)

accelerated vesting of all of the Company’s equity awards that are subject to time vesting conditions effective as of the Separation Date.

As a condition to your receipt of any post-termination payments and benefits pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, you shall execute and not revoke a general release of all claims in favor of the Company (the “Release”) in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company. In the event the Release does not become effective within the 60-day period following the date of your termination of employment, you will not be entitled to the aforesaid payments and benefits.

“Accrued Obligations” means (i) any Base Salary that had accrued but had not been paid (including accrued and unpaid vacation time or paid time off) on or before the Separation Date; (ii) and all other amounts or benefits to which you are entitled under any compensation, retirement or benefit plan of the Company as of the Separation Date in accordance with the terms of such plans; and (ii) any reimbursement due to you for expenses reasonably incurred by you on or before the Separation Date.

“Cause” is defined as your (i) conviction of a felony, plea of guilty or “no contest” to a felony, or confession of guilt to a felony; (ii) act or omission which constitutes willful misconduct or gross negligence that results in loss, damage or injury to the Company or its prospects, including, but not limited to (A) dishonesty or a breach of fiduciary duty to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, or (B) theft, fraud, embezzlement or other illegal conduct; (iii) failure, refusal or unwillingness to perform, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board determined in good faith, any duty or responsibility assigned to you, which failure of performance continues for a period of more than 30 days after written notice thereof has been provided by the Board, setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such failure of performance; or (iv) material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other written agreement between you and the Company.

“Disability” is defined as your inability, due to physical or mental illness or disease, to perform the functions then performed by you for 180 consecutive days, accompanied by the likelihood, in the opinion of a physician chosen by the Company and reasonably acceptable to you, that you will be unable to perform such functions within the reasonably foreseeable future.

 

Prometheus Biosciences | 9410 Carroll Park Drive, San Diego, CA 92121 | main 858.824.0895 | fax 858.332.3306 | prometheusbiosciences.com


LOGO

 

“Good Reason” is defined as a resignation that occurs following the occurrence of any of the following without your written consent: (i) a material reduction in your base compensation or Target Bonus; (ii) any action or inaction that constitutes a material breach of this Agreement by the Company; or (iii) a material reduction in your authority, duties or responsibilities. You must provide written notice to the Company of the occurrence of any of the foregoing events or conditions without your written consent within 30 days of the occurrence of such event. The Company or any successor or affiliate shall have a period of 30 days to cure such event or condition after receipt of written notice of such event from you. Your termination of employment by reason of resignation from employment with the Company for Good Reason must occur within 30 days following the expiration of the foregoing 30-day cure period.

“Severance Period” means (i) 6 months in the event your Qualifying Termination occurs prior to the first anniversary of your Employment Start Date, and (ii) 12 months in the event your Qualifying Termination occurs on or after the first anniversary of your Employment Start Date.

The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with, or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance with such intention. To the extent that any provision in this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with or exemption from Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner that no payments payable under this Agreement shall be subject to an “additional tax” as defined in Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, any right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. For purposes of this Agreement, all references to your “termination of employment” shall mean your “separation from service” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) (“Separation from Service”). If you are a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, on the date of your Separation from Service, to the extent that the payments or benefits under this Agreement are “non-qualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code and the delayed payment or distribution of all or any portion of such amounts to which you are entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then such portion deferred pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid or distributed to you in a lump sum on the earlier of (a) the date that is 6 months and one day following your Separation from Service, (b) the date of your death or (c) the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code. Any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

To the extent that the payments or benefits under this Agreement are “non- qualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, if the period during which you may deliver the Release required hereunder spans two calendar years, the payment of your post-termination benefits shall occur (or commence) on the later of (a) January 1 of the second calendar year, or (b) the first regularly- scheduled payroll date following the date your Release becomes effective.

 

Prometheus Biosciences | 9410 Carroll Park Drive, San Diego, CA 92121 | main 858.824.0895 | fax 858.332.3306 | prometheusbiosciences.com


LOGO

 

Any reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits payable under this Agreement shall be made in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) and shall be paid on or before the last day of your taxable year following the taxable year in which you incurred the expenses. The amount of expenses reimbursed or in-kind benefits payable in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits payable in any other taxable year of yours, and your right to reimbursement for such amounts shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

 

 

3.

Authorization to Work: Federal government regulations require that all prospective employees present documentation verifying their identity and demonstrating that they are authorized to work in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to the Company no later than three (3) business days after your date of hire, or the Company’s employment relationship with you may be terminated.

 

 

4.

Policies and Procedures: As a Company consultant and employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules, policies, and regulations as they may be interpreted, adopted, revised or deleted from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion. You will be specifically required to sign an acknowledgement that you have read and understand the Company’s policies and procedures that govern the terms and conditions of your employment, including but not limited to the Employee Handbook and the Code of Ethical Business Conduct.

 

 

5.

Confidential Information: To enable the Company to safeguard its proprietary and confidential information, it is a condition of employment that you agree to sign the Company’s standard form of Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Agreement. A copy of this agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit A for your review, and shall be signed by you no later than your Consulting Start Date. We understand that you may have signed similar agreements with prior employers, and wish to impress upon you that you are prohibited from using or disclosing the confidential or proprietary information of others during your employment by the Company. You agree not to bring to the Company or use in the performance of your responsibilities at the Company any materials or documents of a former employer that are not generally available to the public, unless you have obtained express written authorization from the former employer for the possession and use of such materials or documents.

 

 

6.

Arbitration: Prometheus has a policy of arbitration for settlement of any dispute between consultants and employees or former consultants or employees and the Company. The Arbitration Agreement, attached hereto Exhibit B, shall be signed by you no later than your Consulting Start Date.

 

Prometheus Biosciences | 9410 Carroll Park Drive, San Diego, CA 92121 | main 858.824.0895 | fax 858.332.3306 | prometheusbiosciences.com


LOGO

 

 

7.

Complete Offer and Agreement: This Agreement, together with the Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Agreement and the Arbitration Agreement, contains the complete understanding and agreement regarding the terms of your employment by the Company. There are no other, different or prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, on this or related subjects. Changes to the terms of your employment can be made only in a writing signed by you and an executive officer of the Company, although it is understood that the Company may, from time to time, in its sole discretion, adjust the salaries, incentive compensation and benefits paid to you and its other employees, as well as job titles, locations, duties, responsibilities, assignments and reporting relationships. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to conflicts-of-law principles.

We hope that you will decide to accept this opportunity with Prometheus Biosciences, Inc. If there is anything further that you wish to discuss or any issues that require clarification, please contact me.

If you accept the terms of this Agreement, kindly sign and date this Agreement, the Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Agreement, and the Arbitration Agreement and return copies to Prometheus by February 8, 2021. You may scan and return copies of the document via e-mail.

I look forward to your acceptance of this offer, and your contributions to the growth and success of Prometheus. We are very excited about you joining our team and we look forward to working with you.

 

Best Regards,

/s/ Mark McKenna

Mark McKenna

President and CEO

ACCEPTANCE OF AGREEMENT:

I accept the offer on the terms described in this Agreement.

 

Signature:

 

/s/ Mark Stenhouse

Name:

 

Mark Stenhouse

Date:

 

02/09/2021

 

Prometheus Biosciences | 9410 Carroll Park Drive, San Diego, CA 92121 | main 858.824.0895 | fax 858.332.3306 | prometheusbiosciences.com

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Prometheus Biosciences, Inc.

San Diego, California

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated February 19, 2021 (except for the “Reverse Stock Split” paragraph of Note 15, as to which the date is March 8, 2021), relating to the consolidated financial statements of Prometheus Biosciences, Inc., which is contained in that Prospectus.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

San Diego, California

March 8, 2021